T_T922 T T922

User Manual: T_T922

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 217

DownloadT_T922 T T922
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
TEKTRONIX
T921 /T922/T922 R
15 MHz
OSCILLOSCOPES
WITH OPTIONS

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
Tektronix, Inc.
P.O . Box 500
Beaverton, Oregon
070-1982-01

97077

Serial Number
First Printing JULY 1975

WARRANTY
All TEKTRONIX instruments are warranted against defective materials and workmanship for one year . Any
questions with respect to the warranty should be taken up
with your TEKTRONIX Field Engineer or representative .
All requests for repairs and replacement parts should be
directed to the TEKTRONIX Field Office or representative
in your area . This will assure you the fastest possible
service . Please include the instrument Type Number or
Part Number and Serial Number with all requests for parts
or service.
Specifications and price change privileges reserved .
Copyright © 1975, 1976 by Tektronix, Inc., Beaverton,
Oregon . Printed in the United States of America. All rights
reserved . Contents of this publication may not be
reproduced in any form without permission of Tektronix,
Inc.
U.S .A . and foreign TEKTRONIX products covered by U .S .
and foreign patents and/or patents pending.
TEKTRONIX is a registered trademark of Tektronix, Inc.

T921/T922/T922R

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

ii

THE FOLLOWING SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS
ARE FOR QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL
ONLY
SECTION 4

LIST OF TABLES

SECTION 1

SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical
Environmental
Physical
Standard Accessories
Recommended Accessories

SECTION 2

1-1
1-3
1-3
1-5
1-6

SECTION 5

2-1
2-1
2-1
2-3
2-5

SECTION 6

SECTION 7

REV . B JUL 197 7

4-1
4-1
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-4
4-6
4-10

SERVICE INFORMATION
5-1
5-1
5-2
5-10
5-21
5-21

ELECTRICAL REPLACEABLE PARTS

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AND DIAGRAMS
Block Diagram
CRT and Vertical Amplifier
Power Supply
Vertical Input (T921)
Vertical Input (T922)
Vertical Switching (T922)
Trigger (Late)
Trigger (Early)
Sweep & Horizontal Amplifier
T922R Single Sweep, Buffer, & Z Axis
T922R Scale Illum, +32 V P.S ., Vert Out,
F&R Sw .
T922R Circuit Board Interconnections

2-7
2-8
2-8
2-10
2-13
2-13
2-17

3-1
3-1
3-2
3-3

Limits and Tolerances
Adjustment Interaction
Partial Procedures
Test Equipment Required
Preliminary Procedure
A. Display and Power Supply
B. Vertical Amplifier
C. Time Base

OPTIONS

PERFORMANCE CHECK
Limits and Tolerances
Test Equipment Required
. Preliminary Procedure
Performance Check Procedure

Page

Cabinet Removal
Preventive Maintenance
Troubleshooting
Corrective Maintenance
T922R Line Voltage and Range
Selection
Repackaging For Shipment

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Operating Voltage
Safety Information
Function of Controls, Connectors
and Indicators, T921 and T922
A. Display
B. Vertical Amplifier
C . Time Base
Function of Controls, Connectors
and Indicators, T922R
A. Display
B. Vertical Amplifier
C . Time Base
First Time Operation
Probe Compensation
Applications
T922R Rackmounting

SECTION 3

III

ADJUSTMENTS

SECTION 8

MECHANICAL REPLACEABLE PARTS

CHANGE INFORMATION

T921/T922/T922R

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Fig.
No .
1-1
1-2
1-3
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-10
2-11
2-12
2-13
2-14
2-15
2-16
2-17
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8

Description
T921/T922/T922R 15 MHz
oscilloscopes.
T922R dimensional drawing .
T921/T922 dimensional drawing .
Display front panel controls and
connectors .
Rear panel controls and connectors .
Left side of cabinet.
Bottom of cabinet .
Vertical amplifier front panel controls .
Time base front panel controls and
connectors .
T922R displaycontrols, connectors, and
indicators .
T922R vertical amplifier controls,
connectors and indicators .
T922R time base controls, connectors
and indicators .
Probe compensation .
Effects of probe compensation .
Peak-to-peak voltage measurement.
Instantaneous voltage measurement.
Phase difference .
Time duration .
Risetime .
T922R rackmounting methods .
Deflection accuracy and X gain check
test setup.
T922R rear input test setup .
Bandwidth check test setup.
Triggering and Z-axis input check test
setup.
Timing accuracy check test setup.
SWEEP RAMP OUT display .
SWEEP GATE OUT display.
TV trigger check test setup.

Page
No .
Frontis
1-4
1-5
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-4
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-9
2-10
2-14
2-14
2-15
2-15
2-16
2-16
2-17
2-19
3-3
3-4
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-10
3-10
3-11

Fig.
No .
4-1
4-2

T922R adjustment locations.
Power supply adjustment location
(bottom of T921 and T922) .
Interface board adjustment locations.
Vertical amplifier adjustment locations
(bottom view of T921 and T922) .
Display of correct (idealized) attenuator
compensation .
Time base adjustment locations.

4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-9
5-10
5-11
5-12
5-13
5-14
5-15
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-4
7-5

Page
No .

Description

'

Troubleshooting chart.
Color code for resistors and capacitors .
Lead configuration for semiconductor
devices.
Multi-cohnector holder orientation .
Pin connector replacement.
Shaft-knob removal.
T921 and T922 circuit board locations.
T921 and T922 circuit board locations.
T922R circuit board locations.
T922R vertical module replacement.
T922R horizontal module replacement.
T922R interface board replacement.
T922R power module replacement .
T922R scale illum assembly
replacement.
T922R line-voltage and range selection.

4-3
4-4
4-5
4-7
4-8
4-11
5-4
5-6
5-7
5-8
5-12
5-13
5-13
5-15
5-17
5-18
5-18
5-19
5-19
5-20
5-21

Foldback circuit action .
Timing diagram : sweep generatorand gate .
Timing diagram of signals generated
during a single-sweep display.
Bench version T922+33voltpowersupply .
Simplified block diagram of the vertical
output amplifier circuit.

REV. A, JUNE 1976

T921/T922/T922R

LIST OF TABLES
Table
No.
1-1
1-2
1-3
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
4-1
5-1
7-1
7-2

Title
Electrical Characteristics
Environmental Characteristics
Physical Characteristics
Test Equipment
Deflection Accuracy
Normal Sweep Timing Accuracy
Magnified Sweep Timing Accuracy
Test Equipment
Power Supply Tolerance
Attenuator and Gain Switching
Sequence
Attenuator and Gain Switching

Page
No.
1-1
1-3
1-3
3-1
3-3
3-9
3-9
4-1
5-3

Fig . 1-1 . T921/T922/T922 R 15 MHz oscilloscopes .

T921 /T922/T922R

REV . A, JUNE 197 6

Section 1-T921/T922/T922R

SPECIFICATIONS
This manual includes instructions for the T921, T922
and T922R portable oscilloscopes . The T922 is a 15 MHz,
dual trace, oscilloscope and the T921 is a 15 MHz, single
trace oscilloscope . The Vertical Amplifier, either single
trace or dual trace, provides calibrated deflection factors
from 2 mV to 10 V/div . The Time Base provides stable
triggering over the full bandwidth of the Vertical
Amplifier(s) and provides calibrated sweep rates from
0.5 s/div to 0.2 Ns/div . A variable X1 to X10 magnifier
extends the maximum sweep rate to 20 ns/div .
The T992R is a rackmount verison of the T922 oscilloscope which takes 5-1/4 inches of rack space.

Features added to the rackmount version include: single
sweep; rear panel outputs for Sweep Gate, Sweep Ramp,
and Vertical Signal ; internally selectable Z Axis polarity ;
user selection of the CHOP or ALT dual trace modes ; and
switch-selectable front-panel or rear-panel inputs for
CH 1, CH 2, and EXT TRIG signals.
The following instrument specifications apply over an
ambient temperature range of 0°C to +45°C unless
otherwise specified . The Adjustment Procedure in Section
4, when performed completely, allows the T921/T922/
T922R to meet the electrical specifications listed in Table
1-1 .

TABLE 1-1
Electrical
Characterist ic

Performance Requirement
A. DISPLAY

Probe Adjust Output
Voltage (0°Cto
+40° C)

Approximately 0.5 V.

Repetition Rate

Approximately 1 kHz.

Z-Axis Input
Sensitivity

5 volt signal causes a noticeable
decrease in intensity.

Signal Polarity
T921 and T922
T922R

Positive going from ground .
Either polarity of signal can be
applied, depending upon internal
jumper connections .

Usable Frequency Dc to 5 MHz.
Range
Maximum Input
Voltage

30 V (dc + peak ac) 30 V p-p at
1 kHz or less .

Input Impedance

Approximately 10 kit.

Power Source
Line Voltage
Ranges (ac,rms)

(T922R 120 V-240 V Range and
HI-LO adjustments are not externally accessible) .

120 V Range

HI-108 to 132 V.
LO-90 to 110 V.

240 V Range

HI-216 to 250 V.
LO-198 to 242 V.

REV. C APR 1977

Characteristic
Line Frequency
Maximum Power
Consumption

Performance Requirement
1 50 to 60 Hz .
36 W, 0.35 A at 60 Hz, 120 V line .

CRT Display
Display Area

8 x 10 cm .

Trace Rotation
Range

Adequate to align trace with
horizontal center line .

Standard
Phosphor

P31 .

Nominal Accelerating Potential

12,400 V.

B. VERTICAL AMPLIFIER
Deflection Factor
Range

2 mV/div to 10 V/div;12 steps in a 12-5 sequence .

Accuracy
+20° C to
+30° C

Within 3% .

O' C to +451 C

Within 4% .

Uncalibrated
(VAR) Range

Continuously variable between
settings . Extends deflection factor
to at least 25 V/div (at least 2.5 :1) .

Specifications-T921 /T9~2/T922R
TABLE 1-1 (cont)
Characteristic

Performance Requirement

Characteristic

B. VERTICAL AMPLIFI ER (cont)
Frequency Response
Bandwidth

C. TIME BASE
Sweep Rate

Dc to at least 15 MHz (5 division
reference signal centered vertically from a 25 S2 source with
VOLTS/DIV VAR control in
calibrated detent) .

Risetime

23 ns or less .

Chopped Mode
Repetition Rate
(T922)

Approximately 250 kHz.

Input Resistance

Approximately 1 MO .

Input Capacitance
(T921 and T922)

Approximately 30 pF .

Calibrated Range

0.5 s/div to 0.2,us/div; 20 steps in a
1-2-5 sequence . Variable X1 to X10
magnifier extends maximum
sweep rate to 20 ns/div .

Accuracy

Accuracy specification applies
over center 8 divisions. Exclude
first 50 ns of sweep for both
magnified and unmagnified sweep
rates and anything beyond the
100th magnified division .

+20° C to
+30° C
Unmagnified Within 3% .
Magnified

Within 5% .

O' C to +45° C
Unmagnified Within 4% .

Input Capacitance
( T922R)
CH 1 and CH 2,
(front only)

Performance Requirement

Magnified
Approximately 40 pF .

Within 6% .

Variable
Magnifier
X-Y Operation
Deflection Factor

Maximum Input
Voltage
DC Coupled

400 V (dc + peak ac) .
800 V (p-p ac) at 1 kHz or less .

AC Coupled

400 V (dc + peak ac) .
800 V (p-p ac) at 1 kHz or less .

Vertical Output
(T922R)

Variable
Magnifier
X10

Approximately 100 mV/div .

X1

Approximately 1 V/div .

X-Axis Bandwidth
T921 & T922
DC to at least 1 MHz with 10 div
reference signal .
T922R

Amplitude

DC to least 1 MHz with 5 div
reference signal .

High Impedance Load

At least 0.5V/div of display.

Input Resistance

50 S2 Load

Approximately 50 mV/div of display .

Input Capacitance
T921 &T922
Approxiamtely 30 pF .
T922R
Approximately 40 pF (front input
only).

Bandwidth

Approximately 1 MHz.

Phase Difference
Between X- and
Y-Axis Amplifiers

Approximately 1 MO .

5° or less from do to 50 kHz.

REV . B, DEC . 1976

Specifications-T921 /T922/T922R
TABLE 1-1 (cont)

_

Performance
Ch aracteristic
Requirement
C. TIME BASE (cont)
Triggering
Sensitivity

0.5 div internal or 100 mV external
from 2 Hz to 1 MHz, increasing to
1 .5 div internal or 150 mV external
at 15 MHz.

TV Sync

Composite sync 1 div internal or
100 mV external (approximately
2 .3 div or 230 mV of composite
video) .

TABLE 1-2 (cont)
Characteristic
Altitude
Storage

To 50,000 ft .

Operating

To 15,000 ft. Maximum operating
temperature decreases 1°C/1,000
ft . above 5,000 ft .

TABLE 1-3

External Trigger Input
Maximum Input
Voltage

400 V (dc + peak ac) .
800 V (p-p ac) (1 kHz or less) .

Input Resistance

Approximately 1 Mfg.

Input Capacitance Approximately 30 pF .
(T921 and T922)
Input Capacitance Approximately 40 pF .
(T922R, front only)
Level Range
EXT

+0 .5 V to -0 .5 V.

EXT
10

+5 V to - 5 V.

TABLE 1-2
Environmental
Characteristic

Performance Requirement

Temperature
Storage

-550 C to +750 C.

Operating
T921 & T922

0° C to +45° C.

T922R

REV . B, DEC . 1976

0° C to +50° C.

Performance Requirement

Physical
Characteristic

Performance Requirement

Weight
T921 and T922
With Panel
Cover,
Accessories
and Accessory
Pouch

15 .5 Ibs (7 .0 kg) .

Without Panel
Cover,
Accessories
and Accessory
Pouch

15 .0 lbs . (6 .8 kg) .

T922R
Without
Accessories

19 .0 Ibs (8 .6 kg) .

Domestic
Shipping Wt

33 .0 Ibs (15.0 kg).

Overall Dimensions
(T921 and T922)

Refer to Fig. 1-3.

Overall Dimensions
(T922R)

Refer to Fig. 1-2 .

Specifications-T921 /T922/T922R

Fig . 1-2 . T922R dimensional drawing .
REV . B, DEC . 1976

Specifications-T921 /T922/T922R

Fig . 1-3 . T921/T922 dimensional drawing .

STANDARD ACCESSORIES

REV . A, JUNE 197 6

1

Instruction Manual

070-1982-01

1

Probe (T921)

010-0160-00

2

Probes (T922)

010-0160-00

1-5

Specifications-T921/T922/T922R

RECOMMENDED ACCESSORIES
NOTE
The following accessories have been selected from
our catalog specifically for your instrument. They
are listed as a convenience to help you meet your
measurement needs. For detailed information and
prices, refer to a Tektronix Products Catalog or
contact your local Tektronix Field Representative.
COVERS
FRONT COVER: Protects the instrument front panel
during transport or storage and provides storage forsmall
accessories (probes, cables, etc.) Made of blue plastic to
match the instrument case .
Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 016-0340-00
PROTECTIVE WATERPROOF COVER: Blue vinyl
cover provides protection for the entire oscilloscope
during transport or storage.
Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 016-0361-00

P6015 GENERAL PURPOSE 1000X VOLTAGE PROBE:
Provides full bandwidth capabilities of T900-series instruments . Can be compensated to match the vertical
input capacitance.
Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 010-0172-00
P6021 AC CURRENT PROBE : Provides a bandwidth
from 120 Hz to the upper bandwidth of T900-series
instruments. Spring-loaded slide opens (up to 0 .150
inches) to allow measurement of current without breaking
the circuit under test .
Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .015-0140-02
P6006 GENERAL PURPOSE 10X VOLTAGE PROBE :
The P6006 is a 10X do to 35 MHz voltage probe. The
compensation range of the P6006 allows adjustment to
match the front inputs of the T922R . The do to 35 MHz
bandwidth of the P6006 allows full use of the dc to 15 MHz
bandwidth of the T922R.
Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 010-0160-00
CAMERAS

PORTABLE STAND: The Portable Stand sits on the
floor and holds the instrument at an angle to provide easy
viewing and access . Also provides storage for small
accessories (probe, cables, etc .) .

C-5A Option 3 Camera : Provides graticule illumination
with xenon flash lamp powered by two AA penlight
batteries . Recommended for, and molded to fit all bench
version T900-series instruments . Fixed focus, fixed aperture f/16 lens with 0.67 or 0.85 user adjustable magnification . Mechanical shutter with speeds of 1/5 to 1/25 s, plus
bulb and time .

Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5A Option 3

PROBES

C-5A Option 1 Camera : Recommeded for use with the
T922R . Option 1 deletes the graticule flash unit from C5A.
The T922R is equipped with scale illumination, so the
graticule flash unit is not necessary .

STAND

P6101 GENERAL PURPOSE 1X VOLTAGE PROBE:
Input capacitance 54 picofarads (plus oscilloscope input
capacitance) .
Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .010-6101-03
P6062A SWITCHABLE 1X-10X VOLTAGE PROBE :
Provides full bandwidth capabilities of T900-series instruments. Can be compensated to match the vertical
input capacitance .
Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .010-6062-13

The following cameras are also compatible with the
T922R using the listed adapter.
CAMERA
C12, Order . . . .
C27, Order . . . .
C30A, Order . . .
C59, Order . . . .

ADAPTER
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.

01,6-0299-00
016-0249-03
016-0248-00
016-0249-03

P6009 GENERAL PURPOSE 100X VOLTAGE PROBE:
Provides full bandwidth capabilities of T900-series instruments. Can be compensated to match the vertical
input capacitance.

Provides the slides and hardware needed to mount the
T922R in a rack .

Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 010-0264-01

Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 016-0375-00

RACKMOUNT HARDWARE KIT

REV. C JUL 1977

Section 2-T921 /T922/T922R

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. DISPLAY

OPERATING VOLTAGE
The T921, T922, and T922R will operate from either a
120 V or 240 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz nominal power input source .
To avoid equipment damage, the power input range
selector switch (120 V or 240 V) and HI/LO switch on the
bottom of the instrument (T921/T922 only) must be set to
positions which include the value of the applied power
input voltage . The POWER indicator lamp will blink when
the applied power input voltage varies more than about
10% from the value for which the switches are set .

WARNING

Front Panel (Fig. 2-1)
INTENSITY-Adjusts the brightness of the crt display . Set for the lowest visible display to prolong crt
life .
FOCUS-Adjusts for optimum spot size and definition .
(

3 )BEAM FINDER--Locates off-screen displays . Com-

presses the crt display to within the graticule area
independently of the position control or applied
signals .

To avoid electric shock and equipment damage, do
not attempt to change the power input range
selector switch, HI1LO switch, or internal fuse. This
must be done by qualified service personnel only .

To locate an off-screen display :
a. Set the vertical POSITION and INTENSITY
controls to midrange and rotate the horizontal
POSITION control clockwise .

SAFETY INFORMATION
The T921, T922, and T922R operate from a singlephase power source with one of the current-carrying
conductors (the neutral conductor) at ground (earth)
potential . Operation from power sources where both
current-carrying conductors are live with respect to
ground (such as phase-to-phase on a 3-wire system) is not
recommended, since only the line conductor has overcurrent (fuse) protection within the instrument .

b. If a display or dot still is not visible, press
BEAM FINDER and hold in . A compressed display or dot should appear . If not, increase the
INTENSITY until a display appears.
If a dot or vertical line appears, the sweep is not
triggered. Set the trigger MODE switch to AUTO
to obtain a display . Use the vertical and horizontal
POSITION controls to move the display near the
center of the graticule . Release the BEAM
FINDER button and adjust the trigger level control for a stable display.

The T921, T922, and T922R have a 3-wire cord with a 3terminal polarized plug for connection to the power
source and safety-earth . The ground terminal of the plug
is directly connected to the metal parts of the instrument .
For electric-shock protection, insert this plug in a mating
outlet with a safety-earth contact .

FUNCTIONS OF CONTROLS,
CONNECTORS, AND INDICATORS
T921 AND T922
NOTE
(See text preceding FIRST TIME OPERATION for
features found only in T922R or those which differ
from the T921/T922.)
Before you turn the instrument on, read this portion of the
manual to familiarize yourself with the controls, connectors, and indicators .
REV . A, JUNE 197 6

0

If a compressed display appears, adjust the
VOLTS/DIV switch and the horizontal and vertical POSITION controls for a stable display.
PROBE ADJ-Provides a square-wave output of
approximately 0.5 V (negative-going with respect to
ground) at approximately 1 kHz, for compensating
voltage probes .
ON-OFF-Push-push switch turns the instrument
power on (button in) and off (button out) . (In some
versions this switch is labeled POWER .)

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R

Fig. 2-1. Display front panel controls and connectors .

POWER-Indicator lamp lights when ON-OFF button is depressed to ON (in) position and applied
power input voltage does not vary more than about
10% from the value indicated by the 120 V/240 V and
HI/LO voltage selector switch settings . When
applied power input voltage varies more than about
10% (either high or low) from the selected value, the
lamp will blink . (In someversionsthis lamp is labeled
ON .)

O
2-2

Internal graticule-Eliminates parallax . Risetime
amplitude and measurement points are indicated at
the left edge of the graticule.

Rear Panel (Fig . 2-2)
EXT Z AXIS INPUT-BNC connector for applying
signals to intensity modulate the crt display . Signals
'must be time-related to the display for a stable
display.
Left Side of Cabinet-T921/T922 only (See Fig. 2-3)

O

ASTIG-Screwdriver adjustment used with FOCUS
control to obtain a well-defined display. Requires
little or no adjustment once set.
TR ROT-Trace rotation screwdriver adjustment .
Aligns trace with the horizontal graticule lines .
REV . A, JUNE 197 6

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R
CH 1 DC BAL-Screwdriver adjustment . When
@ properly adjusted, prevents trace shift when
switching between adjacent positions of the CH 1
VOLTS/DIV switch .
CH 2 DC BAL-Screwdriver adjustment . When
properly adjusted, prevents trace shift when
switching between adjacent positions of the CH 2
VOLTS/DIV switch .
B. VERTICAL AMPLIFIER
Front Panel (Fig . 2-5)

O
O

AC : Signals are coupled capacitively . Any do
signal component is blocked. Low frequencies
are attenuated (3 dB down at about 1 Hz using a
10X probe) . Ac coupling causes tilting of square
waves below about 1 kHz.
GND : Grounds the input of the vertical amplifier
to provide a ground reference display. Connects
the input signal to ground through the input
coupling capacitor and a 1 Mil resistor to allow
the input coupling capacitor to be precharged by
the input signal .

Bottom of Cabinet-T921/T922 only (see Fig . 2-4)
120 V/240 V-Screwdriver actuated switch selects

@ either 120 V or 240 V nominal power input voltage.

WARNING

DC : All components of the input signal are
passed to the vertical amplifier.

To avoid electric shock and equipment damage, do
not attempt to replace the infernal fuse orchange the
settings of the power input range selector switch or
HI1LO switch. This must be done by qualified service

Channel 1 or Y Input-Connector for applying an
external signal to the vertical deflection system .
Provides the Y input in the X-Y mode when CH 1
vertical mode button is in .

personnel only .

HI/LO-Screwdriver actuated switch selects either
range : LO selects 100 V or 220 V and HI selects
120 V or 240 V.

REV. B APR 1977

VAR-Provides continuously variable uncalibrated
deflection factors between the calibrated steps of
the VOLTS/DIV switches . Extends the maximum
deflection factor to 25 V/div in the 10 V position .
Detent position provides calibrated VOLTS/DIV
deflection factors.
Input Coupling-Selects the method of coupling the
input signal to the vertical input signal amplifier.

Fig . 2-2. Rear panel controls and connectors.

@ high or low nominal power-input-voltage regulating

VOLTS/DIV-Selects the vertical deflection factor in
a 1-2-5 sequence (VAR control must be in detent
position to obtain the indicated deflection factors) .
Read the correct deflection factor for a 1X probe
from the 1X position and a 10X probe from the 10X
position .

O

Channel 2 Input-Connector for applying an external signal to the vertical deflection system .
2-3

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R

1982-32

Fig. 2-3. Left side of cabinet.

12

say

U ~ ~II III
-

II III U

WARNING
S

WOMM

settings of the power input range selector switch or
HI1LO switch . This must be done by qualifiedservice
personnel only .

19 82-37

Fig. 2-4. Bottom of cabinet.
2-4

REV. B APR 1977

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R
FA

tx
PRO

VOLTS/DIV

tox
PROBE
N

og
\O6
AC

CH 1

POSITION

TRACE
DUAL

CH 2

0

VOLTS/DIV
tox
Ix
PROBE
PROBE
1 ,z
S
RAO 30DF

(CHI TRIG)

\W
' w m

/S

GRD~~

GOOD

AC

DC

DC

AMPLIFIER
t

S

~t75

1982-11A

Fig. 2-5. Vertical amplifier front panel controls.

O

POSITION-Controls the vertical position of the crt
display.

C. TIME BASE
Front Panel (Fig . 2-6)
SOURCE-Selects the source of the trigger signal .

O

Vertical Mode-Selects
operating mode .

the

vertical

amplifier

CH 1 : Displays only signal applied to the CH 1
input connector. This button must be latched in
for X-Y operation.

CH 2 : Displays only signal applied to the CH 2
input connector.

DUAL TRACE: Displays CH 1 and CH 2 input
signals alternately . Chop or Alternate mode is
selected automatically by the SEC/DIV switch .
For SEC/DIV switch settings of 1 ms and slower,
Chop is selected . For settings of .5 ms and faster,
Alternate is selected . In DUAL TRACE mode, the
trigger signal is derived from CH 1 . When the
DUAL TRACE and CH 2 buttons are locked in at
the same time, the trigger signal comes from CH 2
(instead of CH 1) while DUAL TRACE signals are
displayed.
REV. A, JUNE 1976

INT: Uses a sample of the signal displayed on
the crt as a trigger signal in the CH 1 or CH 2
modes. In DUAL TRACE mode, the trigger signal
is obtained from CH 1 . If CH 2and DUALTRACE
buttons are both latched in, channel 2 is the
trigger source .
Line : Uses a sample of the power-line frequency
as a trigger signal .
EXT: Permits triggering on signals applied to the
X (external trigger) input connector. External
trigger signals must be time-related to the displayed signal for a stable display.
EXT=10 : External trigger signal is attenuated by a
factor of 10 .
X-Y: Permits x-y display. X (horizontal) input is
through the X input connector. Y (vertical) input
is normally through the CH 1 orY input connector
(vertical mode CH 1 button must be latched in) .
For special applications, the Y input may be
obtained from the CH 2 input connector (CH 2
button latched in), or from both CH 1 and CH 2
(DUAL TRACE button latched in) .
2-5

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R

Fig. 2-6. Time base front panel controls and connectors.

I L I MODE-Selects the operating mode for the trigger
circuit.
AUTO : With the proper LEVEL control setting,
the sweep can be triggered by trigger signals with
repetition rates above about 20 Hz . In the
absence of an adequate trigger signal, or when
the LEVEL control is misadjusted, the sweep free
runs to provide a reference display.
NORM : Permits triggering on displayed signal .
In the absence of an adequate trigger signal, or
when the LEVEL control is misadjusted, the
sweep does not run and no display is visible.
Setting SOURCE to LINE position provides an
adequate trigger signal .
TV : Permits triggering on television signals .
Triggers on TV field when SEC/DIV switch is set
at .1 ms or slower . Triggers on TV line when
SEC/DIV switch is set at 50 Ns or faster . Set the
SLOPE switch to +OUT for sync-positive input
signals and to -IN for sync-negative input
signals.

-IN : The sweep can be triggered from the
negative-going portion of a trigger signal .
LEVEL-Selects the amplitude point on the trigger
signal at which the sweep is triggered. Usually
adjusted for the desired display after trigger
SOURCE and SLOPE have been selected .
(X (External Trigger)-Provides input for external
trigger signals or for X axis signals in the X-Y mode .

SEC/DIV-Selects calibrated sweep rates in a 1-2-5
sequence . X1-X10 variable control must be in the X1
detent position (fully ccw) to read calibrated sweep
rates directly from the SEC/DIV knob . Knob
numerals with N underneath indicates sweep rates in
microseconds/division,
numerals with
rn
underneath indicate sweep rates in milliseconds/division, positions with no symbol under the
numerals indicate sweep rates in seconds/division .

(SLOPE-Selects the positive- or negative-going
slope of the trigger waveform .

X1-X10-Provides calibrated sweep rates when in X1
(fully ccw) detent position . Increases the horizontal
gain by a factor of 10, providing at least 20 ns/div
sweep rate in the X10 detent position (fully cw) with
the SEC/DIV knob set to .2 /is.

+OUT : The sweep can be triggered from the
positive-going portion of a trigger signal .

(POSITION-Controls the horizontal position of the
crt display.

2-6

REV. B APR 1977

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R
A. DISPLAY (FIG. 2-7)

FUNCTIONS OF CONTROLS,
CONNECTORS, AND INDICATORS
T922R
The following information shows the different
mechanical layout of the T922R and discusses features
found only on the rackmount version. The location and
names of all T922R controls, connectors, and indicators
are given here . For the discussion of those common to
T921, T922 and T922R, see the Operating Instuctions
section of the standard T921/T922 portion of this manual .

000
rn

O

INTENSITY
FOCUS
BEAM FIND

-oo~

NELEN
LENDa01
0
nom
"em
inNNEN
vEEN M

O

0

-

®®

13

A] I.

1982-47

Fig. 2-7. T922R display controls, connectors, and indicators .
REV . A, JUNE 1976

2-7

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R
PROBE ADJ

(DChannel 2 Inputs-Two switch-selectable inputs for
applying signals to Channel 2. One is mounted on
the front panel and the other on the rear panel .

(DOFF-ON

O
0
(8

OPOSITION

POWER Lamp
Internal Graticule

) Z AXIS IN

O
O

OASTIG

O

0 TRACE ROT
and
-In the T922R these controls
@1@1@1
are internally accessible only .

Vertical Mode-When operating in the DUAL
TRACE mode you must manually select either
CHOP or ALT (see control 8) .
CHOP-ALT-Selects either CHOP or ALT dual trace
modes. Use CHOP at lower sweep speeds and ALT
at higher sweep speeds .
COMP VERT SIG OUT-The signal available at this
connector is a sample of the vertical signal being
displayed plus a do component proportional to the
the vertical position of the display .
FRONT-REAR-Two push-button switches, one for
CH 1 and one for CH 2, which select either the front
or the rear vertical inputs .

WARNING
To avoid electric shock and equipment damage, do
not attempt to change the power input range
selector switch, HI1LO switch, or internal fuse . This
must be done by qualified service personnel only .

@

SCALE ILLUM

AC RMS RANGE-Indicates the voltage from which
the T922R is set to operate.

O

B. VERTICAL AMPLIFIER (FIG . 2-8)
VOLTS/DIV

OVAR

O

O
2-8

Input Coupling
Channel 1 or Y Inputs-Two switch-selectable inputs for applying signals to Channel 1 . One is
mounted on the front panel and the other on the rear
panel.

C. TIME BASE (FIG . 2-9)

O

O

SOURCE
MODE-To use the AUTO, NORM, or TV SYNC
modes the SINGLE SWEEP/REPETITIVE button
must be set to REPETITIVE (out) .
SLOPE

O

LEVEL

O

SEC/DIV

EXT TRIG or X-Two switch-selectable inputs for
(D external trigger or X axis signals . One is mounted on
the front panel and the other on the rear panel.

X1-X10
POSITION
REV . A, JUNE 197 6

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R

1982-48

Fig. 2-8. T922R vertical amplifier controls, connectors, and indicators .

O

SWEEP RAMP OUT-Provides a ramp output corresponding to the sweep waveform applied to the
crt .

0 SWEEP GATE OUT-Provides a logic level output
which goes high while the crt trace is being swept
and goes low during retrace and holdoff.
REV . A, JUNE 1976

REPETITIVE/SINGLE SWEEP-Set the SINGLE
SWEEP pushbutton to the in position to operate in
the single sweep mode . In the single sweep mode,
when an adequate trigger signal becomes available,
the sweep generator runs only once . Set RESET .
RESET-When operating in the single sweep mode
and after a single sweep display has been presented,
2-9

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R

v
v

NOWNWEEN
LEENNEEN
NEEMEN

Norm No
1982-49

Fig . 2-9. T922R time base controls, connectors, and indicators .

another single sweep display cannot be presented
until the RESET button is pushed .
FRONT-REAR-Pushbutton switch which selects
@ either the front or rear EXT TRIG or X input .

READY-An indicator, that when lit indicates the
RESET button has been pushed and that a single
sweep will be presented when an adequate trigger
signal is received .
2- 10

FIRST TIME OPERATION
Use this procedure when you turn instrument on forthe
first time . It checks that most functions of the instrument
are operational . The procedure requires a probe, and a
10X probe is supplied as a standard accessory with the
T921 and T922 . Seethe Accessories list in Section 1 for the
recommended probe for the T922R . Read the descriptions
of the controls and connectors to familiarize yourself with
them before you turn your instrument on .
A complete performance check is given in Section 3 .
REV . A, JUNE 1976

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R
Only the control settings that affect the check being
\ performed are given. Do not move the control settings
unless instructed to do so . Start at the beginning and
follow the sequence of steps through to the end. If you skip
a step or start in the middle of a check, you won't be able to
tell whether a partiular function is operational . If you have
a T921, use the control settings for Channel 1 only.
First, check that the Power Input Voltage Selector
switch and the HI-LO Range Selector switch on the
bottom of the cabinet (T921/T922 only) are set for your
power input voltage. In the United States the Power Input
Voltage Selector switch is normally set for 120 V and the
HI-LO Range Selector switch is normally set for HI at the
factory. In Europe the Power Input Voltage Selector
switch is normally set for 240 V and the HI-LO Range
Selector is normally set for LO .

Your instrument may be damaged if it is operated
from a 240 V power input voltage source with the
power input voltage selector switch set for 120 V.
Only qualified service personnel should change the
power input voltage selector switch to a different
range.

You should get a trace on the crt screen . If you don't,
push the BEAM FINDER button and hold it in while
increasing the INTENSITY (clockwise) . A trace, or one or
two bright dots, indicates that the instrument is operating.
You may also have to adjust the FOCUS and POSITION
controls .

Vertical Positioning and Horizontal Operation
1 . Set:

LEVEL

mid-range

SEC/DIV

1 ms

X1 - X10

X1 (fully ccw
detent)

vertical mode

CH 1

2 . Check that the CH 1 POSITION control moves the
trace off the top and bottom of the screen . Leave the trace
between one and two divisions above the center line . If the
trace does not extend across the screen, move the
horizontal POSITION control until it does .

WARNING

3. Set the vertical mode switch for CH 2. Check that
the CH 2 POSITION control moves the trace off the top
and bottom of the screen . Leave the trace between one
and two divisions below the center line .

To avoid electric shock, refer T922R input voltage
and range changes to qualified service personnel .
See the Service Information section of this manual
for range change instructions .

4. Set the vertical mode switch for DUAL TRACE. You
should have two traces on the crt screen-one above the
center line and one below.

For the T922R, the input voltage selection and range
selection controls are internally accessible only . Before
connecting your instrument to the power source, check
AC RMS RANGE indicator on the instrument rear panel .
When the instrument leaves the factory, this indicator is
set to indicate the voltage range from which the instrument is set to operate.
The POWER indicator lamp will blink when the applied
power input voltage varies more than about 10% (either
high or low) from the value selected by the 120 V/240 V
and HI/LO selector switches .
If the 120 V/240 V and H I/LO switches are properly set,
`~ connect the power cord plug to the powersource and turn
the instrument on . Set the trigger MODE to AUTO, and
SOURCE to INT.
REV . A, JUNE 1976

5. Check that there are two traces at every setting of
the SEC/DIV switch from .2 ps to .5 s.
6. Set the SEC/DIV switch to 1 ms and the vertical
mode switch to CH 1 .

FOCUS and INTENSITY Operation
Adjust the FOCUS and the INTENSITY controls for a
fine line at a comfortable brightness level .

Trace Rotation and Vertical Input Operation
Most of the remaining checks require applying the
PROBE ADJ signal to the inputs .
2- 1 1

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R
6 . Set:

NOTE
In the following steps, if you use a 1X probe or
coaxial cable, use the 1X PROBE window for
VOLTS/DIV settings . If you use a 10X probe (as
supplied with T921 and T922), use the 10X probe
window.
The PROBE ADJ output is a square wave . An incorrectly compensated probe will distort the top and bottom of
the signal but will not affect the checks .
If you want to compensate a probe, refer to the Probe
Compensation information after this procedure.
1 . Set:

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV

.2 V (10X window)

CH 1 VAR

detent
(fully clockwise)

CH 1 AC-GND-DC

GND

2. Using the CH 1 POSITION control, align the trace
with the center graticule line . If the trace is tilted, adjust the
trace rotation (control marked TR ROT on the left-cabinet
side of T921 and T922) for the best alignment of the trace
.with the center graticule line .
3. Connect the Probe to the CH 1 input and hold the
probe tip against the PROBE ADJ connector. Set the CH 1
AC-GND-DC switch to DC . You should have approximately 2.5 divisions display. The square wave will be below the
center line . This display may or may not be stable .
4 . Set the CH 1 AC-GND-DC switch to AC . The display
should be approximately equidistant above and below the
center line .
NOTE
If you cannot obtain a display, remove the probe tip
from the PROBE ADJ connector. Touch the tip to
your hand. Change the VOLTS/DIV setting if
necessary to get a display. The display should be a
thick (vertically) trace. A thickening trace indicates
that the probe is picking up the power line radiation
that your. body normally picks up . If this occurs, the
vertical is usable but the PROBE ADJ output isn't. If
the thickening does not occur, you have a defective
probe or other instrument malfunction.
5. Rotate the CH 1 VAR control through its range. The
display amplitude will decrease . Leave the VAR control
fully clockwise (detent)-maximum display amplitude .
2- 1 2

Vertical Mode

CH 2

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV

.2 V

CH 2 VAR

detent (fully cw)

CH 2 AC-GND-DC

GND

CH 2 POSITION

To align trace
with center
graticule line

7. Connect the probe to the CH 2 input and hold the
probe tip against the PROBE ADJ connector.
8. Set the CH 2 AC-GND-DC switch to DC . The square
wave will be below the center line .
9 . Set the CH 2 AC-GND-DC switch to AC . The square
wave will be approximately equidistant above and below
the center line .
10 . Rotate the CH 2 VAR control through its range. The
display amplitude will decrease . Leave the VAR control
fully clockwise (in detent) .
11 . Return the vertical mode switch to CH 1 .
X-Axis Operation
1 . Connect the probe to the X input (if a 1X probe is
available, use it, if a 10X probe is used, rotate the X1-X10
control fully clockwise) and hold the probe tip against the
PROBE ADJ connector.
2. Set the SOURCE switch to X-Y, and reduce INTENSITY as necessary . Adjust the horizontal POSITION
control as needed to locate the display. You should see 2
dots separated by a distance dependent on the X1-X10
control setting . Return X1-X10 to X1 (fully
counterclockwise detent) .
X-Y and Dual Trace Operation
This mode is usable with SEC/DIV settings of 1 ms or
slower . Set controls and connect signals as you would for
independent X-Y or Dual Trace operation.
Astigmatism Operation
1 . Set:

SOURCE

INT

2 . Connect the probe to the CH 1 input and hold the
probe tip against the PROBE ADJ connector. Rotate the
LEVEL control for the most stable display. Adjust the
FOCUS control for the display with the sharpest edges
both horizontally and vertically over the entire screen .
Vertical trace thickness is typically more than the horizontal but the edges should be equally sharp . This is easier to
observe at the "corners" of the signal .
REV . C JUL 1977

-'~

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R
3 . Set the INTENSITY and FOCUS controls for the
best defined display. If the display still appears out of
focus, use a small screwdriver to adjust the ASTIG control
(through left cabinet side of T921/T922) for the best
defined display.

8 . Set the SOURCE switch to LINE . If a trace doesn't
appear, adjust the LEVEL control until a trace appears.
9. Set:

4. Rotate the INTENSITY control fully clockwise. The
display will get brighter and defocus (get thicker) . Return
the INTENSITY control to the preferred brightness level .
Ext Z Axis Input Operation
Forthe T921 orT922 a positive-going signal will cause a
decrease in intensity, and a negative-going signal will
increase the intensity level of a low-intensity trace. For the
T922R, an internal plug allows a selection of either a
positive-going or a negative-going signal to cause a
decrease in intensity. See Service Information .
X1410 and Trigger Operation
1 . Note a display with several cycles of the PROBE
ADJ waveform . Rotate the X1-X10 control fully clockwise
to X10 and note that only one cycle is visible. Return
control to X1 .
2 . Set the SEC/DIV to .1 ms . Position the start of the
display (left-hand edge) on the screen . Set the SLOPE
button to +OUT position . Rotate the LEVEL control
through its range. The start of the display will move along
the positive (rising) slope of the signal until the display
becomes unstable .
3 . Set the LEVEL control for a stable display that starts
at about the middle of the slope.
Now set the SLOPE button to -IN position . Rotate the
LEVEL control through its range. The start of the display
will move along the negative (falling) slope of the signal
until the display becomes unstable .
4. Set the LEVEL control for a stable display that starts
at about the middle of the slope .

SOURCE

INT

MODE

AUTO

CH 1 AC-GND-DC

AC

The instrument is now ready to operate when signal is
applied to the CH 1 input .

PROBE COMPENSATION
An incorrectly-compensated probe is one of the
greatest sources of operator error. Most attenuator probes
are equipped with adjustments to ensure optimum
measurement accuracy .
Some probes are compensated by using a small,
insulated screwdriver through an access hole to the .
compensation adjustment . Other probes may have an
adjustment system similar to that shown in Fig . 2-10 .
Probe compensation is accomplished as follows:
Set the appropriate VOLTS/DIV switch to .1 V, the ACGND-DC switch to DC, and the SEC/DIV switch to 2 ms .
Connect the probe to the vertical input and touch the
probe tip to the PROBE ADJ connector . Notice a display
similar to those shown in Fig . 2-11 . Adjust the probe for the
correct compensation The effects of incorrect probe
compensation on three types of signals are illustrated in
Fig . 2-11 .

APPLICATIONS
Peak-to-Peak Amplitude Measurements

5. Set the MODE switch to NORM . The display should
start on the negative slope. In the NORM mode the display
will disappear if the LEVELcontrol is improperly adjusted .

To measure the amplitude of a signal, multiply the
vertical deflection (in divisions) by the VOLTS/DIV switch
setting. (Use VOLTS/DIV window to match attenuation
factor of probe used .)

6. Set the SLOPE button to +OUT position . The
display should start on the positive slope.

Example:

7. Disconnect the probe from the instrument . Set the
CH 1 AC-GND-DC switch to GND . The trace should
disappear.
REV . B JUL 1977

The display amplitude is 3 divisions (see Fig. 2-12) and
the VOLTS/DIV switch is set to .5 V. Substituting the given
values :
Amplitude =3 divisions x 0 .5 volt/division =

1 .5 V p-p
2- 13

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T92211
LOCKING
SLEEVE

CALIBRATOR
OUTPUT

LOOSEN

ADJUST
I()

TTIGHTEN

PROBE
BASE

PROBE BODY AND
TIP ASSEMBLY

1982-43

PROBE ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS .

Fig . 2-10 . Probe compensation .

III
milli!
OVERCOMPENSATED

COMPENSATED

MEN

MEN

1 ms/DIV

1 ps/DIV
MMM!q
A

0

MMMIMI!M
1 ms/DIV

1 us/DIV

UNDERCOMPENSATED

111
MCI!
ON

a WN

IONE

INIMMI

No

1 ms/DIV

1 us/DIV

0

,q ONE
fA rq,

50 kHz

LKIN
50 kHz

Fig. 2- 1 1 . Effects of probe compensation .

50 kHz

1982-44

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R

6!11
EO
M
N111- N
oNo
NOMMIN
low
o'Em"O'No

Substituting the given values :

VERTICAL
DEFLECTION

Instantaneous __
Voltage

5
divisions

x

10 mV/ divisions

50 mV

Instantaneous =
+50 mV
Voltage

MEN

ON

1907-27
90

Fig . 2-12 . Peak-to-peak voltage measurement .

Instantaneous Amplitude Measurement
The following procedure expains how to measure the
amplitude of any point on a waveform with respect to
ground .

1 . Set the AC-GND-DC switch to DC .
2 . Apply the signal to be measured to one of the
vertical input connectors . Set the Vertical Mode switch to
select the channel used .
3 . Obtain a stable display, centered vertically .
4 . Set the AC-GND-DC switch to GND . Adjust the
trace to some reference line (see Fig . 2-13) .

MOM ME
I IN!

VERTICAL
DIFFERENCE

Nil ME
0
M_

REFERENCE
LINE

-1

ENO
1907-28

Fig . 2-13 . Instantaneous voltage measurement .

Dual Trace Phase Difference Measurement
Phase comparison between two signals of the same
frequency can be accomplished using the dual-trace
feature . This method of phase difference measurement
can be used up to the frequency limit of the vertical
system . It is also more accurate and easier to use than the
X-Y method . To make the comparison, use the following
procedure :

1 . Set the AC-GND-DC switches to AC .
5 . Set the AC-GND-DC switch to DC . If the waveform
appears above the reference line, the voltage is positive . If
the waveform appears below the reference line, the
voltage is negative .

2 . Set the Vertical Mode switch to DUAL TRACE .
Position both traces to the graticule horizontal centerline .

6 . Measure the vertical difference (in divisions)
between the reference line and the desired point on the
waveform and multiply by the VOLTS/DIV switch setting .

3 . Connect the reference signal to the CH 1 input
connector and the comparison signal to the CH 2 input
connector . Use coaxial cables or probes which have equal
time delay to connect the signals to the input connectors .

Example :

4 . Set the CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV switches and the
CH 1 and CH 2 VAR controls to that the displays are equal
and about five divisions in amplitude .

The vertical difference is 5 divisions (see Fig . 2-13) . The
VOLTS/DIV switch is set to 10 mV . The waveform appears
above the reference line .

5 . Set the SEC/DIV switch to a sweep rate which
displays about one cycle of the reference waveform .
2- 1 5

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R
6. Turn the variable (X1 - X10) SEC/DIV control until
one cycle of the reference signal (Channel 1) occupies
exactly eight divisions between the first and ninth
graticule lines (see Fig . 2-14) . Each division of the
graticule represents 45° of the cycle (360 0 - 8 divisions =
45°/ division) .
7. Measure the horizontal difference between corresponding points on the waveforms.
8 . Multiply the measured distance (in divisions) by
45°/ division (sweep rate) to obtain the exact amount of
phase difference .

Example:
The horizontal distance measured is 8 .3 divisions (see
Fig. 2-15) .
The SEC/DIV switch is set to 2 ms .
Substituting the given values :
Time
Duration

=

Time
Duration

Example:
Assume a horizontal difference of 0 .6 divisions with a
sweep rate of 45° division as shown in Fig . 2-14 .

Time
Duration

SEC/DIV
setting

x

2
ms/division

8.3
divisions

= 16 .6 m (milliseconds)

and

Substituting the given values :
Phase
= 0 .6 division x 45°/division
Difference
Phase Difference = -

__

Horizontal
distance
(divisions)

270

Frequency

=

1
time duration

Frequency

=

1
16 .6 ms'

=

60 Hz

'16 .6 ms = .0166 seconds

Time Duration and Frequency Measurements

Risetime Measurements

To find the time duration between 2 points on a
waveform, multiply the horizontal distance (in divisions)
between the 2 points by the SEC/DIV switch setting .
Frequency (in hertz) is the reciprocal of the time duration
of one cycle (in seconds) .

Risetime measurements are made in the same manner
as time duration measurements, except the
measurements are made between the 10%and 90%points
of the waveform's amplitude (see percentage markings on
the left edge of the graticule) .

CHANNEL1
(REFERENCE)

CHANNEL2
/-(LAGGING)
,00 . .
90

MEASURE
TIME FROM
A TO B
HORIZONTAL
DIFFERENCE
8 DIVISIONS
(3600)
Fig. 2-14 . Phase difference .
2- 1 6

465/DM-O-15

mom WOMMIN
mom
i

11r:~

HORIZONTAL
DISTANCE

Fig. 2-15 . Time duration .

1738-20

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R
Use the following procedure to measure risetime :
1 . Adjust the VOLTS/DIV and VAR controls for a
display amplitude of exactly 5 divisions .
2 . Adjust the vertical POSITION control so that the
display bottom just touches the 0% graticule line and the
display top just touches the 100% graticule line (see Fig . 216) .

3 . Measure
the
horizontal distance
(divisions)
between the 10% and 90% points on the waveform (point A
to point B, Fig . 2-16) .
4 . Use the following formula to find risetime :
Risetime =

horizontal
distance
(divisions)

SEC/DIV
setting

x

Examples :
The horizontal distance between the 10% and 90% point
on the waveform is 5 divisions with a SEC/DIV switch
setting of 1 /is .

T922R RACKMOUNTING
Introduction
The Tektronix T922R Oscilloscope is designed to
mount in a standard 19-inch rack . When mounted in
accordance with the following mounting procedure, the
instrument will meet all electrical and environmental
characteristics given in Section 1 of this manual .

Instrument Dimensions
A dimensional drawing showing the major dimensions
of the T922R is shown in Fig . 1-2 in Section 1 of this
manual .

Rack Dimensions
Height. A least 5 .25 inches of vertical space is required
to mount this instrument in a rack .
Width . When used with the optional slide-out tracks,
the minimum width of the opening between the left and
right front rails of the rack must be 17 5/8 inches . This
allows room on each side of the instrument for the slideout tracks to operate freely, permitting the instrument to
move smoothly in and out of the rack .
Depth . Total depth necessary to mount the T922R in a
cabinet rack is 18 inches . This allows room for air
circulation, power cord clearance and the necessary
mounting hardware . (Additional room may be needed if
access to rear panel connections is required .)

Substituting the given values :
Risetime = 5 divisions x 1 /is/division
Risetime = 5,us

Slide-Out Tracks
The optional slide-out tracks permit the T922R to be
extended out of the rack for maintenance or calibration
without removing the instrumentfrom the rack . To operate
the T922R in the extended position, be sure the power
cord and any interconnecting cables are long enough for
this purpose .
loo
1.

SIGNAL E
AMPLITUD

.

I
}

i
. -- -_

-

HORIZONTAL
DISTANCE

Fig . 2-16 . Risetime .

+

ME ASURE
TI E FROM
TO B

465/DM-0-13

The slide-out tracks consist of two assemblies-one for
the left side of the instrument and one for the right side .
Illustrations at the end of this section show the complete
slide-out track assemblies . The stationary section of each
assembly attaches to the front and rear rails of the rack,
and the chassis section is attached to the instrument . The
intermediate section slides between the stationary and
chassis sections and allows the T922R to be extended out
of the rack . The stationary and intermediate sections of
the tracks are packaged as matched sets and should not
be separated . To identify the left or right assembly, note
the position of the automatic latch . When mounted in the
rack, the automatic latch should be at the top of both
assemblies .
2- 1 7

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R
The hardware needed to mount the slide-out tracks is
shown in the illustrations at the end of this section . Since
the hardware supplied is intended to make the tracks
compatible with a variety of cabinet racks and installation
methods, not all of it will be needed for this installation .
Use only the hardware that is required for the mounting
method used .

After inital installation and adjustment of the slide-out
tracks, the T922R can be removed or installed without
further adjustments under normal conditions .

Mounting Procedure

The slide-out tracks normally require no lubrication .
The special finish on the sliding surfaces provides permanent lubrication . However, if the tracks do not slide
smoothly even after proper adjustment, a thin coating of
paraffin rubbed onto the sliding surfaces may improve
operation.

Refer to the illustrations at the end of this section for
recommended mounting procedures .

Removing or Installing the Instrument

Slide-Out Track Lubrication

Operating Instructions-T921/T922/T922R

FRONT RAIL MOUNTING

DEEP RACK MOUNTING

SHALLOW RACK MOUNTING
1982-5D

Fig. 2-17 . T922R rackmounting methods.

2- 1 9

Section 3-T921/T922/T922R

PERFORMANCE CHECK
This procedure allows the basic performance specifications to be checked without removing the instrument covers . It is
intended for use in incoming inspection to determine acceptability of newly purchased or recently calibrated instruments.

LIMITS AND TOLERANCES

TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

Tolerances given are for the instrument under test and
do not include test equipment error. Limits and tolerances
in this check are instrument specifications only if they are
called out as performance requirements in the
specifications section .

You will need the test equipment listed in Table 3-1, or
equivalent, to perform a complete Performance Check of
the T921, T922, and T922R . The Specifications given for
the equipment are the minimum necessary for accurate
results.

TABLE 3-1
Test Equipment
Description

Minimum Specifications

Usage

Examples of Applicable
Test Equipment

Amplitude accuracy, within
0 .5% ; signal amplitude, 10 mV
to 10 V; output signal, 1 kHz
square wave .

Vertical Gain checks,
X gain check.

2 . Sine-Wave Generator

Frequency 50 kHz to above
15 MHz ; output amplitude
variable from 0.5 to 5 V p-p ;
output impedance, 50 0;
reference frequency, 50 kHz;
amplitude accuracy, constant
within 0.3% of reference
frequency as output frequency
changes.

a. Tektronix SG 503 Leveled
Vertical Amplifier bandwidth checks, X bandwidth Sine-Wave Generator .'
check. Triggering checks .
Z axis input check.
b . Tektronix Type 191 Constant Amplitude Signal
Generator.

3 . Time-Mark Generator

Marker outputs, 20 ns to 0.5 s; Timing checks .
marker accuracy within 0 .5% ;
trigger output 1 ms to 0.1 has,
time coincident with markers.

a. Tektronix TG 501 TimeMarker Generator.'

Impedance, 50 f2 ; BNC
connectors .

Signal termination .

a . Tektronix Part 011-0049-01 .

Signal interconnection.

a. Tektronix Part 012-0057-01 .

1 . Amplitude Calibrator

4. Termination

Impedance 50 i2 ; BNC
connectors .
'Requires a TM500 Series Power Module .

5. Cable (3)

REV. B, DEC . 1976

a . Tektronix PG 506 Calibration Generator.'
b. Tektronix 067-0502-01
Calibration Fixture.

b. Tektronix 2901 Time-Mark
Generator .

Performance Check-T921 /T922/T922R
Table 3-1 (cont)
Description

Minimum Specifications

Examples of Applicable
Test Equipment

Usage

6. Dual Input Coupler

Connectors, BNC female to
2 BNC male .

Signal interconnection .

a. Tektronix Part 067-0525-00.
.

7. T Connector

Connectors, BNC.

Signal Interconnection.

a. Tektronix Part 103-0030-00.

8. Adapter

BNC female to BNC female .

Signal Interconnection.

a. Tektronix Part 103-0028-00 .

9. TV Source

Composite Sync, output at
TV SYNC Trigger.
least 100 mV (or Composite
video, output at least 230 mV) .

PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE
Use the following steps to put your instrument into a
basic operating mode before proceeding with the Performance Check. This procedure is the same for the T921,
T922, and T922R except that the T921 has only one vertical
channel.
NOTE
For the T921, use the channel 1 control settings and
procedures.
1 . Check that the Power Input Voltage Selector switch
and the HI-LO Range Selector switch on the bottom of the
cabinet (T921 and T922) are set for your power input
voltage. In the United States, the Power Input Voltage
Selector switch is normally set for 120 V and the HI-LO
Range Selector switch is normally set for HI atthefactory.
In Europe, the Power Input Voltage Selector switch is
normally set for 240 V and the HI-LO Range Selector is
normally set for LO . Only qualified service personnel
should change the Power Input Voltage Selector Switch to
a different voltage range setting.
2. If the 120 V/240 V and HI/LO switches are properly
set, connect the power cord plug to the power source and
turn the instrument on, connect test equipment to an
appropriate power source and turn it on . Set the trigger
MODE to AUTO, and SOURCE to INT.
NOTE
Allow a 20 minute warmup before starting the
Performance Check Procedure. This instrument
must have been adjusted at an ambient temperature
of +25° C within 5° C to ensure that checks in this
procedure will meet specifications in Section 1.

3-2

a. Any video source with the
specified output, including a
TV set.

3. Set the controls as follows :
Vertical Amplifier
Vertical Mode

CH 1

POSITION (both)

Midrange

VOLTS/DIV (both)'

2 mV

VAR (both)

Detent (cw)

CH 1 AC-GND-DC

DC

CH 2 AC-GND-DC

GND

Time Base
SEC/DIV

.5 ms

X1-X10 (variable)

X1 (unmagnifiedfully ccw)

SOURCE

INT

MODE

AUTO

POSITION

Midrange

SLOPE

+OUT

LEVEL

Midrange

4. The POWER ON light should be on arid a baseline
trace should be visible on the graticule. Adjust INTENSITY, FOCUS, and ASTIG controls for low intensity, welldefined trace.
'Unless otherwise stated, use the 1X PROBE window for
VOLTS/DIV settings throughout the Performance Check
procedure.
REV. B APR 1977

Performance Check-T921/T922/T922R
Baseline should be parallel with horizontal graticule
lines. If not, adjust R472, TR ROT, (trace rotation) in left
side panel (T921 and T922) until trace aligns with horizontal graticule lines.
This ends the preliminary procedure.

PERFORMANCE CHECK PROCEDURE

TABLE 3-2
Deflection Accuracy
VOLTS/DIV
(1X PROBE
WINDOW)

Amplitude
Calibrator
Output

Vertical
Deflection ±3% Tolerance
(divisions)
(divisions)

2 mV

10 mV

' 5

4.85to5 .15

5 mV

20 mV

4

3.88 to 4.12

10 mV

50 mV

5

4.8 5to5 . 1 5

20 mV

.1 V

5

4.85to5 .15

.2V

1 V

5

4.85to5 .15

2V

10V

5

4.85to5 .15

1 . CH 1 and CH 2 Deflection Accuracy
a. Connect test equipment as shown in Fig . 3-1 (use
appropriate POSITION control as needed to center the
display within the graticule area) .

c . Set:

b. CHECK-Deflection accuracy for CH 1 according
to Table 3-2 within 3% (+20°C to +30°C) .

CH 1 AC-GND-DC

GND

CH 2 AC-GND-DC

DC

Vertical Mode

CH 2

CH 2 POSITION

As needed

OSCILLOSCOPE

AMPLITUDE
CALIBRATOR

NOMMMENE
HEMENEENOM
NUMENE 00
Ma
Mono
ON
mlim

BNC
T-CONNECTOR

41

"0::nWMMJ
DUAL-INPUT
CONNECTOR
1982-02

Fig. 3-1 . Deflection accuracy and X gain check test setup.
REV. A, JUNE 1976

3-3

Performance Check-T921 /T922/T922R
d. CHECK-Deflection Accuracy for CH 2 according
to Table 3-2 within 3% (+20°C to +30°C) .

NOTE
For bench versions of the T921 and T922, skip steps
3 and 4 and proceed with step 5.

e. Set Amplitude Calibrator to 0.1 volt .

2. CH 1 and CH 2 VAR (Variable) Volts/Div Range
a. Set CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to 20 mV .

3. Rear Vertical Inputs (T922R)
a . Set :

b . CHECK-Display amplitude
es from 5
to less than 2 divisions with reducivson CH 2 VAR control
turned fully counterclockwise .
c. Set:

SEC/DIV

.2 m

VOLTS/DIV

.1

CH 1 and CH 2
FRONT-REAR

REAR

Vertical Mode

CH 1

Vertical Mode

CH 1

CH 1 AC-GND-DC

DC

Trigger Mode

AUTO

CH 2 AC-GND-DC

GND

b . Connect test equipment as shown in Figure 3-2.

d. CHECK-Display amplitude reduces from 5
divisions to less than 2 divisions with CH 1 VAR control
turned fully counterclockwise .

c. Set amplitude calibrator for a 0.5 volt standard
amplitude output .

e. Return both VAR controls to detent position .
Reduce INTENSITY setting for a dim display.

d. CHECK-Display
divisions .

f. Disconnect Test equipment .

amplitude

is

4.85

to

5.15

e. Set CH 1 FRONT-REAR to FRONT.

REAR CH 1

STANDARD
AMPLITUDE
CALIBRATION
GENERATOR

REAR CH 2

DUAL-INPUT
COUPLER
1982-51

Fig. 3-2. T922R rear input test setup.
3-4

REV . B, DEC . 1976

Performance Check-T921/T922/T922R
f. CHECK-No vertical deflection .

c. CHECK-Horizontal deflection is between 3.5 and
6.5 divisions (set horizontal POSITION as needed to view
start and end of display) .

g. Set Vertical Mode to CH 2.
h. CHECK-Display
divisions .

amplitude

is

4.85

to

5.15

i . Set CH 2 FRONT-REAR to FRONT.
j. CHECK-No vertical deflection .

e. Set SOURCE to INT.

6 . CH 1 Bandwidth

4. Rear EXT TRIG or X Input (T922R)

a. Connect test equipment as shown in Fig. 3-3 .

a. Disconnect BNC cable from dual input coupler and
connect it to rear-panel EXT TRIG orX input (see Fig . 3-2) .

b. Set:

b. Set:

EXT TRIG or
X FRONT-REAR

REAR

Trigger SOURCE

X-Y

c . Set Amplitude calibrator Amplitude to 5 volts.
d . CHECK-Display is two dots separated horizontally
by about 5 divisions .

Do not allow a bright spot to remain stationary on the
crt. This can burn the crt phosphor.
e. Set EXT TRIG or X FRONT-REAR to FRONT.

g. Disconnect test equipment.
5. X Gain
a. Set:

VOLTS/DIV (both)

2 mV

AC-GND-DC (both)

DC

LEVEL

Fully cw

c. Set generator frequency to 50 kHz (reference) and
adjust output amplitude for 5 division display.
d . Set generator frequency to 15 MHz.
e. CHECK-Display amplitude is at least 3 .5 divisions.

7. CH 2 Bandwidth (T922 and T922R Only)
a. Set:

Vertical Mode

CH 2

b. Move the sine-wave generator output (through 50 0
cable and 50 i2 termination) from CH 1 input connectorto
CH 2 input connector.

f. CHECK-No horizontal deflection .

'

d. Disconnect test equipment.

C. Set generator frequency to 50 kHz (reference) and
adjust output amplitude for 5 division display.

CH 1 AC-GND-DC

GND

SOURCE

X-Y

INTENSITY

Foradim display

e. CHECK-Display amplitude is at least 3.5 divisions.

b. Connect test equipment as shown in Fig. 3-1 and set
calibration generator output amplitude to 5 V.

f. Disconnect generator from CH 2 input connector
and reduce INTENSITY setting for a dim display.

REV . B, DEC . 1976

d . Set generator frequency to 15 MHz .

3-5

Performance Check-T921 /T922/T922R

Fig. 3-3. Bandwidth check test setup.

8. X Bandwidth
a . SET:

f. Disconnect test equipment.

SEC/DIV

1 ms

SOURCE

X-Y

INTENSITY

For visible display

X1-X10

X10

b. Connect sine-wave generator through 50 O cable
and 50 0 termination to X (EXT) input.
c. Set generator frequency to 50 kHz (reference) and
adjust output amplitude for 10 divisions (about 1 volt) of
horizontal deflection .
d . Set generator frequency to 1 MHz .
e. CHECK-Display amplitude is at least 7 divisions.
3-6

g. Set SOURCE to INT.
NOTE
When making trigger checks, adjust the LEVEL
control as needed for a stable display, unless
instructed otherwise.
9. Low Frequency Triggering
a. Set:

SEC/DIV

10 ms

X1-X10 (variable)

X1 (fully ccw)

Vertical Mode

CH 1

MODE

NORM

b. Connect 10X probe to CH 1 input.
REV . A, JUNE 1976

Performance Check-T921/T922/T922R
c . Set sine-wave generator frequency for 1 MHz and
adjust output amplitude for 0.5 division display.

c. Lay probe near ac-line-voltage source and adjust
CH 1 VOLTS/DIV switch and VAR control for 0.4 division
display.

d. CHECK-Stable display can be obtained in both
+OUT and -IN positions of SLOPE switch for both AUTO
and NORM .

d . CHECK-Stable display can be obtained in both
+OUT and -IN positions of SLOPE switch for AUTO and
NORM modes in LINE and INT source positions.

11 . 1 MHz External Triggering

e. Remove probe.

a. Set :

f. Return VAR to detent ; MODE to NORM ; and
SOURCE to INT.

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV

.1 V

b. Adjust sine-wave generator output amplitude for
100 mV (one div on crt) .

10 . 1 MHz Internal Triggering
c. Set :

a. Connect test equipment as shown in Fig . 3-4.
b. Set:

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV

1 V

SEC/DIV

.5 Ns

SOURCE

EXT

d. CHECK-Stable display can be obtained on both
+OUT and -IN positions of SLOPE switch for both AUTO
and NORM .

OSCILLOSCOPE

sofflawwwamn
SEENEREMNO

E% "

am
MMOMMOM!
11~
soon
M

SINE-WAVE
GENERATOR

HEMEMENE
T-CONNECTOR
50 S2
TERMINATION
ItI

_ilea,
III

BNC FEMALE
TO BNC
FEMALE ADAPTER
50 S2
CABLES

1982-04

Fig. 3-4. Triggering and Z-axis input check test setup.
REV. B, DEC . 1976

3-7

Performance Check-T921/T922/T922R
12 . 15 MHz Internal Tra
. Set:

14 . Z-Axis Input

iggering

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV

1 V

50 mV

SEC/DIV

.1 ms

.2 /is

SOURCE

INT

SOURCE

INT

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV
SEC/DIV

a. Set :

b. Set sine-wave generator frequency to 15 MHz and
output amplitude for a 3 division display; then set CH 1
VOLTS/DIV to .1 V.
c. CHECK-Stable display can be obtained in both
+OUT and -IN positions of SLOPE switch for both AUTO
and NORM modes .

SOURCE

c. Disconnect 50 S2 cable from X or EXT (external
trigger) input and connect it to EXT Z AXIS connector at
rear of instrument .
d . CHECK-Trace modulation is noticeable at normal
intensity. (Adjust LEVEL control as required to obtain
stable display.)

13. 15 MHz External Triggering
a. Set:

MODE
AUTO
b . Set sine-wave generator frequency to 50 kHz and
adjust output amplitude for 5 division display.

EXT

e . Disconnect test setup.

b. CHECK-Stable display can be obtained in both
+OUT and -IN positions of SLOPE switch for both AUTO
and NORM .

15. Sweep Rate Accuracy

a. Connect test setup as shown in Fig. 3-5 .

OSCILLOSCOPE

1

-------------

SEHIMENINE
MM sing
MENNEN

TIME MARK
GENERATOR

50 SZ
TERMINATION

50 S2
CABLE
1982-05

Fig. 3-5. Timing accuracy check test setup.

3-8

REV . C JUL 1977

Performance Check-T921/T922/T922R
b. Set:

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV

.2 V

SOURCE

INT

MODE

NORM

c. CHECK-Magnified sweep accuracy according to
Table 3-4: One or two time marks, as indicated, within 5%
(0 .4 div) over center 8 divisions. Exclude the first 50 ns
after the start of the sweep; 2.5 divisions for the 0.2 ps
setting (one division for 0.5 ,us and 1 /is settings) and
anything beyond the 100th magnified divisions. Accuracy
specifications apply for a temperature range of +20'C to
+30° C.

c . CHECK-SEC/DIV accuracy according to Table 33: One or two time marks, as indicated, within 3% (0 .24 div)
over center 8 divisions. Accuracy. specifications apply for
a temperature range of +20°C to +30°C.

d. Return X1-X10 to X1 and SOURCE to INT.
e. Disconnect test equipment.

TABLE 3-3

TABLE 3-4

Normal Sweep Timing Accuracy
SEC/DIV switch
setting

Time-mark
generator output

crt display
(marker/division)

.2 /is
.5 /is
1 Ps
2 /is
5 us _
10 /is
20 ps
50 Ps
.1 ms
.2 ms
.5 ms
1 ms
2 ms
5 ms
10 ms
20 ms
50 ms
.1 s
_._2 s
5s

0 .1 microsecond
0 .5 mi crosecond
1 microsecond
1 microsecond
5 microsecond
10 microsecond
10 microsecond
50 microsecond
0.1 millisecond
0.1 millisecond
0.5 millisecond
1 millisecond
1 millisecond
5 millisecond
10 millisecond
10 millisecond
50 millisecond
0 .1 second
0 .1 second
0 .5 second

2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
2
1

Magnified Sweep Timing Accuracy
SEC/DIV switch
setting
.2
.5
1
.5

X1-X10

X10 (fully cw)

SEC/DIV

0.2 ps

_

_

b. Set time-mark generator to 10 ns (adjust CH 1
VOLTS/DIV as necessary for a visible display) .
NOTE
If you cannot obtain a stable display, connect the
time-mark generator trigger output to the X or EXT
(external trigger) connector via a 50 0 cable and
50 0 termination . Set MODE to EXT and adjust
LEVEL control for a stable display.
REV . A, DEC . 1976

10 nanosecond
50 nanosecond
.1 microsecond
50 microsecond

2
1
1
1

17 . Rear Panel Outputs (T922R)

16 . Magnified Sweep Accuracy
a. Set:

/is
ps
ps
ms

crt display
Time-mark
generator output (markers/division)

a. Set :

Vertical Mode

CH 1

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV

.1

SEC/DIV

.5 ps

Trigger MODE

AUTO

Trigger SOURCE

INT

b. Connect 50 f2 BNC cable to SWEEP RAMP OUT
connector. Connect 50 O termination to free end of cable.
Connect 50 f2 termination to CH 1 vertical input.
. c. CHECK-Display is tilted line (see Fig. 3-6) .
d. Disconnect cable from SWEEP RAMP OUT connector and connect it to SWEEP GATE OUT connector.
e. CHECK-Display is leading edge of squarewave
(see Fig . 3-7) .
f. Disconnect cable and termination .
3- 9

Performance Check-T921/T922/T922R
c. Set generator for 0.1 second time marks.
d . Adjust LEVEL for a stable display.
e. Set:

SINGLE SWEEP

SINGLE SWEEP (in)

Input Coupling

GND

f. CHECK-No visible display .
g. Push RESET and release.
h. CHECK-READY lamp lights .
Fig . 3-6 . SWEEP RAMP OUT display .

i. Set CH 1 Input Coupling to DC .
j. CHECK-Crt is swept only once and READY lamp
extinguishes .
k. Disconnect test equipment.

19 . TV Trigger
NOTE
We recommend that you only check the TV trigger if
you are going to be using it . Any TV signal source
will do for the check-such as a TV set.
NOTE
Fig . 3-7. SWEEP GATE OUT display .

The amplitude settings given in this procedure are to
check both the INT and EXT trigger requirements .
You can check just the INT trigger by using the
VOL TS/DIV setting to attenuate the signal to 1 divof
composite sync or 2.3 div of composite video.

18. Single Sweep (T922R)

a. Connect test setup as shown in Fig. 3-8 .

a. Connect time-mark generator to front CH 2 input via
50 S2 BNC cable and 50 S2 BNC termination.

b. Set:

b. Set: CH 1 VOLTS/DIV

3- 1 0

.1

SINGLE SWEEP

REPETITIVE (out)

SEC/DIV

20 ms

SEC/DIV

.1 ms

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV

.1 V

MODE

TV

c. Set signal source for 1 division of composite sync
(or about 2.3 divisions of composite video) .
REV . A, DEC . 1976

Performance Check-T921/T922/T922R
OSCILLOSCOPE

I
MRSOMMEMEM

TV SOURCE

EMBEEMEMME

SET FOR
100 mV COMP SYNC
(^ 230 mV COMP VIDEO)

I S9011M,on
LLLM

DUAL INPUT
CONNECTOR

O

1982-0s
Fig. 3-8. TV trigger check test setup.

d . Adjust LEVEL and SLOPE as needed to trigger
display.
e. CHECK-Stable display is present (display triggers
on TV field) .
f. Set:

SEC/DIV

50 /is

g . CHECK-Stable display is present (display triggers
on TV line) .
h. Set:

SOURCE

j . CHECK-Stable display is present (display triggers
on TV line).
k. Set:

SEC/DIV

.1 ms

I . . CHECK-Stable display is present (display triggers
on TV field) .
m. Disconnect test setup .

EXT

i . Adjust LEVEL and SLOPE as needed to trigger
display .

END OF PROCEDURE

3-1 1

WARNING
THE FOLLOWING SERVICING INSTRUCTIONS ARE
FOR USE BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY . T O
AVOID PERSONAL INJURY, DO NOT PERFORM ANY
SERVICING OTHER THAN THAT CONTAINED IN
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS UNLESS YOU ARE
QUALIFIED TO DO SO .

Section 4-T921/T922/T922R

ADJUSTMENTS
WARNING

SERVICING INFORMATION IN THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS IS INTENDED FOR
USE BY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY. T O AVOID ELECTRIC
SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE INSTRUMENT COVERS OR PERFORM ANY SERVICING UNLESS QUALIFIED TO DO SO.
IMPORTANT-PLEASE READ BEFORE USING THIS PROCEDURE
When done properly, this procedure allows you to adjust the instrument to its original performance specifications . The
Adjustment Procedure is not intended as a troubleshooting guide. Any trouble you find during the procedure should be
corrected before continuing . Refer to the Service Information section for further information .

LIMITS AND TOLERANCES
Limits and tolerances are instrument specifications
only if they are called out as performance requirements in
the Specification section . Tolerances given are for the
oscilloscope under test and do not include test equipment
error.

ADJUSTMENT INTERACTION
Some adjustments interact with others . These are
identified with an INTERACTION step .

of the -8 V supply unless you intend to re-adjust the entire
instrument .
To adjust only part of the instrument, set the controls
according to the nearest preceding Control Settings and
use the test setup given in the step you intend to perform
or the setup in a preceding step . To prevent unnecessary
re-adjustment of other parts of the instrument, reset an
adjustment only if the tolerance given for that step is not
met. If it is necessary to reset an adjustment, also check
any steps listed in the INTERACTION-- part of the step .

TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

PARTIAL PROCEDURES
You can perform part of the adjustment procedure after
replacing components or just to touch up the performance
between major re-adjustments . Do not change the setting

The test equipment listed in Table 4-1, or equivalent is
required for complete calibration of the oscilloscope .
Specifications given for the equipment are the minimum
necessary for accurate calibration .

TABLE 4-1
Test Equipment
Description

Minimum Specifications

Usage

Examples of Applicable
Test Equipment

1 . Digital Voltmeter

Range, 0 to 9 V dc ;
accuracy within 0.3% .

Power supply adjustment.

a. Tektronix DM 501
Digital Multimeter .'

2. Time-Mark Generator

Markers, 0.5 /is to 0.5 s;
accuracy, within 0.3%.

Y-axis alignment, geometry adjustment, sweep
and timing adjustments .

a. Tektronix TG 501
Time-Mark Generator .'

Vertical gain adjustment .

a. Tektronix PG 506
Calibration Generator .'

3. Amplitude Calibrator

Signal amplitude, 10 mV
to 50 V square wave ;
frequency, 1 kHz; amplitude
accuracy, within 0.3%.

'Requires TM500 Series Power Module .
REV. A, JUNE 1976

b. Tektronix 2901 Time-Mark
Generator.

Adjustments-T921 /T922/T922R
TABLE 4-1 (cont)
Description

Minimum Specifications

Usage

Examples of Applicable
Test Equipment

4. Square-Wave Generator Frequency, 1 kHz and
100 kHz ; risetime, 2 ns
or less .

High frequency compensation and vertical
attenuator adjustments .

a. Tektronix PG 506
Calibration Generator.'

5. Cable

Length, 42 in . ; impendance,
50 iZ ; connectors, BNC .

Signal interconnection .

a. Tektronix Part 012-0057-01 .

6. Termination

Impedance, 50 i'2 ; connectors, Signal termination .
BNC .

7 . Low-Capacitance
Screwdriver
8 . Screwdriver

'
Length, 3 in . shaft; bit size,
3/32 in .

9 . Alignment Tool

b. Tektronix Type 106 SquareWave Generator.

a. Tektronix Part 011-0049-01 .

Variable capacitor adjustments.

a. General Cement adjustment
tool G.C . 8722 .

Variable resistor adjustments.

a. Xcelite R-3323 .

Vertical attenuator and
high-frequency compensation adjustment .

a. General Cement Adjustment
tool G.C . 8722 .

Vertical attenuator adjustments .

a . Tektronix Part 011-0059-02.

10 . 10X Attenuator

Ratio, 1OX; impedance,
50 G; connectors, BNC .

11 . Probe, 1OX

Attenuation, 10X ; Probe can Vertical attenuator combe compensated for input
pensation .
characteristics of T921/T922/
T922 R.

a. P6006, Tektronix Part
010-0160-00. (Standard
accessory for T921/T922.)

12 . Adapter

Probe-tip-to-BNC .

a . Tektronix Part 013-0054-00.

Vertical attenuator
compensation .

'Requires TM500 Series Power Module .

PRELIMINARY PROCEDURE
WARNING
Dangerous potentials exist at several points inside
your instrument . To prevent electrical shock, do not
touch exposed connections or components when
the instrument is operated with the cover removed.
Disconnect power cord plug from power input
voltage source while disassembling or repairing this
instrument.
1 . Remove the cabinet from the instrument . To remove
the T921/T922 cabinet, remove the six retaining screws
(three on the top and three on the bottom) and slide the
halves apart .
Because of the different mechanical layout of the
T922R, use Fig : 4-1 (which shows the adjustment
locations on the T922R) in place of Figs . 4-2 through 4-4
4-2

and 4-6. The T922R cabinet is made of two pieces which
can be removed independently . Each half is held on by six
captive screws . To remove a cabinet half, turn the six
captive screws 90 degrees counterclockwise and lift the
cabinet half away from the instrument . Use a large coin to
loosen the captive screws .
2 . Check the 120 V/240 V range selector switch S701
and fhe High/Low selector switch S705 for correct settings. For the T921 and T922, both switches are located on
the bottom of the cabinet. For the T922R, see Fig . 4-1 for
the internal locations of S701 and S705 . If you change the
setting of the range selector switch, change the line fuse .
Refer to Electrical Parts List for correct fuse values .
3 . Turn the instrument on and allow at least 20 minutes
warm-up before starting the adjustment procedure.
,
For best overall accuracy, make adjustments in an
ambient temperature of +20°C to +30°C.
REV. A, JUNE 1976

Adjustments-T921 /T922/T922R
84232
CH 2
DC BAL
84132
GAIN
CH I
84251
DC BAL

f

84334

8773
-8 V ADJ

1982-54

Fig . 4-1A & B. T922R adjustment locations .
REV . B, DEC . 1976

4- 3

Adjustments-T921 /T922/T922R

A. DISPLAY AND POWER SUPPLY
Equipment Required
1 . Digital Voltmeter

4. 50 0 Termination

2. Time-Mark Generator

5. Screwdriver

3. 50 S2 BNC Cable

6 . Low-Capacitance Screwdriver

1 . Set the Front Panel Controls as Follows:

front panel), and ASTIG control (left side of cabinet) as
needed to maintain a well-defined display.

NOTE
Do not preset internal controls .

2. -8 V Power Supply
NOTE

NOTE

Do not change the setting of the -8 V adjustment
unless you intend to re-adjust the entire instrument.

For adjustment of the T921, use the channel 1
control settings and procedures .
INTENSITY

midrange

Vertical Mode

CH 1

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV2
1 V
VOLTS/DIV VAR (both)

detent

AC-GND-DC (both)

GND

SEC/DIV

.1 ms

X1-X10

X1 (fully ccw)

SOURCE

INT

MODE

AUTO

SLOPE

+OUT

LEVEL

midrange

CH 1 POSITION

midrange

Horizontal POSITION

midrange

a. Connect digital voltmeter between the -8 V side of
R775 and ground (see Fig. 4-2) . If meter does not read
between -7 .96 V and -8 .04 V, proceed to part b.

dc .

b . ADJUST-R773, -8 V Adj (see Fig . 4-2) for-8.00 V

c . Disconnect digital voltmeter.

Set all other controls as desired . The oscilloscope
should produce a baseline trace with the controls set as
above. Adjust the INTENSITY and FOCUS controls (on

'Unless otherwise stated, use the 1X probe window for
VOLTS/DIV settings throughout this procedure .
4-4

Fig. 4-2. Power supply adjustment location (bottom of T921 and
T922).
REV. B APR 1977

Adjustments-T921 /T922/T922R
3. Trace Rotation
a. Position trace vertically to center horizontal graticule
line .
b . ADJUST-TRACE ROT, R472, to align trace with
center horizontal graticule line .

e . ADJUST-Y-Axis, R474, (see Fig . 4-3) toaligncenter
marker with center vertical graticule line .
f . INTERACTION-Position display baseline to center
horizontal graticule line and check that baseline aligns
with horizontal graticule line . If not, - re-adjust trace
rotation . Then re-check Y-axis alignment .

4. Y-Axis Alignment
a. Set CH 1 AC-GND-DC to DC .

5. Geometry

b. Connect .1 ms markers from time-mark generator to
CH 1 inputvia500BNCcableand50 f2BNCtermination .
c. SetCH 1 VOLTS/DIV and VAR to obtain slightly more
than 8 divisions of vertical deflection and position display
baseline below bottom graticule line (off screen) .
d . Set SEC/DIV to obtain about one marker/division
and rotate horizontal POSITION to align a marker with
center graticule line .

a. Move display baseline to bottom graticule line .
b. ADJUST-Geom, R473, (see Fig. 4-3) for best
alignments of markers with the vertical graticule lines.
c. INTERACTION-Between Geometry and Y-axis .
Repeat both adjustment for best alignment of markers
with vertical graticule lines.
d . Disconnect time-mark generator.

t

TRACE ROT
R472
ASTIG
R477

INTERFACE
CIRCUIT BOARD

GEOM
R473

GAIN
R126

TOP

FRONT

1982-35

Fig. 4-3. Interface board adjustment locations.
REV . B, DEC . 1976

4-5

Adjustments-T921 /T922/T922R

B . VERTICAL AMPLIFIER
NOTE
Use Channel 1 control settings and procedures for the T921 .
Equipment Required
1 . Digital Voltmeter

7. Screwdriver

2 . Amplitude Calibrator

8 . Low-Capacitance Screwdriver

3 . Square-Wave Generator

9. 10X Probe

4 . 50 0 BNC Termination

10 . 10 X Attenuator

5 . 50 O BNC Cable

11 . Probe-tip-to-BNC Adapter

6 . Alignment Tool

PRELIMINARY CONTROL SETTINGS
Preset front panel controls as follows :
INTENSITY

midrange

FOCUS

midrange

Vertical Mode

CH 1

VOLTS/DIV (both)'

2 mV

AC-GND-DC (both)

GND

VAR (both)

detent

SEC/DIV

.5 ms

X1-X10

X1 (fully cw)

SOURCE

INT

MODE

AUTO

SLOPE

+OUT

LEVEL

midrange

POSITION (all)

midrange

Set all other controls as desired.

3Unless otherwise stated, use the 1X probe window for
VOLTS/DIV settings throughout this procedure.
4- 6

The oscilloscope should produce a baseline trace with
the controls set as above. Adjust INTENSITY and FOCUS
controls as needed to maintain a well-defined display
while making adjustments.

1 . Vertical Preamplifier Balance
a. ADJUST--CH 1 DC BAL, R4132 (see Fig. 4-4) for no
trace shift while switching CH 1 VOLTS/DIV control
between 2 mV and 10 mV .
b. SET: Vertical Mode CH 2.
c. ADJUST-CH 2 DC BAL, R4232 (see Fig. 4-4) for no
trace shift while switching CH 2 VOLTS/DIV control
between 2 mV and 10 mV .

2. Vertical Output Amplifier Gain
NOTE
You should not have to re-adjust the vertical output
gain unless you have replaced the crt or other
components.
a. Set VOLTS/DIV (both) to 5 mV/div and Vertical Mode
to CH1 .
b . Set Gain, R126 (see Fig. 4-3) to physical midrange .
REV. A, JUNE 1976

Adjustments-T921 /T922/T922R

FRONT

1982-15

Fig. 4-4. Vertical amplifier adjustment locations (bottom view of T921 and T922) .
c. Connect digital voltmeter between P4-9 and P4-11
(see Fig . 4-4) . Select range on meter for at least 500 mV
reading .

d . Move 20 mV amplitude calibrator signal to CH 2 input
and set Vertical Mode to CH 2 .

d. Set vertical POSITION control so trace is aligned
with center horizontal graticule line . Note meter reading.

e. ADJUST-Gain, R4251 (see Fig. 4-4), for 4 division
display.

e. Rotate vertical POSITION control until meter reading
has increased 150 mV from reading in part d (trace moved
toward top of screen) .

f. INTERACTION-If you cannot adjust CH 1 and CH 2
Preamplifier Gain for 4 division display, repeatsteps 2'and
3.

f. Adjust Gain, R126 (see Fig . 4-3), so trace aligns with
third graticule line above center horizontal graticule line .

4. High-Frequency Compensation
w
a. Set:
"CH 1 VOLTS/DIV

g. Disconnect digital voltmeter.

3. Vertical Preamplifier Gain
a. Set:

g. Disconnect test equipment.

5 mV

Vertical Mode

CH 1

CH 1 AC-GND-DC

DC

VOLTS/DIV (both)

5 mV

CH 2 AC-GND-DC

GND

AC-GND-DC (both)

DC

SEC/DIV

.1 ms

Vertical Mode

CH 1

b. Connect a 1 kHz, 20 mV amplitude calibrator
(standard output) signal to CH 1 input via a 50 n
unterminated cable.
c . ADJUST-Gain, R4151 (see Fig. 4-4), for 4 division
display.
REV. C APR 1977

b. Connect square-wave generator (fast-rise, + transition) to CH 1 input connector via 50 0 cable, 10X
attenuator, and 50 f'2 termination .
c. Set square-wave generator for 100 kHz, fast rise, and
amplitude for 5 division display. Set SEC/DIV to .5,us, and
INTENSITY as necessary to view the display.
4- 7

Adjustments-T921 /T922/T922R
d . Set POSTION controls to position the leading edge
of the signal on screen .
e. ADJUST-R4334, C4334, R4344, C4344 (see Fig .
4-4), C114, R114, C118 (see Fig. 4-3), for best front corner
of waveform using low capacitance screwdriver.
f. Disconnect test equipment.

10

tLj

'Li . ... . ..

5. CH 1 Attenuator Compensation
a . Set:

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV'

20 mV

CH 1 AC-GND-DC

DC

Vertical Mode

CH 1

SEC/DIV

1 ms

X1-X10

X10 (fully ccw)

b. Connect a 50 f2 cable from the high-amplitude output
of the square-wave generator, through a 10X attenuator
and a 50 0 termination to the CH 1 input connector. Set
generator to 1 kHz and adjust for a 5-division display.
c. ADJUST-C4114 (see Fig . 4-4) for best square front
corner (see Fig . 4-5 for example) .
d . Remove 10X attenuator and set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to
.2 V . Set generator output for a 5-division display.
e. ADJUST-C4105 (see Fig . 4-4) for best square front
corner (see Fig . 4-5 for example) . Disconnect test equip20
ment .
f. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 10 mV and X1-X10 to X1 (fully
ccw) .

MEANS
ADJUST FOR
MINIMUM
ABERRATIONS
HERE

1982-21

Fig. 4-5. Display of correct (idealized) attenuator compensation .
j. ADJUST-C4113 for flat top on square wave .
k . Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to .2 V, and square-wave
generator output for a 5-division display (remove 10X
attenuator, and also 50 0 termination if necessary) .
I . ADJUST-C4104 for a flat top on square wave .
m. Disconnect test equipment.
6. CH 2 Attenuator Compensation
a. Set:

CH 2 VOLTS/DIV°

mV

CH 2 AC-GND-DC

DC

Vertical Mode

CH 2

SEC/DI V

1 ms

X1-X10

X10 (fully cw)

g . Connect a 10X probe to the CH 1 input. Connect the
probe tip to a probe tip-to-BNC adapter, the adapter to a
50 0 BNC termination, and the termination to a 50 f2 BNC
10X attenuator attached to the square-wave generator
high-amplitude output connector. Set generator for a 5division, 1 kHz display .

b. Connect a 50 R cable from the high-amplitude output
of the square-wave generator, through a 10X attenuator
and a 50 S2 termination to the CH 2 input connector. Set
generator to 1 kHz and adjust for 5-division display.

h . Compensate probe for best front corner of waveform .

c. ADJUST-C4214 (see Fig . 4-4) for best square front
corner (see Fig . 4-5 for example) .

i. Set CH 1 VOLTS/DIV to 20 mV and set generator fora
5-division display (remove 10X attenuator if necessary) .

d . Remove 10X attenuator and set CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to
.2 V. Set generator output for a 5-division display.

° Use 1X probe window in all of this step .
4-8

REV. C APR 1977

Adjustments-T921 /T922/T922R
e . ADJUST-C4205 (see Fig. 4-4) for best square front
corner (see Fig. 4-5 for example) . Disconnect test equipment .
f. Set CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to 10 mV and X1-X10 to X1 (fully
ccw) .
g. Connect a 10X probe to the CH 2 input. Connect the
probe tip to a probe tip-to-BNC adapter, the adapter to a
50 O BNC termination, and the termination to a 50 O BNC
10X attenuator attached to the square-wave generator
high-amplitude output connector. Set generator for a 5division, 1 kHz display .
h. Compensate probe for best front corner of waveform .

REV. A, JUNE 1976

i . Set CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to 20 mV and set generator fora
5-division display (remove 10X attenuator if necessary) .
j. ADJUST-C4213 for flat top on square wave .

k. Set CH 2 VOLTS/DIV to .2 V, and square-wave
generator output for a 5-division display (remove 10X
attenuator, and also 50 S2 termination if necessary) .

I. ADJUST-C4204 for a flat top on square wave .

m . Disconnect test equipment.

4-9

AER/qdeT
C . TIME BASE

1 . Time-Mark Generator

3. 50 (2 BNC Cable

2 . 50 S2 Termination

4. Low-Capacitance Screwdriver

PRELIMINARY CONTROL SETTINGS
Preset front panel controls as follows :
INTENSITY

midrange

FOCUS

midrange

Vertical Mode

CH 1

CH 1 VOLTS/DIV'

.5 V

CH 1 VAR

detent

CH 1 AC-GND-DC

DC

CH 2 AC-GND-DC

GND

SEC/DIV

.5 ms

X1-X10

X1 (fully ccw)

SOURCE

INT

MODE

AUTO

SLOPE

+ OUT

LEVEL

midrange

POSITION (all)

midrange

Set all other controls as desired .

The oscilloscope should produce a baseline trace with
the controls set as above, Adjust INTENSITY and FOCUS
controls as needed to maintain a well-defined display
while making adjustments .

1 . Horizontal Gain

a. Connect time-mark generator to channel 1 input via
50 O BNC cable and 50 () termination. Set generator for
.5 ms markers .
b. ADJUST-Horiz Cal R2332 (see Fig. 4-6 or Fig . 41B) and horizontal POSITION control for 1 time marker
per division over center 8 divisions.

2. Sweep Timing

a . Set SEC/DIV to .5 Ns and time-mark generator for
.5 Ns markers.

b. ADJUST-C2235 (see Fig. 4-6 or Fig. 4-113) and
horizontal POSITION control for 1 marker per division
over center 8 divisions.
c. Disconnect the test setup.

'Unless otherwise stated, use the 1X probe window for
VOLTS/DIV settings throughout this procedure.

4- 1 0

REV. A APR 1977

Adjustments-T921 /T922/T922R

NOTE : R2332 IS LOCATED NEAR
THE CENTER OF THE
HORIZONTAL BOARD .
Fig . 4-6 . Time base adjustment locations .

Section 5-T921/T922/T922R

SERVICE INFORMATION
The following information is provided to help you keep your T921/T922/T922R in good operating condition. We
recommend that servicing be done by qualified service personnel only . You can, if you like, send your instrument to a
Tektronix Service Center for re-adjustment and repair . Contact your local Tektronix representative for information about
the Service Centers in your area .

CABINET REMOVAL
WARNING
Dangerous potentials exist at several points
throughout the T921, T922, and T922R. When
operating the instrument with the covers off, avoid
touching connections and components. Some transistors have elevated cases. Disconnect the power
before cleaning the instrument or replacing parts.
T921 AND T922
To remove the cover, take out the six screws (top and
bottom) holding the two halves together . Pull the two
halves apart .
To replace the cover, line up the slots on the coverwith
the front panel and the rear subpanel and slide together .
Replace screws .
T922R
The T922R cabinet is made of two pieces which can be
removed independently. Each half is held on by six captive
screws . To remove a cabinet half, turn the six captive
screws 90 degrees counterclockwise and lift that half of
the cabinet away from the instrument . Use a large coin to
loosen the captive screws .

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
Preventive maintenance consists of cleaning the instrument regularly and inspecting it occasionally for broken or
damaged parts . Regular maintenance will improve the
reliability of your instrument and prevent breakdowns .

Cleaning
Accumulations of dirt and dust on components act as
an insulating blanket preventing efficient heat dissipation .
Dust on circuit boards and wires can cause arcing and
~~ short circuits, resulting in damage to components or even
instrument failure . Clean your instrument before this
happens!

REV. B JUL 1977

The cabinet provides protection from dust and dirt and
should be in place during normal operation of the
instrument .

Avoid the use of chemical cleaning agents containing benzene, toluene, xylene, acetone or similar
solvents . These chemicals may damage the plastics
used in this instrument . Recommended cleaning
agents are isopropyl alcohol or Kelite (1 part Kelite,
20 parts water) .
Exterior . Dust the cabinet with a soft cloth. Dust the
front panel controls with a small soft paint brush . Dirt
clinging to the surface of the cabinet may be removed with
a soft cloth dampened with a mild detergent and water
solution . Avoid using abrasive cleaners . They will scratch
the cabinet and front panel .
Interior . Dust in the interior of the instruments should
be removed before it builds up enough to cause arcing and
short circuits during periods of high humidity . Dust is best
removed from the interior by dry, (approximately 9 Ib/in.Z)
low-pressure air. Dirt clinging to surfaces may be removed
with a soft paint brush or cloth dampened with a mild
detergent and water solution . Use a cotton-tipped
applicator for cleaning in narrow spaces and on the circuit
boards .
Switch Contacts

Do not use acetone, MEK, MIBK, benzene, toluene,
carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethylene, methyl
alcohol, methylene chloride, sulphuric acid, or
Freon TC, TE, TF, TA, 12, 22, to clean the switch
contacts . Damage may result . Check the contents of
spray coolants and cleaners before using.
Most of the switches are cam-actuated assemblies
which do not require frequent maintenance. When
maintenance is necessary due to accumulated dirt and
dust on the contacts, observe the following precautions:
Clean the switch contacts with isopropyl alcohol or a

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
solution of one part Kelite to 20 parts water. If these are not
available, petroleum ether, white kerosene, or a solution of
1% Joy detergent and 99% water may be used .
Recommended circuit coolants are dry ice and
isopropyl alcohol .
The cam switch contacts are designed to operate
without lubrication . They do require cleaning periodically
to remove accumulations of dust and dirt . The use of
lubricants or cleaners that leave a residue, increase dust
attraction and should be avoided .
Visual Inspection
Inspect the interior occasionally for broken connections, improperly seated semiconductors, damaged or
improperly installed circuit boards, heat damaged components, etc . If heat damaged components are found, care
must be taken to find the cause of the excessive heat and
measures must be taken to prevent recurrence of the
damage .
Lubrication
Most of the potentiometers are permanently sealed .
Both the cam- and lever-type switches are installed with
proper lubrication where necessary. Therefore periodic
lubrication is not recommended and only rarely should
lubrication even be necessary.
Semiconductor Checks
Periodic checks of the semiconductor devices in this
instrument are not recommended. The best check of
semiconductor performance is actual operation in the
instrument .
Re-adjustment
Re-adjust the instrument whenever the Performance
Check indicates the instrument is not meeting
specifications . The Performance Check should be performed on a regular basis; for example, every 1000 hours
of operation or every six months .

TROUBLESHOOTING
If you perform preventive maintenance on a regular
basis, you should correct most problems before your
instrument breaks down . Occasionally, you may have to
troubleshoot . In addition tothe following information, you
may find information in the Circuit Description and
Diagrams section useful .

5-2

Troubleshooting Aids
Troubleshooting Chart. Use the troubleshooting chart
(Fig . 5-1) to locate problem areas.
Diagrams . Complete circuit diagrams are located on
the foldout pages in the Circuit Description and Diagrams
section . The component number and electrical value of
each component in the instrument are shown on the
diagrams (see the first page of the Diagrams section for
the definitions of the reference designators used to
identify components) . Each main circuit is assigned a
series of component numbers to assist in identifying their
circuit location . Important voltages and waveforms are
also shown on the diagrams . Also a heavy line encloses
the portion of the circuit mounted on a circuit board.
Color Codes. The resistors used in this instrument are
either brown composition or precision metal-film
resistors. The resistors are color-coded with the EIA colorcode . (Some metal-film resistors may have the value
printed on the body .) Refer to Fig. 5-2. Forthe values of the
thick film resistors, refer to the Parts List .
The capacitance values of common disc and some
small electrolytic capacitors are marked on the side of the
component body . The white ceramic capacitors are colorcoded, using a modified EIA code . (See Fig . 5-2) .
The cathode end of each glass-encased diode is
indicated by a stripe, a series of stripes, or a dot.
Semiconductor Lead Configuration . Fig. 5-3 shows the
lead configuration of the semiconductor devices used in
this instrument .
Multi-connector Holders. The multi-connector holder
is keyed with two triangles, one on the holder and one on
the circuit board. When a connection is made perpendicular to a circuit board surface, the orientation of the
triangle and the slot numbers on the connector holder are
determined by the direction of the nomenclature marking
(see Fig . 5-4) .

Troubleshooting Equipment
The following equipment is useful for troubleshooting.
1 . Semiconductor Tester
Description : Dynamic-type tester . Must be capable .
of measuring reverse breakdown voltages of at least
400 V .

REV. A JUN 1976

Service Information-T921/T92 2/T922R
Purpose: To test semiconductors .
Example : Tektronix 576 Curve Tracer or Tektronix
577 (D1 or D2) Curve Tracer with 177 Test Fixture .
2. Test Oscilloscope
Description : Frequency response, do to at least 15
MHz. A 10X, 10 Mfg voltage probe should be used to
reduce circuit loading for voltage measurements .
Purpose: To check operating waveforms.
3. Multimeter
Description: Non-loading
digital
multimeter .
Voltmeter, 10 Mfg input impedance and 0 to 150 V
range; do voltage accuracy, within 0 .15% ; display, 4
1/2 digits . Ohmmeter, 0 to 20 Mil .

1 . Check the Control Settings . See the Operating
Instructions for the correct control settings .
2. Check Associated Equipment and Connectors .
Check to see that the signal source is properly connected
and that the interconnecting cables are not defective. Also
check the power cord and plug and the power source for
defects .
3. Check the Performance of the instrument . If the
instrument does not meet specifications, the trouble may
be corrected by readjusting the instrument . See the
Adjustment Procedure, Section 4, for instructions .

and for general

4. Visual Check. A visual check may reveal broken
connections, damaged components, semiconductors not
firmly mounted, damaged circuit boards, etc.

Description: Output variable from 0 to 140 V, 1 .2A
minimum rating . Must have a three-wire power cord,
plug and receptacle .

5. Isolate the Trouble to a Circuit . To isolate trouble to a
particular circuit, note the trouble symptom . The symptom
often identifies the circuit where the trouble is located. For
example, poor focus indicates that the crt circuit
(including the high-voltage supply) is probably at fault.
When trouble symptoms appear in more than one circuit,
check affected circuits by taking voltage and waveform
readings .

Purpose: To check voltages
troubleshooting.
4. Variable Autotransformer

Purpose : To vary the input line voltage when
troubleshooting in the power supply .
Example: General Radio W8MT3VM or W10MT3W
Metered Variac Autotransformer .
5 . Vertical Amplifier Extender Troubleshooting Fixture
Description: 18 inch ribbon cable with an interface
con rector at each end (Tektronix part 067-0773-00) .
Purpose: To operate the Vertical Amplifier outside
the instrument . Useful for troubleshooting the Time
Base which is inaccessible with the Vertical
Amplifier installed .

Incorrect operation of all circuits often indicates trouble in the power supply . Check first for correct voltage of
the individual supplies . However, a defective component
elsewhere in the instrument can appear as a power supply
trouble and may also affect the operation of othercircuits .
Table 5-1 lists the tolerances of the power supplies .
Voltages are measured between the power supply test
points and ground . If a power supply voltage is within the
listed tolerance, assume the supply is working correctly.

Troubleshooting Techniques
TABLE 5-1

NOTE
The troubleshooting techniques for the T922R are
similar to those for the standard T922 . However, the
Vertical Amplifier extender troubleshooting fixture
will not work with the T922R. The ribbon cable
already in the T922R, which connects the interface
board and the vertical module, will serve as an
extender.
The following checklist is arranged so that you check
the simple things before you get the instrument taken
apart . Start at the beginning.

REV. A, JUNE 1976

Power Supply Tolerance
Supply

Tolerance

-8 V

Set within 0 .5%

+8 V

Within 3%

+100 V

Within 5%

Use the troubleshooting chart to locate trouble. Not all
problems appear on the chart. Continue with this check=
list in those cases.

5-3

Service Information-T921 /T922/T922R

Fig . 5-1 . Troubleshooting chart.

5- 4

REV . A, JUNE 1976

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R

0

N

W
0

J
CICC <
::) F
]Z
0 0¢
0¢Zw

zoom
Emu .
wmZZ
OFOw
c?3~u
F-O
.0
yF

Fig. 5-1 . Troubleshooting chart (cont) .
REV. A, JUNE 1976

5-5

4

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R

I

aiiiiIIIIIIIII

SMALL
TUBULAR
CAPACITORS
.
_

P
OA

LN
~

v
PINK OR
BLUE
(CATHODE END)

©I

and

MULTIPLIER

_

01
SMALL
SIGNAL
DIODES

METAL-FILM
RESISTORS

1ST, 2ND, AND 3RD SIGNIFICANT FIGS .

OT

CERAMIC
CAPACITORS

A

r

-

l

©I

COMPOSITION
RESISTORS

COLORS IDENTIFY SIGNIFICANT DIGITS IN TEKTRONIX
PART NUMBER (E .G . BROWN, GRAY, GREEN STRIPES
INDICATE PART NUMBER 152-0185-00)

00 0
0
TC

Ai

I

0
OT

TOLERANCE ; F=±1%, J=5%, K=10%, M=20%

AND/OR

TC

COLOR CODE MAY NOT

BE PRESENT ON SOME CAPACITORS;

TOLERANCE ;

TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT.

COLOR

BLACK
BROWN
RED
ORANGE
YELLOW
GREEN
BLUE
VIOLET
GRAY
WHITE
GOLD
SILVER
NONE

SIGNIFICANT
FIGURES
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
-

RESISTORS (W
MULTIPLIER TOLERANCE

CAPAC ITORS (PF)
MULTIPLIER
TOLERANCE
under 10 pF
over 10 pF

1
10
102 or 100
10' or 1 K
10° or 10 K
10 5 or 100 K
106 or 1 M
------10' or 0 .1
10-2 or 0.01
---

1
10
10 2
10'
10°
10 5
10 6

--±1%
±2%
±3%
±4%
±''/z%
±''/n%

±1/10%
----±5%
±10%
±20%

±20%
±1%
±2%
±3%
+100%-9%
+5%
---

±2 pF
±0 .1 pF
_-----±0.5 pF
---

--10 -2 or 0 .01
10' or 0 .1

--+80%-20%
±10%

--±0.25 pF
±1 pF

-----

----±10%

----±1 pF

or
or
or
or
or

100
1000
10,000
100,000
1,000,000

1982-31

Fig . 5-2 . Color code for resistors and capacitors.

5-6

REV. A, JUNE 1976

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R

TRANSISTORS

G
FLAT PACK
TRANSISTORS

L--DUAL-FET ---~

~---- FET

INDEX

5

INTEGRATED
CIRCUITS

1982-29
Fig . 5-3. Lead configuration for semiconductor devices .
REV . A, JUNE 1976

5- 7

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
one end from the circuit. Check the Electrical Parts List for
the tolerance of the resistors used in this instrument .
Resistors normally do not need to be replaced unless the
measured value varies widely from the specified value.

Inductors: Check for open inductors by checking
continuity with an ohmmeter . (It may be helpful to
disconnect one end of the inductor when checking
continuity .) Shorted or parially shorted inductors can also
be found by checking the waveform response when highfrequency signals are passed through the circuit. Partial
shorting often reduces high-frequency response (increases roll-off) .

Fig. 5-4. Multi-connector holder orientation .
6. Check Voltages and Waveforms. Often a defective
component can be located by checking for the correct
voltages and waveforms in a circuit.

Capacitors : A leaky or shorted capacitor can be
detected by checking resistance with an ohmmeter, on the
highest scale, after disconnecting one end from the
circuit. Do not exceed the voltage rating of the capacitor
(some ohmmeters use 30 volts as source voltage) . The
resistance reading should be high after initial charge of
the capacitor. An open capacitor can also be detected with
a capacitance meter or by checking whether the capacitor
passes ac signals.

NOTE
Voltages and waveforms given on the diagrams are
not absolute and therefore may vary slightly
between instruments. To obtain operating conditions similar to those used to take these readings,
see the voltage and waveform setup procedures in
the Diagrams section. Individual deviations should
be noted on the schematics for future reference.
7. Check the individual components . Remember that
the best check of semiconductors-transistors, diodes,
IC's-and thick film resistors is actual operation in a
circuit. If you suspect that a semiconductor is bad,
substitute a new one for it . Before you start checking IC's,
read the part of the Circuit Description that covers the
circuit.
WARNING
The power switch must be turned off before removing or replacing components to prevent electrical
shock or circuit damage .
To check other components, resistors, capacitors and
inductors, clip one lead and lift it . You may have to add a
piece of wire when you resolder the connection, however.
Resistors: Check the resistors for discoloration . Then
check the resistors with an ohmmeter after disconnecting
5- 8

Switches : The most common cause of switch failure is
dust between the contact and the pad. Check the
suspected contact for continuity with an ohmmeter . If
open and not obviously damaged, try cleaning (see Cam
Switch Repair and Replacement) .
Another frequent cause of switch failure is solder
smoke residue. This can occur when replacing a component near the switch . This problem is usually indicated by
reduced high-frequency response . Flushing the contact
with isopropyl alcohol usually fixes this problem .
If the contact is physically damaged, replace the
contact strip. Bending the contact is only a temporary
repair . See Cam Switch Repair and Replacement.
8. After repairing a circuit or replacing components,
check the performance of the instrument . If the Performance Check is within specifications, it is not necessary to
re-adjust the instrument . If the instrument does not meet
the specifications, perform the Adjustment Procedure in
Section 4.

Troubleshooting Hints
Power. SYMPTOM-No visible trace and no display
when the BEAM FINDER button is pushed (Power ON
lamp is lit) .
REV. A, JUNE 1976

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
a. Does beam appear on screen? If not, rotate INTENSITY control clockwise while holding BEAM FINDER
button in until beam appears or control is fully clockwise .
If beam does not appear, the trouble may be in the power
supplies (see Power Supply schematic) .

b . Check all low voltage power supplies, starting with
-8 V (-8 V is reference supply), the +8 V, and +100 V at
appropriate test points .
(1) If no voltage is present, check F700 .

(3) Check for 0-40 V, peak-to-peak unblanking pulse
(varies with INTENSITY control position) at Q426
collector.
(4) If no unblanking pulse, check Q426, Q424, Q416, or
0434 .

Vertical : SYMPTOM 1 .-No trace on crt with BEAM
FINDER button pushed, or vertical POSITION control
does not center display (see Vert Input, Vert switching,
and Crt & Vert Ampl schematics) .

(2) If -8V is low (or zero), check Q772, 0774, 0776, or
U742 .

a. If trace is on screen, but about 2 cm above graticule
center, it indicates trouble in vertical amplifier.

(3) If -8 V is correct but +8 V is low (or zero), check
0752, Q754, Q756, and U742 (U742 is used for both -8
and +8 V supplies).

b. Short P4-9 to P4-11 (A8, Vertical board) . If trace
does not center, trouble is in output circuits. Check Q112,
0122, Q134, 0144, Q136, and Q146 .

c. Check high-voltage supplies (see CRT and Vertical
Amplifier schematic) .

c. If trace centers with pins 9 and 11 short-circuited,
trouble is ahead of P4 .

(1) Check for -2 kV at pin 1, P465, or pin 2, crt base
socket . Use DVM for all voltage checks in this circuit to
prevent circuit loading .

d . Short-circuit 04322 collector to 04324 collector. If
trace centers, trouble is ahead of delay-line drivers,
04336-04346.

(2) If no -2 kV, check for 50 kHz sine wave (approximately 200 V, peak-to-peak) at pin 5 of T460
(high-voltage transformer primary) .

e. Check voltage at 04302 and 04303 emitters . Each
should read approximately +5 V above ground . If emitter
voltage is okay, trouble is either in 04302 or 04303, or in
switching circuit (short-circuited CR4314, CR4303, or
open CR4304) .

(3) If neither -2 kV or 50 kHz sine wave is present,
check Q454, Q458, and Q446 .

SYMPTOM 2.-With 50 mV input and VOLTS/DIVset to
10 mV, crt display is low and does not position above
graticule center .
Do not unload the secondary of the high-voltage
transformer, T460 ; the transformer may be damaged .

Z Axis . SYMPTOM-No intensity or no control over
intensity (BEAM FINDER button pushed) .
a. Does beam come on screen? If not, and low and highvoltage supplies are correct, trouble may be in Z-Axis
circuit (see CRT and Vertical Amplifier schematic) .

a. Press BEAM FINDER button . If trace does not appear
on screen, rotate vertical POSITION control .
b. If trace appears, but decreases in amplitude at
graticule center, suspect vertical output circuit.
c. Short-circuit Q136 collector to Q146 collector. If
trace centers, short-circuit Q112 collector to Q122 collector. Trace should center . If not, suspect Q112, Q134, or
0136 .

(1) Check for approximately 60 V swing between crtsocket pins 2 and 3 . If no voltage swing, trouble may be
in unblanking .

Triggering : SYMPTOM 1 .-Trace free runs, does not
trigger in AUTO or NORM (see Trigger schematic) .

(2) Check for positive-going pulse at Q416 emitter. This
pulse amplitude should vary from 20 to 80 mV with
change (fully cw to fully ccw) in INTENSITY control
position .

a. Set TRIGGERING MODE to AUTO . Turn LEVEL
control cw and ccw to both limits . Does the trace flicker? If
not, triggering signal is not reaching sweep circuit.

REV. D JUL 1977

5-9

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
b. Check voltage at junction of R2147, R2152, and
R2143. Does voltage vary from -2 to +3 V while turning
LEVEL control throughout its range? If yes, check U2156B
output . Does U2156 output level change while turning
LEVEL control as above?
c. Connect a signal to CH 1 . Check for trigger pulse at
U2156B output . If no signal, suspect U2156A or B, or
related circuits .
SYMPTOM 2.-Does not trigger in AUTO .
a. Check for trigger pulse at pin 6 of U2212B . If none,
check for HI at U2212B, pin 4, while varying the LEVEL
control . If pin 4 does not go HI, check for defective
U2212B, U2224B, or CR2227 .
SWEEP: SYMPTOM 1 .-No sweep on crt (see Sweep &
Horizontal Amplifier schematic) .
a. Push BEAM FINDER button . If trace or dot is right of
center, check at R2243 (end of resistor toward board
center) for a 12 V (approximately) ramp .
b. If ramp is not present, check for approximately 0.7 V
at 02274 base .
c. If voltage at 02274 base is high (approximately 8.0
volts) check 02274, 02242, 02244, or 02246.
SYMPTOM 2.-No trace on crt.
a . Repeat sweep symptom 1, parts a and b.
b. Check for a HI at U2234C, pin 8. If not HI, check
U2234C .
NOTE
When troubleshooting the sweep or horizontal circuits, the Vertical Amplifier may be removed from
the instrument.
Sweep may lock up while troubleshooting. If in
doubt, switch instrument power off and back on . If
there are no problems, trace should free run.
HORIZONTAL : SYMPTOM 1 .-No trace on screen (see
Sweep and Horizontal schematic) .
5- 1 0

a. Check output (02334-02344 collectors) for approximately 40 V ramp . If okay, check for possibly defective crt leads .
SYMPTOM 2.-Trace is on screen but.short .
a. Check horizontal output (02334-02344 collectors)
for approximately 40 V ramp .
b. If no ramp at output, check for 12 V ramp at junction
of R2243-R2244-R2245.
c. If ramp is present, check 02314, 02326, 02332,
02334, or 02344.

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE
Corrective maintenance consists of repair and parts
replacement . This section contains general information,
troubleshooting information, and component replacement information.
NOTE
Be sure you are familiar with soldering techniques
and parts replacement procedures before replacing
any components .
Soldering Techniques
WARNING
To prevent electrical shock, or damage to the
instrument, always disconnect the instrument from
the power source before soldering.
The T900 Series uses some single-sided circuit boards,
i .e ., wiring is plated on only one side . The components are
located on the front of the circuit boards . The circuit
designations have been silk-screened onto the component side of the circuit board next to the components . The
circuit boards are mounted with the component side out to
allow access to the components . If it is necessary to
replace a component, the leads may be clipped and the
new part soldered to the leads of the previous one.
However, be careful not to loosen the connection with the
etched circuit wiring on the back of the circuit board .
For soldering, use ordinary 60/40 solder and a 15-watt
soldering iron . Excessive heat can cause the etched circuit
wiring to separate from the board base material . Use
caution if using a higher wattage-rated soldering iron on
the circuit boards .
REV . B APR 1977

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
NOTE
If the instrument does not work after replacing
components by soldering to the leads of the
previous one, the connection with the etched circuit
wiring may be broken . To check the connections, it
is necessary to remove the circuit board from the
instrument . Refer to the circuit board replacement
information.
Replacement Parts
All parts for the T921 /T922/T922R can be ordered from
your local Tektronix Field Office, but many of the components are standard items that may be more readily
available locally. Check the Parts Lists for value,
tolerance, ratings, and description before you replace any
components .
When ordering parts from Tektronix, include the
following information :

(1) Instrument type .
(2) Instrument serial number .
(3) A description of part (if electrical, include the
circuit number) .
(4) Tektronix part number .

COMPONENT REPLACEMENT (T921 and T922)
NOTE
Refer to the end of this section for component
replacement information for the T922R.
WARNING
Disconnect the power cord plug from the power
input source before replacing components .
Since the components are located on one side of the
circuit boards, it may be necessary to remove the circuit
boards before replacing some components . Refer to the
part on circuit board replacement for instructions on
removal and installation of each circuit board. Also be sure
you're familiar with soldering techniques used on singlesided circuit boards .
REV. C APR 1977

Semiconductdrs
Replacement of semiconductors may affect the adjustment of this instrument . After replacing semiconductors,
especially if using parts other than those listed in the parts
list, check the performance of the instrument to be sure
that the performance has not been degraded .
WARNING
Handle silicone grease with care . Avoid getting
silicone grease in the eyes . Wash hands thoroughly
after use.
Replacement semiconductors should be of the original
type or a direct replacement. Lead configuration of the
semiconductors used in this instrument are shown at the
beginning of the corrective maintenance section . Some
plastic case transistors have lead configurations which do
not agree with those shown there. If a replacement
transistor is made by a different manufacturer than the
original, check the manufacturer's basing diagram for
correct basing . Most transistors are soldered directly onto
the circuit boards . Transistors having heat radiators or
those mounted on the chassis use silicone grease to
increase heat transfer. Replace the silicone grease when
replacing these transistors . Those transistors mounted on
the chassis are held in place by a metal clip .
NOTE
After replacing a power transistor, check that the
collector is not shorted to ground before applying
power.
Power Cord Conductor Identification
Conductor

Color

Alternate Color

Ungrounded (Line)
Grounded (Neutral)
Grounding (Earthin g)

Brown
Blue
Green-Yellow

Black
White
Gree n-Yellow

Fuse Replacement
The line-voltage fuse, F700, is located next to the
POWER ON switch, S700, on the Interface board . The high
voltage fuse, F722, is located on the Power Supply board.
Refer to the Electrical Parts List for correct fuse values .
Thick Film Resistor Replacement
To remove the thick film resistors, first remove the
solder from the pins and then remove the resistors.
To replace the thick film resistor, R118, match the
triangles-one on the resistor and one on the circuit
board . Resolder all of the pins to the circuit board . To
replace the thick film resistor, R444, match the pins on the
resistor with the holes in the circuit board. Re-solder all of
the pins to the circuit board.
5- 1 1

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
Interconnecting Cable and Pin Connector Replacement

The interconnecting cable assemblies are factory
assembled . They consist of machine installed pin connectors mounted in plastic holders . The plastic holders are
easily replaced as individual items, but if the connectors
are faulty, the entire cable should be replaced .
It is possible for the pin connectors to become dislodged from the plastic holders . If this happens, the connector
can be re-installed as follows (see Fig. 5-5) :
1 . Bend grooved portion of holder away from cable as
shown .
2. Re-insert connector into its hole in plug-in portion of
holder .

NOTE
Holder positions are numbered (number one is
identified with a triangle) .

3 . Bend grooved part of holder so that connector is
inserted into groove .
When plugging connector holders onto board pins, be
sure to match triangle mark on holder with triangle mark
on circuit board.
Shaft-Knob Removal
1 . Grip knob end with one hand and shaft end with other
hand .

2 . Pull on knob, while pushing on shaft, to free recessed
portion of shaft from retainer bushing (see Fig . 5-6) . Some
shaft-knobs may require considerable force to remove .

The bushing and shaft may separate abruptly . To
avoid damage to the potentiometer and circuit
board, or personal injury, grip both pieces firmly
during shaft-knob removal. It may be helpful to grip
the shaft with the tip of long-nose pliers and use a
gentle rocking motion to separate the shaft from the
bushing .

Vertical Amplifier Replacement
To remove the Vertical Amplifier from the instrument :
1 . Support the Vertical Amplifier, while removing the
retaining screws . One is between the attenuators and the
other two are in the lower corners .

2 . Disconnect P4 (see Fig . 5-7) from the Interface board
by lifting the entire Vertical Amplifier . Be careful not to
bend the pins .

To replace the Vertical Amplifier, reverse the above
procedure .
NOTE
The front panel, switches, delay line, and
attenuators are attached to the Vertical board.

Attenuator Replacement
To remove the attenuator from the instrument :
1 . Remove the POSITION switch knob and shaft :
2 . Remove the VOLTS/DIV VAR knob and shaft . To
remove the shaft, loosen the set screws holding the shaft
to the potentiometer and pull the shaft out .

CRIMPED SIDE
OF PIN CONNECTOR
FACES TOWARD
HINGED PORTION
OF HOLDER

Fig . 5-5 . Pin connector replacement .

5- 1 2

3 . Pull the VOLTS/DIV knob and shaft out of the front
panel .
4 . Remove the three retaining screws from the
attenuator shield and the hex nut behind the front panel
below the BNC connector .

REV . B APR 1977

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
5 . Pull the attenuator assembly off the Vertical Amplifier
board . Be careful not to bend the connector pins .

RETAINER
BUSHING

6. To remove the attenuator shield, first unsolder the
leads to the BNC connector. Take care not to touch the
body of the capacitor with a hbt soldering iron . Then
remove the retaining screws . Be careful not to remove the
screws holding the cam switch against the attenuator
board . Lift the shield off the attenuator .
To replace the attenuator :
1 . Replace the attenuatorshield and resolderthe lead to
the BNC connector. Avoid touching the capacitor with a
hot soldering iron .
2. Slide the BNC connector and coupling switch into
the front panel .
3. Make sure the connecting pins and holders on the
bottom of the attenuator board align properly.
Fig. 5-6. Shaft-knob removal.

4. Set the attenuator board down on the Vertical board
and secure it with the three retaining screws .

1982-42

Fig. 5-7. T921 and T922 circuit board locations.
REV . A, JUNE 1976

5- 1 3

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
NOTE
The VOL TS/DIV shaft end is molded to form a key
that fits into the cam. Attempting to force the shaft
into the cam when it is not properly lined up, will
damage the cam switch .

5. Don't bend the contacts . This may temporarily fix
the problem . However, bending the contact
damages its self-cleaning action and causes
problems in the future.
Use the following procedures -to clean the contacts :

5. Line the VOLTS/DIV knob and shaft up with the cam
and slide into place. When the shaft and cam are lined up,
the shaft slides into the cam easily .

1 . Operate the switch several times. The wiping action
may clean the contacts .

6 . Replace the VOLTS/DIV VAR knob and shaft and
tighten the set screws .

2. Blow low pressure air in the area of the contact while
operating the switch .

Cam Switch Repair and Replacement

3. Flush the contact with isopropyl alcohol and blow dry
with low-pressure air. Isopropyl alochol is flammable;
avoid its use near open flame or other potential sources of
ignition .

A cam switch is actually an assembly consisting of a
cam rotated by a front panel control and a set of contacts
on an adjacent circuit board .

Repair of cam switches should be undertaken only
by experienced repair personnel. Switch alignment
and spring tension of the contacts must be carefully
maintained for proper operation of the switch . For
assistance in repair of the cam switches, contact
your local Tektronix Field Office or representative .
Cleaning . If the contact is not obviously damaged, try
cleaning it before replacing. Follow the cleaning
procedures in the order given ; the first ones are the
easiest.

If the above procedures don't work, replace the contact
strip. If cleaning the switch restores continuity, check to
ensure that the contact wipes across the pad. If the contact
does not wipe, replace the contact strip.
Contact Replacement. Cam Switch contacts in this
instrument are part of a contact strip assembly . Refer to
the mechanical parts list for ordering information.
If you do not have a replacement contact strip
assembly, bend the contact for a temporary repair. If you
do bend the contact, make note of its location and the
symptom it causes . This will speed repair if the contact
fails before you can make permanent repair .

When cleaning cam switch contacts :

Trigger Switch Board Replacement

1. Don't use cleaners, detergents, or lubricants
which leave a residue. The residue can interfere with
the high-frequency response of the contact. Also,
the residue will attract dust and cause the contact to
require frequent cleaning.

If the early production Trigger Switch board is to be
replaced, it must be replaced with the late production
Trigger Switch board. In this event, C2123, R2117, R2119,
and R2120 (located on the A12 Horizontal board), may be
removed; they have no effect when the late production
Trigger Switch board is used . Refer to Diagram 5 and
Circuit Description for the late version when the late
production Trigger Switch board is used .

2. Don't use any cleaners which contain fluorocarbons . These will damage the cam portion of the
switch . Fluorocarbons also damage the circuit
board material used in some instruments.
3. Don't use anything that could snag the contact,
like a cotton swab.
4. Don't scrape the pad. If the gold is removed from
the pad, the pad will oxidize and cause future
problems .
5- 1 4

Time Base Replacement
To remove the Time Base from the instrument :
1 . Remove the Vertical Amplifier. See Vertical Amplifier
Replacement for instructions .
REV . A, JUNE 1976

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
2. Support the Time Base while removing the retaining
screw in the upper right corner (near the POSITION
control), the post by the LEVEL potentiometer, and the
post in the lower right corner .
3 . Carefully remove the leads from P2344 (a white-red
crt lead to the -side of P2344 and a white-green crt lead to
the + side of P2344) .
4 . Remove J2 (see Fig . 5-7) from the Interface board by
pulling the entire Time Base toward the right side of the
instrument . Be careful not to bend the pins .

Power Supply Board Replacement
To remove the Low Vo.ltage Power Supply from the
instrument :
1 . Remove the two retaining screws -holding the heat
sink to the rear subpanel .
2. Remove the top right and bottom left screws (the
ones holding the Power Supply board to the crt shield).
The other two screws hold the transformer to the Power
Supply board .

To replace the Time Base, reverse the above procedure .

3 . Disconnect P7 from the Interface board by lifting the
Power Supply board and transformer out . (see Fig . 5-7) .

To remove the Trigger board, unplug it from the Time
Base by pulling up and toward the back of the instrument .

To replace the Power Supply board, reverse the above
procedure.

To remove the Timing board, first remove the SEC/DIV
knob and the POSITION control shaft. Then unplug the
Timing board from the Time base and pull the SEC/DIV
shaft back out of the front panel. To reinstall the timing
board, reverse the foregoing procedure .

Interface Board Replacement
To remove the Interface board from the instrument :
1 . Remove the Vertical Amplifier and Time Base .

T700

ATTENUATOR

VERTICAL
AMPLIFIER
BOARD

POWER
SUPPLY
BOARD

REAR
SUBPANEL
1982-41

Fig. 5-8. T921 and T922 circuit board locations.
REV. C JUL 1977

5- 1 5

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
2. Use a small screwdriver to remove the clip holding
Q458 to the rear subpanel .
3. Remove the front panel knobs and shafts .
4. Remove the high-voltage shield and the two posts
underneath the shield .
5. Disconnect J138 (white-blue wire), J148 (whitebrown wire), J470 (a brown two-lead connector and a
black two-lead connector), J475, J465, J466, and the Cal
Out lead (goes to PROBE ADJ on front panel) . The J138
and J148 wires pass through the board to the crt.
NOTE
To disconnect J475, J466, and J465, lift the cable
retainers with a screwdriver untilyou can remove the
cable. Also remove the high-voltage lead from U460
to the crt.

WARNING
The crt anode and the output terminal of highvoltage multiplier U460 may retain a 10,000 volt
charge after the instrument is turned off. To avoid
electrical shock, ground both the output terminal of
U460 and the crt high-voltage anode lead to chassis
ground.
6. Remove the five retaining screws .
7. Disconnect J7 from the Power Supply board by lifting
the Interface board out.
8. Unsolder the power cord conductors (a blue wire and
a brown wire) from the back of the board .
To replace the Interface board, reverse the above
procedure .
Cathode Ray Tube (CRT) Replacement

Use care when handling a crt. Protective clothing
and safety glasses should be worn . Avoid striking it
on any object which might cause it to crack or
implode. When storing a crt, place it in a protective
carton or set it face down on a smooth surface in a
protective location with a soft mat under the
faceplate to protect it from scratches.
5- 1 6

To remove the crt from the instrument, disconnect the
power cord plug from the power input source and remove
the cabinet halves . Turn the front of the instrument toward
you, and perform the following steps.
1 . Remove the two screws holding the high-voltage
shield over the Interface board, and remove the shield .
WARNING
The crt anode and the output terminal of highvoltage multiplier U460 may retain a 10,000 volt
charge after the instrument is turned off. To avoid
electrical shock, ground both the output terminal of
U460 and the crt high-voltage anode lead to chassis
ground .

2. Grip the insulated portion of the anode lead and
disconnect it from the U460 output terminal, and ground
both terminals to chassis . Pull the free end of the anode
lead out through the chassis holes. This lead is part of the
crt and is supplied with the new crt.
3. Grip the 14-pin crt base socket, and pull it backward
off the base of the crt.
4. Disconnect the four-pin plug from J470 on the
Interface board. This terminates two black wires and two
red wires from the trace rotation (TR ROT) and Y AXIS
controls .
5. Remove the three screws holding the Vertical
Amplifier to the chassis, and separate the amplifier from
the Interface board by pulling downward to disconnect the
04 connector.
6. Disconnect the two connectors from the pins on the
left side of the crt neck . These are the vertical deflection
plate leads, the upper wire color is blue on white and the
lower wire color is brown on white.
7. Disconnect the two connectors from the pins on the
bottom of the crt neck . These are the Horizontal Deflection
Plate leads; the left wire color is red on white and the right
wire color is green on white .
8 . Carefully raise the plastic crt front support ring
upward and to the right to disengage the two buttons on
the bottom and the two buttons on the left side from the
instrument chassis.
REV. B JUL 1977

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
NOTE
Although it maybe convenient, it is not necessary to
remove any front panel or subpanel controls or
parts. The foregoing steps will allow the front of the
crt to be moved to the right of its normal position
while slightly bending the plastic subpanel to allow
clearance for the crt to be pulled forward out of its
shield.

3. Remove the four screws holding the bezel. Remove
the bezel .
4. Remove the front panel and the plastic module
surrounding it .
5. Make note of their location to aid reassembly, then
disconnect :
P4 connector

9. Gently press forward on the-crt base, supporting the
front of the crt, until the front extends far enough forward
to grasp. Pull the crt the rest of the way out of its shield .
10 . To install a new crt, reverse the above procedure.
COMPONENT REPLACEMENT (T922R)

Three vertical input harmonica connectors (3 pin)
from FRONT-REAR switch boards .
6. Remove three screws (see Fig . 5-10) . Remove vertical
module by sliding it forward slightly, lifting the rear to
clear the power supply, then sliding it back and out of the
instrument .

Vertical Module Replacement
1 . Remove right handle . It is held on by two screws on
the back of the front panel.
Horizontal Module Replacement
2. Lift the plastic mask and light filter away from the crt
to remove .

1 . Remove the vertical module . See preceding instructions.

VERTICAL AMP
BOARD
HORIZONTAL BOARD
UNDER VERT BOARD

POWER SUPPLY
BOARD

CH 2
FRONT REAR
SWITCH BOARD

CH 1
ATTEN

CH 1 FRONT REAR
SWITCH BOARD
EXT TRIG FRONT REAR
SWITCH BOARD BELOW
CH 1 FRONT REAR SWITCH
BOARD

INTERFACE
BOARD

1982-55

Fig. 5-9. T922R circuit board locations (shown with bottom of instrument facing upward).
REV. A JUL 1977

5- 1 7

SIen
SLIDE VERTICAL MODULE
TO REAR AND LIFT TO
REMOVE

REMOVE 2
SCREWS TO
REMOVE HANDLE

REMOVE ONE SCREW AND
THREE 3/16 INCH POSTS.

Fig . 5-11 . T922R horizontal module replacement .

2 . Remove the knob/shafts and shafts from the following controls :

Fig. 5-10 . T922R vertical module replacement.

INTENSITY

BEAM FIND

FOCUS

POWER

WARNING

To avoid a shock hazard, be certain you have
disconnected the power cord before continuing .

2. Make note of their location to aid in reassembly, then
disconnect :

3 . Remove the four screws from the high-voltage shield
and lift the shield away from the instrument .

P2 from horizontal module
P2412 from buffer board

P2103 from EXT TRIG switch board (3 wire connector)
The two horizontal deflection leads

3. Remove one screw and three 3/16-inch posts (see
Fig. 5-11).

4 . Lift horizontal module away from instrument to
remove .

Interface Board Replacement

1 . Remove four screws from the left side rail and remove
the side rail .
5- 1 8

4 . Make note of the line cord color code and position, to
aid in reassembly . Then, unsolder the line cord conductors from the interface board .
5 . Push the clear plastic POWER light-pipe out the front
of the instrument to remove .

WARNING

The crt anode and the high voltage multiplier will
hold a charge after you turn off the instrument. To
prevent a shock hazard, use only one hand to
remove the anode lead. Then, touch the anode lead
to one of the posts to discharge the crt (see Fig. 512). Also take a short piece of insulated wire and
short the outpput of the high-voltage multiplier to
the chassis (see Fig. 5-12).
6. Pull the crt anode lead forward to remove .

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
REMOVE 3 PLASTIC
SCREWS FROM TRANSISTORS, DURING ASSEMBLY, CHECK FOR
A SHORT FROM THE
METAL TAB ON THE
TRANSISTOR TO THE
CHASSIS. IF SHORTED
THE POWER FUSE WILL
BLOW.

2 . Remove P7 from the power module .
3 . Remove two screws and two bolts from the power
module (see Fig. 5-13).
4 . Lift the power module away from the instrument .
Buffer Board Replacement
1 . To aid in reassembly, make note of the positions of
the harmonica connectors on the buffer board . Then,
disconnect the harmonica connectors from the buffer
board .
2 . Remove the four screws from the buffer board.
NOTE

SHORT METAL CONTACT
(INSIDE BOOT) TO 3/16
INCH POST

OUTPUT OF
HIGH-VOLTAGE
MULTIPLIER

SHORT OUTPUT OF
HIGH VOLTAGE MULTIPLIER
TO CHASSIS WITH A
PIECE OF INSULATED WIRE

You don't need to remove the switch extensions to
remove the buffer board.

3 . Slide the buffer board toward the rear of the
instrument to remove .
1982-58

Fig . 5-12. T922R interface board replacement .

7 . Remove crt socket .

CRT Replacement
1 . Remove the four screws from the left side rail and
remove the side rail .
2. Remove the four screws from the high-voltage shield
and lift the shield away from the instrument .

8 . Make note of their location to aid reassembly, then
disconnect all harmonica and molex connectors from the
interface board . Don't forget to disconnect the vertical crt
leads and quide them through the holes in the interface
board .
9 . Remove the screws and posts from the interface
board (see Fig . 5-12) .

10 . Lift the interface board out of the instrument .

11 . During reassembly, use the plastic screws to hold
the power transistors (see Fig . 5-12) .

Power Module Replacement
1 . Remove the plastic shield covering the power
module .

THESE SCREWS HOLD
TRANSFORMER TO
BOARD . N O NEED TO
LOOSEN THEM-

Fig . 5-13. T922R power module replacement.

5- 1 9

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
WARNING
The crt anode and the high-voltage multiplier will
hold a charge after you turn off the instrument. To
prevent a shock hazard, use only one hand to
remove the anode lead. Then, touch the anode lead
to one of the posts to discharge the crt (see Fig. 512). Also, take a short piece of insulated wire and
short the output of the high-voltage multiplier to the
chassis (see Fig. 5-12).
3. Slide the crt anode lead out from under the plastic
clip which holds it next to the chassis near the interface
board.
4. Make note of the positions of the four crt leads to aid
in reassembly . Remove the four crt leads from the neck of
the crt .
5 . Remove crt socket from the base of the crt.
6. Lift the plastic mask and light filter away from the crt
to remove .

SCALE ILLUM Lamp Replacement
1 . Lift the plastic mask and light filter away from crt to
remove .
2. Disconnect P816 from the SCALE ILLUM assembly .
3. Pull SCALE ILLUM assembly away from the crt to
remove . If this is difficult, push against the two screws
from behind the front panel (see Fig . 5-14) .
4 . Remove the two screws holding the plastic piece to
the circuit board. Remove the plastic piece.
5 . Unsolder the defective lamp and replace.
Fuse Replacement
WARNING
Line voltage is present on the fuse whenever the
power cord is plugged in . To prevent a shock hazard,
disconnect the power cord.
The fuse is located in a holder near the rear of the
interface board. To remove, grasp firmly and pull away
from the interface board .

After you remove the bezel, the crt can slide forward.
To avoid crt damage, hold one hand over the crt face
if you must turn or move the instrument .

7. Remove the four screws holding the bezel . Lift the
bezel and implosion shield away from the crt.
8. Remove the graticule illumination assembly .
9. While holding one hand over the crt face, push the
base of the crt forward . When you are able, firmly grasp the
front of the crt and slide it out of the crt shield assembly .

Fig . 5-14 . T922R scale illum assembly replacement.

Service Information-T921/T922/T922R
T922R LINE VOLTAGE AND RANGE SELECTION

When you change the line voltage range, be sure you
change the position of the screw on the AC RMS
RANGE indicator on the rear panel.

Fig . 5-15 . T922R line-voltage and range selection .

In the T922R, the Line Selector (120V/24OV) and Range
Selector HI/LO switches are not accessible outside the
instrument . To change the settings, remove the top cover
and set the switches according to the available line voltage
(see Fig . 5-15) . See the Specifications in Section 1 of this
manual for the ranges .

T922R Z-Axis Input Polarity Selection
Jumper plug P2430 may be installed on the All 5 Buffer
board in either of two positions. When the plug is installed
/`Nwith the index mark aligned with the += DIM mark on the
board, a 5-volt positive signal applied to Z AXIS IN (J2430)
will cause the trace to decrease in intensity (a negativegoing signal will cause the trace intensity to increase).
When plug P2430 is installed with its index mark aligned
with the + = BRIGHT mark on the board, a 5-volt positive
signal will increase the trace intensity (a negative-going
signal will cause trace intensity to decrease) . Remove top
cover of the T922R for access to Buffer board and P2430.

REV . A JUL 1977

REPACKAGING FOR SHIPMENT
If the Tektronix instrument is to be shipped to a Tektronix
Service Center for service or repair, attach a tag showing :
owner (with address) and the name of an individual atyour
firm that can be contacted . Include complete instrument
serial number and a description of the service required .
Save and re-use the package in which your instrument was
shipped. If the original packaging is unfit for use or not
available, repackage the instrument as follows:
Surround the instrument with polyethylene sheeting to
protect the finish of the instrument . Obtain a carton of
corrugated cardboard of the correct carton strength
and having inside dimensions of no less than six inches
more than the instrument dimensions . Cushion the
instrument by tightly packing three inches of dunnage
or urethanefoam between carton and instrument, on all
sides. Seal carton with shipping tape or industrial
stapler.
The carton test strength for the T921 and T922 is 275
pounds and for the T922R is 375 pounds .

5- 2 1

Section 6-T921/T922/T922R

REPLACEABLE
ELECTRICAL PARTS
PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION
Replacement parts are available from or through your local Tektronix, Inc . Field Office
or representative .
Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to accommodate improved
components as they become available, and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit
improvements developed in our engineering department . It is therefore important, when
ordering parts, to include the following information in your order : Part number, instrument
type or number, serial number, and modification number if applicable .
If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or improved part, your local
Tektronix, Inc . Field Office or representative will contact you concerning any change in part
number .
Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this manual .

SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS
X000

Part first added at this serial number

00X

Part removed after this serial number
ITEM NAME

In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the description by a colon ( :) .
Because of space limitations, an Item Name may sometimes appear as incomplete . For
further Item Name identification, the U .S . Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1 can be
utilized where possible .

ABBREVIATIONS
ACTR
ASSY
CAP
CER
CKT
COMP
CONN
ELCTLT
ELEC
INCAND
LED
NONWIR

ACTUATOR
ASSEMBLY
CAPACITOR
CERAMIC
CIRCUIT
COMPOSITION
CONNECTOR
ELECTROLYTIC
ELECTRICAL
INCANDESCENT
LIGHT EMITT4NG DIODE
NON WIREWOUND

"

PLSTC
QTZ
RECP
RES
RF
SEL
SEMICOND
SENS
VAR
WW
XFMR
XTAL

PLASTIC
QUARTZ
RECEPTACLE
RESISTOR
RADIO FREQUENCY
SELECTED
SEMICONDUCTOR
SENSITIVE
VARIABLE
WIREWOUND
TRANSFORMER
CRYSTAL

Replaceable Electrical Part*-T921/T922/T922R

CROSS INDEX-MFR . CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER
Mfr. Code

Address

Manufacturer

00853

'SANGAMO ELECTRIC CO ., S . CAROLINA DIV.

01295

SEMICONDUCTOR

01121

02735
04713
05091
07263
07910
08806
12697
14099
15818
19396
27014
27264
53184
56289
71400
72982
73138
75042
80009
80031
81483
82389
90201
91637

ALLEN-BRADLEY COMPANY
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS, INC .,
GROUP

RCA CORPORATION, SOLID STATE DIVISION
MOTOROLA, INC ., SEMICONDUCTOR PROD . DIV .
TRI-ORDINATE CORPORATION
FAIRCHILD SEMICONDUCTOR, A DIV. OF
FAIRCHILD CAMERA AND INSTRUMENT CORP .
TELEDYNE SEMICONDUCTOR
GENERAL ELECTRIC CO ., MINIATURE
LAMP PRODUCTS DEPARTMENT
CLAROSTAT MFG. CO ., INC.
SEMTECH CORP .
TELEDYNE SEMICONDUCTOR
ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS, INC . PAKTRON DIV.
NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORP .
MOLEX PRODUCTS CO .
XCITON CORPORATION
SPRAGUE ELECTRIC CO .
BUSSMAN MFG., DIVISION OF MCGRAWEDISON CO .
ERIE TECHNOLOGICAL PRODUCTS, INC.
BECKMAN INSTRUMENTS, INC ., HELIPOT DIV.
TRW ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, IRC FIXED
RESISTORS, PHILADELPHIA DIVISION
TEKTRONIX, INC.
ELECTRA-MIDLAND CORP ., MEPCO DIV.
INTERNATIONAL RECTIFIER CORP .
SWITCHCRAFT, INC.
MALLORY CAPACITOR CO ., DIV. OF
P . R. MALLORY AND CO ., INC.
DALE ELECTRONICS, INC.

P 0 BOX 128

1201 2ND STREET SOUTH

P 0 BOX 5012, 13500 N CENTRAL

City, State, Zip

PICKENS, SC 29671
MILWAUKEE, WI 53204

EXPRESSWAY
ROUTE 202
5005 E MCDOWELL RD,PO BOX 20923
343 SNYDER AVENUE

DALLAS, TX 75222
SOMERVILLE, NY 08876
PHOENIX, AZ 85036
BERKELEY HEIGHTS, NJ 07922

464 ELLIS STREET
12515 CHADRON AVE .

MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA 94042
HAWTHORNE, CA 90250

NELA PARK
LOWER WASHINGTON STREET
652 MITCHELL RD .
1300 TERRA BELLA AVE .
900 FOLLIN LANE, SE
2900 SEMICONDUCTOR DR .
5224 KATRINE AVE .
5 HEMLOCK STREET

CLEVELAND, OH 44112
DOVER, NH 03820
NEWBURY PARK, CA 91320
MOUNTAIN VIEW, CA 94043
VIENNA, VA 22180
SANTA CLARA, CA 95051
DOWNERS GROVE, IL 60515
LATHAM, NY 12110
NORTH ADAMS, MA 01247

2536 W . UNIVERSITY ST .
644 W . 12TH ST .
2500 HARBOR BLVD .

ST . LOUIS, MO 63107

401 N . BROAD ST .
P O BOX 500
22 COLUMBIA ROAD
9220 SUNSET BLVD .
5555 N. ELSTON AVE.

PHILADELPHIA, PA 19108
BEAVERTON, OR 97077
MORRISTOWN, NJ 07960
LOS ANGELES, CA 90069
CHICAGO, IL 60630

3029 E WASHINGTON STREET

P 0 BOX 372
P . O . BOX 609

ERIE, PA 16512
FULLERTON, CA 92634

INDIANAPOLIS, IN 46206
COLUMBUS, NE 68601

REV. A JULY 1977

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/TOWT922R

Ckt No.

~~

Tektronix
Part No.

Al l
A1 2
A1 2
A1 2
A1 3

670-4235-00
670-3738-00
670-3738-01
670-3738-03
670-3738-00

Al 3
A1 3
A2
A6 2
A6 2

670-3738-01
670-3738-03
670-3980-00
670-3972-00
'-670-3972-02

Serial/Model No .
Dscont
Eff
B010100
B010126
B010757
B010100

B010125
B010756

B010350
B015124

B015123

B010100
B010550

B010549
,

Name & Description

B010349

V

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT

BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD

ASSY :INTERFACE
ASSY :INTERFACE
ASSY :INTERFACE
ASSY :INTERFACE
ASSY :INTERFACE

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

670-4235-00
670-3738-00
670-3738-01
610-3738-03
670-3738-00

CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT

BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD

ASSY :INTERFACE
ASSY :INTERFACE
ASSY :L .V . POWER SUPPLY
ASSY :CH1 ATTENUATOR
ASSY :CH1 ATTENUATOR

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

670-3738-01
670-3738-03
670-3980-00
670-3972-00
670-3972-02 -~

A6 3
A6 3
A6 1
A6 1
A7 3

670-3972-00
\670-3972-02 670-3972-00~
'670-3972-02 670-3973-00 -

B010100
B013400
B010100
B010430
B010100

B013399

CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT

BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD

ASSY :CHl
ASSY :CH1
ASSY :CH1
ASSY :CH1
ASSY :CH2

ATTENUATOR
ATTENUATOR
ATTENUATOR
ATTENUATOR
ATTENUATOR

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

670-3972-00
670-3972-02 ,-670-3972-00
670-3972-02
670-3973-00

A7 3
A7 1
A7 1
A8 2
A8 2

670-3973-02
670-3973-00670-3973-02
670-4109-00
670-4109-01

B013400
B010100
B010410
B010100
B010757

CKT
B010409, .CKT
CKT
B010756
CKT
CKT

BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD

ASSY :CH2 ATTENUATOR
ASSY :CH2 ATTENUATOR
ASSY :CH2 ATTENUATOR
ASSY :VERTICAL
ASSY :VERTICAL

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

670-3973-02
670-3973-00
670-3973-02
670-4109-00
670-4109-01

A8 3
A8 3
A8 1
A8 1
A112

670-3740-00
670-3740-01
670-3740-00
670-3740-01
670-3894-00

B010100
B014356
B010100
B010410
B010100

B014355

CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT

BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD

ASSY :VERTICAL
ASSY :VERTICAL
ASSY :VERTICAL
ASSY :VERTICAL
ASSY :TRIGGER SWITCH

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

670-3740-00
670-3740-01
670-3740-00
670-3740-01
670-3894-00

A11 2
A112
A113
A113
A113

670-4230-00
670-4230-01
670-3894-00
670-4230-00
670-4230-01

B010130
B010600
B010100
B010170
B014624

B010599

CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT

BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD

ASSY :TRIGGER
ASSY :TRIGGER
ASSY :TRIGGER
ASSY :TRIGGER
ASSY :TRIGGER

SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

670-4230-00
670-4230-01
670-3894-00
670-4230-00
670-4230-01

All'
All'
A12 2
A122
A12 3

670-4230-00
670-4230-01
670-3739-00
670-3739-01
670-3739-00

B010100
B010390
B010100
B010634
B010100

B010389

CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT

BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD

ASSY :TRIGGER SWITCH
ASSY :TRIGGER SWITCH
ASSY :HORIZONTAL
ASSY :HORIZONTAL
ASSY :HORIZONTAL

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

670-4230-00
670-4230-01
670-3739-00
670-3739-01
670-3739-00

A12 3
A12'
A13
A15'
A16'

670-3739-01
670-3739-01
672-0524-00
670-4548-00
672-0588-00

B014319

CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT
CKT

BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD
BOARD

ASSY :HORIZONTAL
ASSY :HORIZONTAL
ASSY :TIMING
ASSY :BUFFER
ASSY :SCALE ILLUMINATION

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

670-3739-01
670-3739-01
672-0524-00
670-4548-00
672-0588-00

A17'
A18'
A19'

670-4549-00
670-4549-00
670-4549-00

CKT BOARD ASSY :SWITCH
CKT BOARD ASSY :SWITCH
CKT BOARD ASSY :SWITCH

80009 670-4549-00
80009 670-4549-00
80009 670-4549-00

C24
C114
C115
C118
C119

281-0773-00
281-0207-00
283-0198-00
281-0207-00
281-0768-00

CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,l0%,IOOV
CAP.,VAR,PLSTC :2-18PF,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :0 .22UF,208,50V
CAP.,VAR,PLSTC :2-18PF,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :47OPF,20%,l00V

72982
80031
72982
80031
72982

8005H9AADW5R103K
HT10EA/218
8131NO75 E224M
HT10EA/218
314022XSP0471M

C124
C129
C167'
C169'
C412

281-0762-00
281-0768-00
281-0773-00
290-0748-00
281-0775-00

CAP .,FXD,CER DI :27PF,20%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :470PF,20%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :10UF,+50-10%,20V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V

72982
72982
72982
56289
72982

390-049X5PO270M
314022X5PO471M
8005H9AADW5R103K
50OD149
8005H9AABZ5U104M

B010429
B013399

B010409
B010129

B010169
B014623

B010633
B014318

'T922R only
2T921 only
3T922 only

REV. D JULY 1977

6-3

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No .

Tektronix
Part No .

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Name & Description

Mfr Part Number

0423 1
0423 1
C423 2
C423 2
C423 3

281-0627-00
281-0661-00
281-0627-00
281-0661-00
281-0627-00

B010100 B010739
B0101740
B010100 B011069
B011070
B010100 B015779

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER

C423 3
C424
C425
C433
C434

281-0661-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
285-1099-00
285-1099-00

B015780

CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .8PF,+/-O.1PF,500V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,PLSTC :0 .047UF,208,200V
CAP.,FXD,PLSTC :0 .047UF,20%,200V

72982 301-OOOCOKOB08B
72982 8005H9AABZ5U104M
72982 8005H9AABZ5U104M
19396 PT605C473M
19396 PT60SC473M

C435
C443
C445
0455
C458

285-1099-00
290-0297-00
281-0775-00
281-0773-00
290-0405-00

CAP.,FXD,PLSTC :0 .047UF,20%,200V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :39UF,108,1OV
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,SOV
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :0 .O1UF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :l0UF,+50-10%,150V

19396
56289
72982
72982
56289

PT605C473M
150D396X901OB2
8005H9AABZ5U104M
8005H9AADW5R103K
30D106Fl5ODD4

0462
C463
C464
C465
C466

283-0034-00
283-0034-00
283-0034-00
283-0034-00
283-0034-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

56289
56289
56289
56289
56289

41C107A
41C107A
41C107A
41C107A
41C107A

C476
C477
C478
C722
C738

281-0773-00
281-0773-00
281-0773-00
290-0750-00
290-0744-00

CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OIUF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .O1UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :100UF,+50-10%,160V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :3 .3UF,+50-108,160V

72982
72982
72982
56289
90201

8005H9AADW5R103K
8005H9AADW5R103K
8005H9AADW5R103K
D76244
TT3R3U160BOL3P

C742
0743
C746
C756
C758

290-0751-00
290-0751-00
281-0773-00
281-0773-00
290-0107-00

CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :2200UF,+50-10%,16V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :2200UF,+50-10%,16V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,l0%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,l0%,IOOV
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :25UF,+75-10%,25V

56289
56289
72982
72982
56289

D76245
D76245
8005H9AADW5R103K
8005H9AADW5R103K
30D256GO25DB9

C763
C774
C778
C796
C817 1

281-0773-00
281-0773-00
290-0107-00
290-0164-00
281-0773-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :0 .O1UF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :0 .O1UF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :25UF,+75-10%,25V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :lUF,+50-10%,150V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :0 .O1UF,10%,l00V

72982
72982
56289
56289
72982

8005H9AADW5R103K
8005H9AADW5R103K
30D256GO25DB9
30D105F150BA2
8005H9AADW5R103K

C21012
C21013
C21011
C2102
C2103 2

281-0651-00
281-0651-00
281-0651-00
281-0775-00
281-0528-0,0

XBO10130
XBO10170

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER

DI :47PF,5%,200V
DI :47PF,5%,200V
DI :47PF,5%,200V
DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
DI :82PF,+/-8 .2PF,500V

72982
72982
72982
72982
72982

374-OOlT2HO470J
374-OOlT2HO470J
374-OOlT2HO470J
8005H9AABZ5U104M
301-OOOU2MO820K

C2103 3
C2103 1
C2106 2
C21063
C21061

281-0528-00
281-0528-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00

XBO10170

CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI :82PF,+/-8 .2PF,500V
DI :82PF,+/-8 .2PF,500V
DI :O .IUF,20%,50V
DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
DI :O .lUF,20%,SOV

72982
72982
72982
72982
72982

301-00OU2M0820K
301-00OU2MO820K
8005H9AABZ5U104M
8005H9AABZ5U104M
8005H9AABZ5U104M

C21072
021073
C21071
C21122
C21123

281-0797-00
281-0797-00
281-0797-00
281-0763-00
281-0763-00

XBO10130
XBO10170

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI :15PF,10%,100V
DI :15PF,10%,100V
DI :15PF,10%,100V
DI :47PF,10%,100V
DI :47PF,10%,100V

72982
72982
72982
72982
72982

8005-D-COG-150K
8005-D-COG-150K
8005-D-COG-150K
390049X5PO470K
390049X5PO470K

021132
C21133
021131

281-0763-00
281-0763-00
281-0763-00

XBO10130
XBO10170

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :47PF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :47PF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :47PF,10%,100V

72982
72982
72982

390049X5PO470K
390049XSP0470K
390049X5P0470K

XBO10130

XBO10130
XBO10170

B010100
B010100

B010129X
B010169X

DI :1PF,+/-0 .25PF,500V
DI :0 .8PF,+/-O.1PF,500V
DI :1PF,+/-0.25PF,500V
DI :0 .8PF,+/-O .1PF,500V
DI :1PF,+/-0 .25PF,SOOV

Mfr
Code

DI :0 .005UF,20%,4000V
DI :0 .005UF,20%,4000V
DI :0 .005UF,20%,4000V
DI :0 .005UF,20%,4000V
DI :0 .005UF,20%,4000V

72982 301-OOOCOK0109C
72582 301-OOOCOKO808B
72982 301-OOOCOKO109C
72982 301-000COK0808B
72982 301-OOOCOKO109C

1T922R only
2T921 only
3T922 only

6-4

REV . C JULY 1977

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No .

Tektronix
Part No .

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Name & Description

C21141
C21142
C21162
C21161
C2123

281-0764-00
281-0764-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
290-0114-00

B010100
B010100
8010100
8010100
B010100

B010129X
B010169X
B010129X
B010169X
B010129X

CAP .,FXD,CER DI :82PF,5%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :82PF,5%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,208,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :47UF,20%,6V

C2123 2
C2125
C2128
C2132
C2136

290-0114-00
281-0773-00
281-0775-00
290-0201-00
281-0775-00

B010100

B010169X

C2144
C2147
C2156
C2163
C2165

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

72982
72982
72982
" 72982
56289

314022X5P0820J
314022X5PO820J
8005H9AABZ5U104M
8005H9AABZ5U104M
150D476X0006B2

CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :47UF,20%,6V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :100UF,+75-10%,15V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V

56289
72982
72982
56289
72982

150D476X0006B2
8005H9AADW5R103K
8005H9AABZ5U104M
30D107GO15DC9
8005H9AABZ5U104M

290-0183-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00
281-0763-00
290-0183-00

CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :lUF,10%,35V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :47PF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :lUF,10%,35V

56289
72982
72982
72982
56289

162D105X9035CD2
8005H9AABZ5U104M
8005H9AABZ5U104M
390049XSP0470K
162D105X9035CD2

290-0183-00
290-0183-00
281-0773-00
281-0775-00
281-0774-00

CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :lUF,10%,35V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :lUF,10%,35V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .022UF,20%,100V

56289
56289
72982
72982
72982

162DlO5X9035CD2
162DlO5X9035CD2
8005H9AADWSR103K
8005H9AABZ5U104M
8045A9ABDZ2U223M

C2182
C2212 1
C2213
C2213 2
C2213

290-0183-00
281-0775-00
281-0634-00
281-0757-00
281-0634-00

CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT':lUF,10%,35V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :1OPF,+/-0 .25PF,500V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :1OPF,20%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :1OPF,+/-0 .25PF,500V

56289
72982
72982
72982
72982

162D105X9035CD2
8005H9AABZ5U104M
374-0110000100C
314-022000100M
374-0110000100C

C2213 2
C2213 3
C2226
C2233
C2234

281-0757-00
281-0757-00
90-0135-00
283-0706-00
281-0775-00

CAP .,FXD,CER DI :1OPF,20%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :1OPF,20%,100V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :15UF,20%,20V
CAP .,FXD,MICA D :91PF,+/-1PF,500V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .IUF,20%,50V

72982
72982
56289
00853
72982

314-022000100M
314-022000100M
150D156XO020B2
D15-5E910FO
8005H9AABZ5U104M

C2235
C2245
C2246 4
C2252
C22534

281-0216-00
281-0759-00
281-0763-00
295-0179-00
295-0179-00

CAP .,VAR,CER DI :0 .8-6 .8PF,400V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :22PF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :47PF,10%,100V
CAP.,SET,MTCHD :O .O1UF,1.0UF,1%
CAP.,SET,MTCHD :0 .O1UF,1 .0UF,l8

80031
72982
72982
80009
80009

2222-801-96024
390-049X5P0220K
390049X5PO470K
295-0179-00
295-0179-00

C2274
C2275
C2276
C2317
C2327

290-0183-00
281-0773-00
281-0758-00
281-0775-00
281-0775-00

CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :lUF,10%,35V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :15PF,20%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V

56289
72982
72982
72982
72982

162D105X9035CD2
8005H9AADW5R103K
3140220000150M
SOOSH9AABZ5U104M
SOO5H9AABZ5U104M

C2331 1
C2331
C2331 3
C2345
C2392

281-0797-00
281-0797-00
281-0797-00
290-0135-00
290-0135-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :15PF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :15PF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :15PF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,ELCTLT :15UF,20%,20V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :15UF,20%,20V

72982
72982
72982
56289
56289

8005-D-COG-150K
8005-D-COG-150K
8005-D-COG-150K
150D156XO020B2
150D156XO02OB2

C24083
C2424
C4101
C4102
C4104

281-0775-00
290-0743-00
281-0541-00
285-1124-00
281-0207-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,208,50V
CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :100UF,+50-10%,16V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :6 .8PF,10%,500V
CAP .,FXD,PLSTC :0 .022UF,20%,400V
CAP .,VAR,PLSTC :2-18PF,l00V

72962
56289
72982
19396
80031

SOO5H9AABZ5U104M
50OD146
301-000COH0689D
PP721E223M
HT10EA/218

C4105
C4106
C4113

281-0214-00
283-0213-00
281-0207-00

CAP.,VAR,CER DI :0 .5-3PF,400V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :300PF,5%,100V
CAP .,VAR,PLSTC :2-18PF,l00V

80031
72982
80031

2222-801-96138
8121N130A301J
HT10EA/218

C2167
C2173
C2174
C2175
C2176

.

XBO10300
B010634
XBO11000
B014319

XBO10150
X8010600

8010633
8014318

1T921 only
2T922 only
3T922R only

4Matched pair

REV. C JULY 1977

6-5

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No .

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No .
Eff
D scont

Name & Description

B010100
B010560
BO10100
B012200

B010599

B010100
B010340
B010100
B011100

B010339

B010100
B010100

B010229X
B010999X

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

C4114 1
C4114 1
C4114 2
C4114 2
C4114 3

281-0214-00
281-0220-00
281-0214-00
281-0220-00
281-0220-00

C4116
C4123 1
C4123 1
C4123 2
C4123 2

281-0759-00
281-0773-00
283-0002-00
281-0773-00
283-0002-00

C4123 3
C4143 1
C4143 2
C4153
C4155

283-0002-00
281-0763-00
281-0763-00
281-0584-00
281-0768-00

C4158
C4165
C4168
C4201 4
C4202 4

283-0220-00
281-0768-00
283-0065-01
281-0541-00
285-1124-00

CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :470PF,20%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .OO1UF,5%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :6 .BPF,10%,500V
CAP.,FXD,PLSTC :0 .022UF,20%,400V

72982
72982
80009
72982
19396

8121NO75W5R103M
314022X5PO471M
283-0065-01
301-000COH0689D
PP721E223M

C42044
C4205 4
C42064
C42134
C4214 2

281-0207-00
281-0214-00
283-0213-00
281-0207-00
281-0214-00

CAP .,VAR,PLSTC :2-18PF,l00V
CAP.,VAR,CER DI :0 .5-3PF,400V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :300PF,5%,100V
CAP .,VAR,PLSTC :2-18PF,1OOV
CAP.,VAR,CER DI :0 .5-3PF,400V

80031
80031
72982
80031
80031

HT10EA/218
2222-801-96138
8121N130A301J
HT10EA/218
2222-801-96138

C4214 2
C4214 3
C42164
C4223 2
C4223 2

281-0220-00
281-0220-00
281-0759-00
281-0773-00
283-0002-00

CAP.,VAR,CER
CAP .,VAR,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER

DI :1-5 .5PF,400V
DI :1-5 .5PF,400V
DI :22PF,10%,100V
DI :O .O1UF,10%,100V
DI :0 .O1UF,+80-20%,500V

80031
80031
72982
72982
72982

2222-801-96139
2222-801-96139
390-049X5PO220K
8005H9AADW5R103K
811-546E103Z

C4223 3
C4243 2
C42534
C42554
C42584

283-0002-00
281-0763-00
281-0584-00
281-0768-00
283-0220-00

CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER

DI :O .O1UF,+80-20%,500V
DI :47PF,10%,100V
DI :100PF,5%,500V
DI :470PF,20%,100V
DI :O .O1UF,20%,50V

72982
72982
72982
72982
72982

811-546EI03Z
390049X5PO470K
301-OOOY5D101J
314022X5PO471M
8121NO75W5R103M

C42654
C42684
C4333
C4334
C4338

281-0768-00
283-0065-01
281-0759-00
281-0214-00
281-0775-00'

CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,VAR,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER

DI :470PF,20%,100V
DI :0 .OO1UF,5%,100V
DI :22PF,10%,100V
DI :0 .5-3PF,400V
DI :O .lUF,20%,50V

72982
80009
72982
80031
72982

314022X5PO471M
283-0065-01
390-049X5PO220K
2222-801-96138
8005H9AABZ5U104M

C4344
C4349
C43624
C43634
C43644

281-0207-00
281-0775-00
281-0773-00
281-0773-00
281-0775-00

CAP .,VAR,PLSTC :2-18PF,l00V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .O1UF,10%,100V
CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V

80031
72982
72982
72982
72982

HT10EA/218
8005H9AABZ5U104M
8005H9AADW5R103K
8005H9AADW5R103K
8005H9AABZ5U104M

C43654
C4366
C43682
C436833
C4370

283-0111-00
283-0111-00
283-0103-00
283-0103-00
281-0773-00

DI :O .IUF,20%,50V
DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
DI :180PF,5%,500V
DI :180PF,5%,500V
DI :O .O1UF,10%,100V

72982
72982
56289
56289
72982

8121-NO88Z5U104M
8121-N088Z5U104M
40C638
40C638
8005H9AADW5R103K

C43714
C43724
C4375

283-0065-01
281-0763-00
281-0788-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .OO1UF,5%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :47PF,10%,100V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :470PF,10%,100V

80009
72982
72982

283-0065-01
390049X5PO470K
8005H9AADW5R471K

B010100

B012199

B011099

B012199

B012200
B010100
B011100

B011099

B010100

B010999X

XBO10500

CAP.,VAR,CER
CAP .,VAR,CER
CAP.,VAR,CER
CAP.,VAR,CER
CAP.,VAR,CER

DI :0 .5-3PF,400V
DI :1-5 .5PF,400V
DI :0 .5-3PF,400V
DI :1-5 .5PF,400V
DI :1-5 .5PF,400V

80031
80031
80031
80031
80031

2222-801-96138
2222-801-96139
2222-801-96138
2222-801-96139
2222-801-96139

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER

DI
DI
DI
DI
DI

:22PF,lO%,l00V
:O .O1UF,10%,100V
:O .O1UF,+80-20%,500V
:O .O1UF,10%,100V
:O .O1UF,+80-20%,500V

72982
72982
72982
72982
72982

390-049X5PO220K
8005H9AADW5R103K
811-546E103Z
8005H9AADW5R103K
811-546E103Z

CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER

DI
DI
DI
DI
DI

:O .O1UF,+80-20%,500V
:47PF,10%,100V
:47PF,10%,100V
:100PF,5%,500V
:470PF,20%,100V

72982
72982
72982
72982
72982

811-54GE103Z
390049X5PO470K
390049X5PO470K
301-OOOY5D101J
314022X5PO471M

~CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

1T921 only
2T922 only
3T922R only
4T922 and T922R only

6-6

REV . B JULY 1977

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No .

Tektronix
Part No .

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dsco n t

Name & D escrip tion

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXr),CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
DI :470PF,10%,100V
DI :15PF,10%,100V
DI :15PF,10%,100V
DI :0 .001UF,20%,100V

72982
72982
72982
'2982
72982

8005H9AABZ5Ul04M
8005H9AADW5R471K
8005-D-COG-150K
8005-D-COG-150K
314022X5PO102M

283-0177-00
283-0177-00
283-0111-00
283-0111-00
283-0111-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP .,FXD,CER

DI :lUF,+80-20%,25V
DI .lUF,+80-20%,25V
DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
DI :O .JUF,20%,50V
DI :O .lUF,20%,50V

72982
72982
72982
72982
72982

8131NO39 E 105Z
8131NO39 E 105Z
8121-NO88Z5U104M
8121-NO88Z5U104M
8121-NO88Z5U104M

C4397 1

283-0111-00

CAP .,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V

72982

8121-NO88Z5U104M

CR26
CR27
CR416
CR418
CR437

152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0075-00
152-0141-02
152-0061-00

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
DEVICE :GE,25V,40MA
DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
DEVICE :SILICON,175V,100MA

07910
07910
80009
07910
80009

1N4152
1N4152
152-0075-00
1N4152
152-0061-00

CR443
CR463
CR465
CR721
CR722

152-0141-02
152-0639-00
152-0639-00
152-0066-03
152-0066-03

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
DEVICE :RECT,SI,l0KV,l0MA
DEVICE :RECT,SI,l0KV,l0MA
DEVICE :RECT,SI,400V,lA
DEVICE :RECT,SI,400V,lA

07910
14099
14099
80009
80009

1N4152
SEF100
SEF100
152-0066-03
152-0066-03

CR723
CR724
CR732
CR734
CR737

152-0066-03
152-0066-03
152-0066-03
152-0066-03
152-0141-02

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE :RECT,SI,400V,lA
DEVICE :RECT,SI,400V,lA
DEVICE :RECT,SI,400V,lA
DEVICE :RECT,SI,400V,lA
DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA

80009
80009
80009
80009
07910

152-0066-03
152-0066-03
152-0066-03
152-0066-03
1N4152

CR738
CR741
CR742
CR743
CR744

152-0066-03
152-0066-03
152-0066-03
152-0066-03
152-0066-03

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

:RECT,SI,400V,lA
:RECT,SI,400V,lA
:RECT,SI,400V,lA
:RECT,SI,400V,lA
:RECT,SI,400V,lA

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

152-0066-03
152-0066-03
152-0066-03
152-0066-03
152-0066-03

CR758
CR764
CR765
CR766
CR767

152-0066-03
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

:RECT,SI,400V,lA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA

80009
07910
07910
07910
07910

152-0066-03
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152

CR778
CR8163
CR2103 4
CR2103 2
CR2103 3

152-0066-03
152-0061-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

:RECT,SI,400V,lA
:SILICON,175V,100MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA

80009
80009
07910
07910
07910

152-0066-03
152-0061-00
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152

CR2108 4
CR2108 2
CR2108 3
CR2112 4
CR2112 2

152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

XBO10130
XBO10170

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA

07910
07910
07910
07910
07910

1N4152
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152

CR2112 3
CR2115
CR2116 4
CR2116 2
CR2118 4

152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

B010100
B010100
B010100

B010129X
B010169X
B010129X

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA

07910
07910
07910
07910
07910

1N4152
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152

CR2118 2

152-0141-02

B010100

B010169X

SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA

07910

1N4152

C43761
C43771
C43852
C43853
C43861

281-0775-00
281-0788-00
281-0797-00
281-0797-00
281-0770-00

C4392
C4393
C4394
C43951
C4396

1T922 and T922R only
2T922 only
3T922R only
4T921 only

REV . A JULY 1977

XBO10500

XBO10130
X8010170

-

XBO10130
XBO10170

Replaceable Electrical Parts--T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No .

Tektronix
Part No .

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SIL16N,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA

07910
07910
07910
01910
07910

1N4152
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152

SEMICONb
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,10NA AT 5V
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,10NA AT 5V

07910
07910
80009
07910
80009

1N4152
1N4152
152-0245-00
1N4152
152-0245-00

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

CR2124
CR2135
CR2182
CR2186
CR2227

152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

CR2233
CR2234 1
CR2234 1
CR2234 2
CR2234 2

152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0245-00
152-0141-02
152-0245-00

CR2234 3
CR2317
CR2326
CR2331
CR2332

152-0245-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0075-00
152-0075-00

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

:SILICON,1ONA AT 5V
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:GE,25V,40MA
:GE,25V,40MA

80009
07910
07910
80009
80009

152-0245-00
1N4152
1N4152
152-0075-00
152-0075-00

CR2334
CR2342
CR2356
CR2400 3
CR2404 3

152-0061-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
150-1029-00
152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,175V,lOOMA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
LAMP,LED :2 .OV,GREEN
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA

80009
07910
07910
53184
07910

152-0061-00
1N4152
1N4152
XC269G
1N4152

CR2406 3
CR2407 3
CR2409 3
CR2431 3
CR4123

152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0246-00

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,400PIV,200MA

07910
07910
07910
07910
07910

1N4152
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152
CD12676

CR4223 4
CR4302 4
CR4303 4
CR4304 4
CR4305 4

152-0246-00
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

:SILICON,400PIV,200MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA

07910
07910
07910
07910
07910

C012676
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152

CR4312 4
CR4313 4
CR4314 4
CR4315 4
CR4362 4

152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA

07910
07910
07910
07910
07910

1N4152
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152

CR4363 4
CR4364 4
CR4366 4
CR4367

152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02
152-0141-02

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA
:SILICON,30V,150MA

07910
07910
07910
07910

1N4152
1N4152
1N4152
1N4152

DL4339 1
DL4339 1
DL4339 2
DL4339 2
DL4339 3

119-0733-00
119-0733-01
119-0733-00
119-0733-01
119-0733-00

B010100
B011053
B010100
B015973
B010100

OHM,COIL
OHM,COIL
OHM,COIL
OHM,COIL
OHM,COIL

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

119-0733-00
119-0733-01
119-0733-00
119-0733-01
119-0733-00

DL4339 3

119-0733-01

B010660

DELAY LINE,ELEC :200 NSEC,150 OHM,COIL

80009

119-0733-01

DS463
DS465
DS796
DS8163
DS8183

150-0002-00
150-0002-00
150-0035-00
150-0088-00
150-0088-00

LAMP,GLOW :0 .5 MA 60/125V
LAMP,GLOW :0 .5 MA 60/125V
LAMP,GLOW :90V,0 .3MA
LAMP,INCAND :0 .04A,28V
LAMP,INCAND :0 .04A,28V

08806
08806
08806
08806
08806

NE2T-AlAT
NE2T-AlAT
AlD-T
2187D
2187D

F700 5
F700 6

159-0042-00
159-0029-00

FUSE,CARTRIDGE :3AG,0 .75A,25OV,FAST-BLOW
FUSE,CARTRIDGE :3AG,0 .3A,250V,SLOW-BLOW

71400
71400

AGC 3/4
MDL3/10

B010100
B010180
B010100
B010290

B010179
B010289

B011052
B015972
B010659

DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY
DELAY

LINE,ELEC :200
LINE,ELEC :200
LINE,ELEC :200
LINE,ELEC :200
LINE,ELEC :200

NSEC,150
NSEC,150
NSEC,150
NSEC,150
NSEC,150

1T921 only
2T922 only
3 T922R only
4T922 and T922R only
S100V to 120V operation
6220V to 240V operation

6- 8

REV . B JULY 1977

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No .

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

91.2, gj2s;Sbf io5' 2

Name & Description
FUSE,CARTRIDGE :3AG,0 .062A,250V,20 SEC

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

71400

MDL1-16

27264
27264
27264
05091
80009

09-70-2121
09-62-3121
09-52-3101
31-279
131-1802-00

80009
80009
80009
05091
05091

131-0106-02
131-1801-00
131-1802-00
31-279
31-279

F722

159-0051-00

J2
J4
J7
J419
J2100

131-1792-00
131-1795-00
131-1749-00
131-0955-00
131-1802-00

CONTACT ASSY,EL :12 MALE CONTACT,FLAT WAFER
CONNECTOR,RCPT, :12 FEMALE CONTACT,RT-ANGLE
CONNECTOR,RCPT, :10 FEMALE CONTACT
CONNECTOR,RCPT, :BNC,FEMALE,W/HARDWARE
CONNECTOR,RCPT, :15 CONTACTS

J2110
J2250
J2260
J4110
J4210

131-0106-02
131-1801-00
131-1802-00
131-0955-00
131-0955-00

CONNECTOR,RCPT,
CONNECTOR,RCPT,
CONNECTOR,RCPT,
CONNECTOR,RCPT,
CONNECTOR,RCPT,

L470
L472

108-0819-00
108-0818-00

COIL,TUBE DEFLE :X-Y ALIGNMENT
COIL,TUBE DEFLE :TRACE ROTATION

80009 .108-0819-00
80009 108-0818-00

9112
Q122
Q134
Q136
Q144

151-0199-00
N 3~q 0
151-0199-00 ~2
151-0127-00'
151-0127-00 ~2N23~9
151-0127-00

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN

27014
27014
80009
80009
80009

ST65038
ST65038
151-0127-00
151-0127-00
151-0127-00

9146
Q160 1
Q162 1
Q166
9416

151-0127-00i
151-0190-06
3q O
151-0190-0Z
151-0188-00 2 N'
-3q,) y
151-0190-06

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN

80009
80009
80009
01295
80009

151-0127-00
151-0190-06
151-0190-06
2N3906
151-0190-06

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP

80009
80009
80009
15818
01295

151-0190-06
151-0347-00
151-0350-00
2N2484
2N3906

TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR

:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,NPN
:SILIGON,NPN
:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,NPN

01295
80009
80009
80009
02735

TIP50
151-0347-00
151-0347-00
151-0347-00
RCA47

Q424
Q426
Q434
Q446
Q454

2N

A,

~~
151-0190-06
151-0347-00
151-0350-00'2
`
.151-0126-00 ZI Zy~
2N390
51-0168-00

1I P5~

:BNC
:9 CONTACTS
:15 CONTACTS
:BNC,FEMALE,W/HARDWARE
:BNC,FEMALE,W/HARDWARE

_

Q458
Q722
Q726
Q734
Q736

151-9423-00
151-0347-00
151-0347-00
151-0347-00
151-0497-00

Q752
9754
Q756
Q772
Q774

151-0302-00 2N2222A
151-0302-00 ZAI22224
151-0478-00 -nP31A
151-0301-00
2N2907-4 )
151-0301-00

TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR

:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,PNP
:SILICON,PNP

04713
04713
01295
04713
04713

2N2222A
2N2222A
TIP31A
2N2907A
2N2907A

Q776
Q792
Q796
Q812 1
Q816 1

151-0478-00
151-0224-00 2N390q
151-0347-00 -LA15~55'1
TiP~7 3)
151-0497-01 fekPEO 4n
151-0497-01
,7-rCk5pe4

TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR
TRANSISTOR

:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,NPN
:SILICON,NPN

01295
07263
80009
80009
80009

TIP31A
2N3904
151-0347-00
151-0497-01
151-0497-01

Q818 1
921041 2
Q21061
921041 1
910261

151-0347-00
151-1042-00

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
SEMICOND DVC SE :MATCHED PAIR FET

80009
80009

151-0347-00
151-1042-00

SEMICOND DVC SE :MATCHED PAIR FET

80009

151-1042-00

921041 3
921061
92108 2
92108 3

151-1042-00

-XBO1~0 70

SEMICOND DVC SE :MATCHED PAIR FET

80009

151-1042-00

151-0188-00
151-0188-00

XBO10130
XBO10170

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP

01295
01295

2N3906
2N3906

151-1042-00

2N5S~a~l
?'i P~

Z SSS I
XBO10130

2N,~-qSq Nck .1FCr

~zN3`fD(~

1 T922R only
2T921 only
3T922 only

REV . D JULY 1977

6- 9

Replaceable Electrical Parts®T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No.

Tektronix
Part No .

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont
151-01880188 '.00~-, 9Ub

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Num ber

01295
80009

2N3906
151-1042-00

B010100

B010129X

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
SEMICOND DVC SE :MATCHED P IR FET

B010100

B010169X

SEMICOND DVC SE :MATCHED P IR FET

80009 151-1042-00

B010100

8010524

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP

01295
01295
01295
01295
01295

2N3906
2N3906
2N3906
2N3906
2N3906

8010525
B010100
8012650

8012649

80009
01295
80009
80009
80009

151-0216-02
2N3906
151-0216-02
151-0216-02
151-1042-00

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN

80009
80009
80009
80009

151-0190-06
151-0190-06
151-0190-06
151-0192-03

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
RANSISTOR:SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP

80009
80009
80009
01295
01295

151-0190-06
151-0192-03
151-0192-03
2N3906
2N3906

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

151-0347-00
151-0347-00
151-0190-06
151-0223-03
151-0190-06

151-0190-06 --'
924321
Q4122A,B 151-1090-01 11/TrFg cpf
94174
151-0199-00jO36gO
1
94176
151-0199-00 F
~
~~t~~UQI
Q4222A,B4151-1090-01

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,DUAL,N CHANNEL,FET
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,DUAL,N CHANNEL,FET

80009
80009
27014
27014
80009

151-0190-06
151-1090-01
ST65038
ST65038
151-1090-01

942744
942764
94302
943034
94312

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP

27014
27014
27014
27014
27014

ST65038
ST65038
ST65038
ST65038
ST65038

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP

27014
27014
80009
27014
80009

ST65038
ST65038
151-0434-01
ST65038
151-0434-01

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP

80009
27014
80009
27014
80009

151-0434-01
ST65038
151-0434-01
ST65038
151-0434-01

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP

80009
27014
27014

151-0434-01
ST65038
ST65038

921081
92114l 2
92116(
9211413
921161

151-1042-00
2A/545q
151-1042-00

92124
92134
92136
92174
921762

151-0188-00
151-0188-00
151-0188-00
151-0188-00
151-0188-00

921762
N -5 90(0 921763
921763
921761
92242)
922441

151-0216-02
151-0188-00
151-0216-02
151-0216-02
151-1042-00

Q2246
92274
923142
923142
923143
92314 3
923141
02326
92332
92334
92344
92354
Q24121
924221

4
943132
43222
IF 4322
No
04322, ,
94322
943221
43242
q7-Let
4324
-LobO 94324 3
94324
94324 1
94336
94346

?/Y -390b

TRANSISTOR :SILCON,PETRAS
:SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILCON,PETRAS
:SILCON,PEMD
MPSbsz3(Kf; ~s9)
DVC SE :MATCHED P
Z.A/S'y54

151-0190-06
~p
151-0190-06
151-0190-06 ~ B010100 B010633
x,151-0192-03
80106634
e6elow
~3q0~
151-0190-0 2. B010100 8014318
1151-0192-03 M~S2J(VT I Z3AP
151-0192-03
151-0188-00 2' nt31pb
151-0188-00

Z0gm

151-0347-00
151-0347-00
151-0190-06 2N ~°~
q
7 (o
151-0223-03 `tt~S
151-0190-06

2N 3904

151-0199-00
151-0199-00
151-0199-00
151-0199-00
151-0199-00'
151-0199-00
151-0199-00-'
151-0434-01
151-0199-00
151-0434-01
7- t4 2. (0/

B010100 8010209
,-,
B010210'~1
B010100 8010359
B010360

gVDI

C

1510434O1
- 2NbTt
o, y0
151-0199-00 2N 8010100 13010209
151-0434-01
B010210 T¬~IO CC
151-0199-00
B010100 8010359
,1151-0434-01
B010360
2N~{2loll'
,~ - "
2 ti 42(0
151-0434-O1 T
JoLk d
'
151-0199-00 ry~I
151-0199-00

ECTED
ECTED
ECTED
IR FET

1T922R only
2T921 only
3T922 only
4T922 and T922R only

6-10

REV . A JULY 1977

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No .

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Name & Description

Mfr

Code

Mfr Part Number

94372

151-0223-00

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,NPN

80009

151-0223-00

R22
R23
R24
R25
R26

315-0134-00
315-0434-00
315-0104-00
315-0222-00
321-0235-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :130K
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :430K
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :l00K
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .2K
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .74K

01121
01121
01121
01121
91637

CB1345
CB4345
CB1045
CB2225
MFF1816G27400F

R27
8112
8114
8115
8116

321-0126-00
321-0085-00
311-1563-00
315-0153-00
321-0163-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :200 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :75 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :IK OHM,20%,0.50W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :15K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :487 OHM,1%,0 .125W

91637
91637
73138
01121
91637

MFF1816G200ROF
MFF1816G75ROOF
91A RlK
CB1535
MFF1816G487ROF

8117
R118A-P
8122
8124
8126

315-0272-00
307-0494-00
321-0085-00
315-0560-00
311-1559-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :NETWORK,VERT OUTPUT
RES .,FXD,FILM :75 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :56 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :1OK OHM ;20%,0 .50W

01121
80009
91637
01121
73138

CB2725
307-0494-00
MFF1816G75ROOF
CB5605
91A-10001M

8158 2
8159 2
8160 2
8162 2
8163 2

315-0470-00
315-0470-00
315-0181-00
315-0181-00
315-0392-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OIIM,5%,0.25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :180 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :180 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :3 .9K OHM,5%,0 .25w

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB4705
CB4705
CB1815
CB1815
CB3925

R165 2
8166 2
8167 2
8168 2
8169 2

315-0272-00
315-0221-00
315-0911-00
315-0911-00
307-0103-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:220 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :910 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:910 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:2 .7 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2725
CB2215
C139115
CB9115
CB27G5

8412
8413
8414
8416
8417

311-1786-00
315-0102-00
315-0332-00
315-0302-00
315-0752-00

RES .,VAR,NONWIR :2K OHM,20%,2W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:3 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:7 .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W

12697
01121
01121
01121
01121

381-CM40946
CB1025
CB3325
CB3025
CB7525

8419
8423
R424
8425
8426

315-0103-00
315-0513-00
315-0104-00
315-0751-00
315-0510-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1OK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:51K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:750 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:51 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1035
CB5135
CB1045
CB7515
CB5105

8432
8433
8434
8435 3
8435 3

315-0222-00
315-0104-00
315-0431-00
315-0510-00
315-0360-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:2 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:100K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:430 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:36 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2225
CB1045
CB4315
CB5105
CB3605

8435 4
R435 4
8435 2
8435 2
8437

315-0510-00
315-0360-00
315-0510-00
315-0360-00
315-0751-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:36 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :36 OHM,5%,0 .25w
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :750 OHM,5%,0 .25w

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB5105
CB3605
CB5105
CB3605
CB7515

8443
R444A-D
8445
8446
8447

315-0204-00
307-0495-01
315-0103-00
315-0103-00
315-0683-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :200K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES,NTWK,FXD,FI :NETWORK,HV,NON STORAGE
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1OK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1OK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :68K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
80009
01121
01121
01121

CB2045
307-0495-01
CB1035
CB1035
CB6835

8453

315-0102-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121

CB1025

B010100
B011070

B011069

B010100
B015780
B010100
B010740

B015779
B010739

OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,1%,0 .125W

1T922 and T922R only
2T922R only
3T921 only
4T922 only

REV . B JULY 1977

6- 1 1

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No .

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No .
Dscont
Eff

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

8455
8457
8458
8462
8463

315-0512-00
315-0431-00
301-0510-00
315-0303-00
315-0105-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :5 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :430 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .50W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:30K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IM OHM,58,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB5125
CB4315
EB5105
CB3035
CB1055

8464
8465
8468 1
8472
R472

315-0226-00
315-0303-00
311-1784-00
311-0086-00
311-1562-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:22M OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:30K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :5M OHM,20%,lW
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :2 .5K OHM,20%,0.50W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :2K OHM,20%,0 .50W

01121
01121
12697
01121
73138

CB2265
CB3035
381-CM40944
W-7699
91A R2K

8473
8474
8475
R476 1
8477

311-1555-00
311-1562-00
315-0154-00
315-0333-00
311-1200-00

RES .,VAR,NONWIR :l00K OHM,20%,0 .5W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :2K OHM,20%,0 .50W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:150K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:33K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :100K OHM,20%,0 .50W

73138
73138
01121
01121
01121

91A R100K
91A R2K
CB1545
CB3335
W-7861

8477
8478
8722
8726
R732

311-1555-00
315-0471-00
301-0473-00
315-0104-00
321-0193-00

RES .,VAR,NONWIR :100K OHM,20%,O .5W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47K OHM,5%,0 .50W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:l00K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :IK OHM,1%,0 .125W

73138
01121
01121
01121
91637

91A R100K
CB4715
EB4735
CB1045
MFF1816G10000F

8733
8734
8736
8737
8741

321-0368-00
308-0574-00
321-0385-00
321-0280-00
315-0391-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :66 .5K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,WW :l0 OHM,5%,2W
RES.,FXD,FILM :100K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :8 .06K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :390 OHM,5%,0 .25W

91637
91637
91637
91637
01121

MFF1816G66501F
RS2B162KlOROOJ
MFF1816G10002F
MFF1816G80600F
CB3915

8742
8745
8746
R747
8752

315-0563-00
315-0432-00
315-0102-00
315-0104-00
321-0130-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:56K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:4 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:l00K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :221 OHM,1%,0 .125W

01121
01121
01121
01121
91637

CB5635
CB4325
CB1025
CB1045
MFF1816G221ROF

8753
8754
8756
8757
8762

321-0239-00
308-0755-00
321-0671-00
321-0671-00
315-0561-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :3 .OlK OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,WW :0 .75 OHM,5%,2W
RES .,FXD,FILM :8 .51K OHM,0.5%,0.125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :8 .51K OHM,0 .5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :560 OHM,5%,0 .25W

91637
75042
91637
91637
01121

MFF1816G30100F
BWH-R7500J
MFF1816DB5100D
MFF1816DB5100D
CB5615

8763
8764
8765
R766
8772

315-0182-00
321-0239-00
321-0130-00
301-0391-00
321-0256-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .8K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :3 .01K OHM,18,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :221 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :390 OHM,5%,0 .50W
RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .53K OHM,1%,0 .125W

01121
91637
91637
01121
91637

CB1825
MFF1816G30100F
MFF1816G221ROF
EB3915
MFF1816G45300F

8773
8774
8775
R784
8792

311-1563-00
321-0232-00
308-0755-00
308-0781-00
321-0400-00

RES .,VAR,NONWIR :IK OHM,20%,0.50W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .55K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,WW :0 .75 OHM,5%,2W
RES .,FXD,WW :1 .34K OHM,2%,1OW
RES .,FXD,FILM :143K OHM,1%,0 .125W

73138
91637
75042
91637
91637

91A RlK
MFF1816G25500F
BWH-R7500J
HLW10RlZ-134000
MFF1816G14302F

8792
R793
87941
8794
8795

321-0402-00
321-0283-00
321-0393-00
321-0394-00
321-0283-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :150K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :8 .66K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :121K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :124K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :8 .66K OHM,1%,0 .125W

91637
91637
91637
91637
91637

MFF1816G15002F
MFF1816G86600F
MFF1816G12102F
MFF1816G12402F
MFF1816G86600F

8796
8797
88121

315-0104-00
315-0205-00
311-0881-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :l00K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2M OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :20K OHM,l0%,O .50W

01121
01121
01121

CB1045
CB2055
W7674

1 T922R

6- 1 2

only

REV . B JULY 1977

7-

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No .

Tektronix
Part No .

Serial/Model No .
Eff
D scont

8813
88141
88151
8817 1
8817 1

321-0407-00
321-0372-00
321-0403-00
315-0470-00
308-0298-00

8818
81998 1
82101 2
82101 3
R21011

315-0223-00
315-0470-00
321-0463-00
321-0463-00
321-0463-00

82102
821032
821033
821031
821042

315-0152-00
321-0439-00
321-0439-00
321-0439-00
315-0510-00

821043 .
82104 1
R21062
821063
82106 1

315-0510-00
315-0510-00
315-0510-00
315-0510-00
315-0510-00

X33010170

82107 2
82107 2
82107 3
R2107 3
821071

315-0102-00
315-0202-00
315-0102-00
315-0202-00
315-0202-00

X33010130
B010150
X33010170
B010800

821082
R21083
821081
R21092
821093

315-0272-00
315-0272-00
315-0272-00
315-0201-00
315-0201-00

X33010130
X33010170

82109 1
R21102
821103
R21112
82111 2

315-0201-00
321-0251-00
321-0251-00
315-0162-00
315-0103-00

821112
R21113
82111 3
R2111 3
R2111 1

B010100
33010386

33010385

X33010130
X33010170

X33010130
XBO10170
X33010130

X33010130
X33010170
33010149
33010799

X33010130
X33010170
B010100
B010100
BO10100
33010130

B010129X
B010169X
B010129
33010149

315-0203-00
315-0162-00
315-0103-00
315-0203-00
315-0203-00

B010150
B010100
33010170
33010800

33010169
33010799

82112 2
R21122
821123
821123
R21121

321-0463-00
315-0622-00
321-0463-00
315-0622-00
315-0622-00

B010100
33010130
B010100
33010170

33010129

821132
821132
821133
R2113 3
821131

315-0510-00
315-0122-00
315-0510-00
315-0122-00
315-0122-00

B010100
33010130
33010100
33010170

33010129

821142
82114 2
82114 3

321-0439-00
321-0251-00
321-0439-00

B010100
33010130
B010100

33010129

33010169

33010169

33010169

Mfr
Code

Name & Description
RES .,FXD,FILM :169K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :73 .2K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :154K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,WW :560 OHM,5%,3W

Mfr Part Number

91637
91637
91637
01121
91637

MFF1816G16902F
MFF1816G73201F
MFF1816G15402F
CB4705
CW2B-B560ROJ

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :22K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILA9 :649K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :649K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :649K OHM,1%,0 .125W

01121
01121
91637
91637
91637

CB2235
CB4705
MFF1816G64902F
MFF1816G64902F
MFF1816G64902F

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1 .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :365K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :365K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :365K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
91637
91637
91637
01121

CB1525
MFF1816G36502F
MFF1816G36502F
MFF1816G36502F
CB5105

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:51
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :51
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:51
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :51
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :51

OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB5105
CB5105
CB5105
CB5105
CB5105

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :IK
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :2K
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2K
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2K

OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1025
CB2025
CB1025
CB2025
CB2025

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :200 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2725
CB2725
CB2725
CB2015
CB2015

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:200 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .02K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,FILM :4 .02K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :1 .6K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :IOK OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
91637
91637
01121
01121

CB2015
MFF1816G40200F
MFF1816G40200F
CB1625
CB1035

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :20K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :1 .6K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :10K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :20K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :20K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2035
CB1625
CB1035
CE2035
CB2035

RES .,FXD,FILM :649K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :6 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :649K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:6 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:6 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W

91637
01121
91637
01121
01121

MFF1816G64902F
CB6225
MFF1816G64902F
CB6225
CB6225

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:51 OHM,5%,0 .25w
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB5105
CB1225
CB5105
CB1225
CB1225

RES .,FXD,FILM :365K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,FILM :4 .02K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :365K OHM,1%,0 .125W

91637
91637
91637

MFF1816G36502F
MFF1816G40200F
MFF1816G36502F

.

1T922R only
2T921 only
3T922 only

REV. B JULY 1977

6- 1 3

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No .

Tektronix Serial/Model No .
Dscont
Part No . _ Eff

82114
821142
821153
R21153
R21151

321-0251-00
321-0251-00
321-0218-00
321-0214-00
321-0218-00

B010170

821151
821152
821163
821161
821173

321-0214-00
321-0214-00
315-0510-00
315-0510-00
315-0562-00

8010170

821171
82118
821193
821191
821203

__

_N ame & Description
:4 .02K
:4 .02K
:1 .82K
:1 .65K
:1 .82K

OHM,1%,0 .125
OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,l%,0 .125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W

Mfr
Co de
91637
91637
91637
91637
91637

Mfr Part Nu mber
MFF1816G40200F
MFF1816G40200F
MFF1816G18200F
MFF1816G16500F
MFF1816G18200F

8010169

RES .,FXD,FILM
RES .,FXD,FILM
RES .,FXD,FILM
RES .,FXD,FILM
RES .,FXD,FILM

8010100
B010100
8010100

B010129X
B010169X
B010129X

RES.,FXD,FILM :1 .65K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,FILM :1 .65K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :5 .6K OHM,5%,0 .25W

91637. MFF1816G16500F
91637 MFF1816G16500F
01121 CB5105
01121 CB5105
01121 CB5625

315-0562-00
321-0251-00
315-0431-00
315-0431-00
315-0510-00

B010100

B010169X

B010100
B010100
B010100

B010129X
B010169X
B010129X

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :5 .6K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,FILM :4 .02K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :430 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :430 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
91637
01121
01121
01121

CB5625
MFF1816G40200F
CB4315
CB4315
CB5105

821201
821213
821211
821212
82122

315-0510-00
315-0101-00
315-0101-00
315-0101-00
315-0132-00

B010100
X8010634
X8014319

B010169X

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :I .3K OHM,5o,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB5105
CB1015
CB1015
CB1015
CB1325

82123
82124
82125
82126
82127

315-0182-00
315-0242-00
315-0561-00
315-0102-00
315-0122-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .SK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .4K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :560 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1825
CB2425
CB5615
CE1025
CB1225

82128
82132
82133
82134
82135 3

315-0122-00
315-0222-00
303-0393-00
315-0512-00
315-0393-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,COMP :39K OHM,5%,1W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :5 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :39K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1225
CB2225
GB3935
CB5125
CB3935

821353
821351
821351
821352
82136

315-0303-00
315-0393-00
315-0303-00
315-0303-00
315-0751-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :30K
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :39K
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :30K
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :30K
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :750

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB3035
CB3935
CB3035
CB3035
CB7515

82137
82138
82142
82143
82144

315-0101-00
311-1787-00
321-0231-00
321-0231-00
315-0821-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :20K OHM,10%,2W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .49K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .49K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :820 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
12697
91637
91637
01121

CB1015
470-CM40947
MFF181GG2490OF
MFF1816G24900F
CBS215

82145
82146
82147
82152
82153

321-0231-00
321-0255-00
315-0222-00
315-0911-00
315-0682-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .49K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .42K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :910 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :6 .8K OHM,5%,0 .25W

91637
91637
01121
01121
01121

MFF1816G24900F
MFF1816G44200F
CB2225
CB9115
CB6825

82154
821563
821563
821561
821561

315-0822-00
315-0152-00
315-0102-00
315-0152-00
315-0102-00

B010100
8010350
B010100
8010999

8010349

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :8 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,.5%,0.25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CBS225
CB1525
CB1025
CB1525
CB1025

821562
821573
821573

315-0102-00
315-0272-00
315-0222-00

B010100
8010350

8010349

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121

CB1025
CB2725
CB2225

B010100
8010130
8010100

8010129

B010100

8010129

8010130
B010100
8010170

8010169

8010998

OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W

1T922 only
2T922R only
3T921 only

6- 1 4

REV . A JULY 1977

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

_Ckt_Noo..

Tektronix Serial/Model No.
Part No . _ Eff_
Dsc_
ont

Name &Description _

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

R215T1
82157 1
R2157 2
82161
82162

315-0272-00
315-0222-00
315-0222-00
315-0272-00
315-0221-00

B010100 B010998RES
~
.,FXD,CMPSN:2 .7KOHM,5%,0 .25W
B010999 .
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:2 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:2 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:220 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2725
CB2225
CB2225
CB2725
CB2215

82163
82164
R2166
R2167
82172

315-0103-00
315-0222-00
315-0222-00
315-0203-00
315-0182-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :l0K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :2 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :2 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:20K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:I .8K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1035
CB2225
CB2225
CB2035
CB1825

82173
R2174
82175 3
82175 3
R2175 1

315-0751-00
315-0182-00
315-0512-00
315-0222-00
315-0512-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :750 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:I .8K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :5 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:5 .lK OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB7515
CB1825
CB5125
CB2225
CB5125

82175 1
82175 2
82176
82184
R2188

315-0222-00
315-0222-00
315-0182-00
321-0236-00
315-0752-00

B012650

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :2 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:2 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:I .8K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .8K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:7 .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
91637
01121

CB2225
CB2225
CB1825
MFF1816G28000F
CB7525

82223 3
82223 3
82223 1
82223 1
R2223 2

315-0152-00
315-0911-00
315-0152-00
315-0911-00
315-0911-00

B010100
B010350
B010100
B010999

B010349

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:l .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:910 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:I .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :910 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :910 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1525
CB9115
CB1525
CB9115
CB9115

822243
82224 3
82224 1
82224 1
82224 2

315-0272-00
315-0242-00
315-0272-00
315-0242-00
315-0242-00

B010100
B010350
B010100
B010999

B010349

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :2 .4K
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .4K
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :2 .4K

OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2725
CB2425
CB2725
CB2425
CB2425

R2226
82227 3
82227 3
R2227 1
R2227 1

315-0203-00
315-0132-00
315-0102-00
315-0132-00
315-0102-00

B010100
B010350
B010100
B010999

B010349

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :20K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :1 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2035
CB1325
CB1025
CB1325
CB1025

82227 2
82233
82235
82236
82237

315-0102-00
315-0122-00
315-0681-00
315-0680-00
315-0512-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :680 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :68 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :5 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1025
CB1225
CB6815
CB6805
CB5125

82243
82244
R2245
R2246
R2247

308-0212-00
321-0271-00
321-0326-00
315-0510-00
321-0312-00

RES.,FXD,WW :10K OHM,5%,3W
RES .,FXD,FILM :6 .49K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,FILM :24 .3K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,CDIPSN :51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,FILM :17 .4K OHM,1%,0 .125W

91637
91637
91637
01121
91637

CW2B-Bl0001J
MFF1816G64900F
MFF1816G24301F
CB5105
MFF1816G17401F

82252
R2253
82254 3
82254 3
82254 1

315-0100-00
321-0444-00
321-0377-00
321-0377-01
321-0377-00

B011699

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :10 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,FIL14 :412K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,FILM :82 .5K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :82 .5K OHM,0 .5%,0.125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :82 .5K OHM,1%,0 .125W

01121
91637
91637
91637
91637

CB1005
MFF1816G41202F
MFF1816GB2501F
MFF1816G82501D
MFF1816GS2501F

82254 1
82254 2
82255 3

321-0377-01
321-0377-01
321-0377-00

B010399

RES .,FXD,FILM :82.5K OHM,0 .5%,0.125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :82 .5K OHM,0 .5%,0.125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :82 .5K OHM,1%,0 .125W

91637
91637
91637

MFF1816G82501D
MFF1816G82501D
MFF1816G82501F

B010100
B010525
B010100

B010100
B010400
B010100

B010524
B012649

B010998

B010998

B010998

B010399

B011700
B010100

1T922 only
2T922R only
3 T921 only

REV . B JULY 1977

6- 1 5

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No .

Tektronix
Part No .

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
_

B010400
B010100
B011700

OHM,0.5%,0.125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,0.5%,0.125W
OHM,0 .5%,0.125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W

91637
91637
91637
9].637
91637

MFF1816GB2501D
MFF1816GB2501F
MFF1816G82501D
MFF1816G82501D
MFF1816G41201F

RES .,FXD,FILM
RES.,FXD,FILM
RES.,FXD,FILM
RES .,FXD,FILM
RES.,FXD,FILM

:8 .25K
:8 .25K
:8 .25K
:8 .25K
:8 .25K

OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,0 .5%,0.125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,0.5%,0.125W
OHM,0 .5%,0.125W

91637.
91637
91637
91637
91637

MFF1816GS250OF
MFF1816GB2500D
MFF1816GS250OF
MFF1816GB2500D
MFF1816GB2500D

8011699

RES .,FXD,FILM
RES.,FXD,FILM
RES .,FXD,FILM
RES.,FXD,FILM
RES.,FXD,FILM

:8 .25K
:8 .25K
:8 .25K
:8 .25K
:8 .25K

OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,0.5%,0 .125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,0.5%,0 .125W
OHM,0.5%,0 .125W

91637
91637
91637
91637
91637

MFF1816G82500F
MFF1816G82500D
MFF1816GS250OF
MFF1816G82500D
MFF1816GB2500D

B010399

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :6 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,FILM :2 .49M OHM,0.5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :825K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,FILM :825K OHM,0 .5%,0.125W
RES.,FXD,FILM :825K OHM,1%,0 .125W

01121
91637
91637
91637
91637

CB6225
HFF143G24903D
MFF1816GS2502F
MFF1816GS2502D
MFF1816G82502F

RES .,FXD,FILM
RES.,FXD,FILM
RES .,FXD,FILM
RES.,FXD,FILM
RES.,FXD,FILM

OHM,0 .5%,0.125W
OHM,0 .5%,0 .125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,0 .5%,0.125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W

91637
91637
91637
91637
91637

MFF1816G82502D
MFF1816G82502D
MFF1816G82502F
MFF1816G82502D
MFF1816GB2502F

RES .,FXD,FILM :825K OHM,0 .5%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,FILM :825K OHM,0 .5%,0.125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:l0K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:47K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:5 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W

91637
91637
01121
01121
01121

MFF1816G82502D
MFF1816G82502D
CB1035
CB4735
CB5125

RES.,FXD,FILM
RES.,FXD,FILM
RES.,FXD,FILM
RES .,FXD,FILM
RES.,FXD,FILM

R2257 1
82257 1
R2257 2
82257 2
R2257 3

321-0281-00
321-0281-01
321-0281-00
321-0281-01
321-0281-01

B010100
B010400
B010100
B011700

8010399

82258 1
822581
R2258 2
822582
82258 3

321-0281-00
321-0281-01
321-0281-00
321-0281-01
321-0281-01

B010100
B010400
B010100
B011700

B010399

82259
82262
822631
R22631
822632

315-0622-00
322-0519-01
321-0473-00
321-0473-01
321-0473-00

R2263 2
R2263 3
R2264 1
R2264 1
R2264 2

321-0473-01
321-0473-01
321-0473-00
321-0473-01
321-0473-00

B011700

82264 2
82264 3
82273
R2275
R2276

321-0473-01
321-0473-01
315-0103-00
315-0473-00
315-0512-00

B011700

82312 1
823121
R23121
823122
823122

321-0299-00
321-0298-00
321-0297-00
321-0299-00
321-0298-00

B010100
8010130
B010634
B010100
8010170

823122
R23123
82313
82315
82316

321-0297-00
321-0297-00
321-0279-00
315-0752-00
311-1788-00

8014319

82317
82322
82323
R2324
82325

315-0751-00
311-1789-00
321-0197-00
315-0162-00
315-0392-00

82326
82327
R2331 1
823312
823313

315-0332-00
315-0331-00
315-0912-00
315-0912-00
315-0912-00

823321
823321
823322

311-1814-00
311-1239=00
311-1814-00

B011699

B011699

B011699

B010399
B011699

8010129
8010633
B010169
8014318

XE010150
X8010600
B010100
8010250
B010100

Mfr Part Number

:82 .5K
:82 .5K
:82 .5K
:82 .5K
:41 .2K

82255 1
R2255 2
82255 2
R2255 3
R2256

B010100
B010400
B010100

Mfr
Code

RES.,FXD,FILM
RES .,FXD,FILM
RES .,FXD,FILM
RES.,FXD,FILM
RES .,FXD,FILM

321-0377-01
321-0377-00
321-0377-01
321-0377-01
321-0348-00

B010100
8010400
B010100

Name & Description

8010249
8010899

:825K
:825K
:825K
:825K
:825K

:12 .7K
:12 .4K
:12 .1K
:l2 .7K
:12 .4K

OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W

91637
91637
91637
91637
91637

MFF1816G12701F
MFF1816GI2401F
MFF1816G12101F
MFF1816G12701F
MFF1816G12401F

RES .,FXD,FILM :12 .1K
RES.,FXD,FILM :12 .lK
RES .,FXD,FILM :7 .87K
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :7 .5K
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :20K

OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,1%,0 .125W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,20%,2W

91637
91637
91637
01121
12697

MFF1816G12101F
MFF1816G12101F
MFF1816G78700F
CB7525
470-CM40948

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :750 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :100K OHM,10%,1W
RES .,FXD,FILM :l .1K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .6K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :3 .9K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
12697
91637
01121
01121

CB7515
381-CM40949
MFF181GG11000F
CB1625
CB3925

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :3 .3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :330 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :9 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :9 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :9 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB3325
CB3315
CB9125
CB9125
CB9125

RES .,VAR,NONWIR :2K OHM,20%,0 .50W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :2 .5K OHM,10%,0.50W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :2K OHM,20%,0 .50W

73138
73138
73138

91XR2K
72X-76-0252K
91XR2K

1T921 only
2 T922 only
3T922R only

6-1 6

REV . B JULY 1977

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Tektronix
Part No.

Ckt No.
82332 1
82332 2
82333
82334
82335

311-1239-00
311-1239-00
315-0202-00
315-0752-00
315-0753-00

82336
82337
82342
82344
82345

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
B010900

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

RES .,VAR,NONWIR :2 .5K OHM,108,0 .50W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :2 .5K OHM,10%,0.50W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :7 .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :75K OHM,S%,0 .25W

73138
73138
01121'
01121
01121

72x-76-0252K
72X-76-0252K
CB2025
CB7525
CB7535

315-0152-00
308-0334-00
315-0152-00
315-0753-00
315-0621-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,WW :7K OHM,1%,3W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :75K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :620 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
91637
01121
01121
01121

CB1525
RS2B-B70000H
CB1525
CB7535
CB6215

R2347
82352
R2353
82354
R2355

308-0334-00
315-0104-00
315-0622-00
315-0103-00
315-0202-00

RES .,FXD,WW :7K OHM,1%,3W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :l00K OHM,S%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:6 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:10K OHMS%,0.25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:2K OHM,5%,0 .25W

91637
01121
01121
01121
01121

RS2B-B70000H
CB1045
CB6225
CB1035
CB2025

82356 .
82357
82392 3
82392 3
R2392 1

315-0182-00
315-0752-00
301-0240-00
301-0270-00
301-0240-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:1 .8K OHM;58,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :7 .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :24 OHM,5%,0 .50W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :27 OHM,5%,0 .50W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :24 OHM,5%,0 .50W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1825
CB7525
EB2405
EB2705
EB2405

82392 1
82392 2
82401 2
82402 2
82404 2

301-0270-00
301-0270-00
315-0472-00
315-0472-00
315-0471-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :27 OHM,5%,0 .50W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :27 OHM,5%,0 .50W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :4 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :4 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :470 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

EB2705
EB2705
CB4725
CB4725
CB4715

R2405 2
82412 2
82413 2
82414 2
82415 2

315-0103-00
315-0133-00
315-0753-00
315-0133-00
315-0272-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :l0K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I3K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :75K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :13K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1035
CB1335
CB7535
CB1335
CB2725

82417 2
82421 2
R2422 2
824232
R24242

315-0471-00
315-0472-00
315-0473-00
315-0512-00
307-0106-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :470 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :4 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:5 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:4 .7 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB4715
CB4725
CB4735
CB5125
CB47G5

R24262
824272
824282
R24312
824322

315-0511-00
315-0430-00
315-0242-00
315-0153-00
315-0203-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :510 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:43 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:2 .4K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:I5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:20K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB5115
CB4305
CB2425
CB1535
CB2035

824332
R24342
R24372
840992
84102

315-0622-00
315-0221-00
315-0102-00
315-0470-00
315-0105-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :6 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :220 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :IM OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB6225
CB2215
CB1025
CB4705
CB1055

R4104
84105
R4106
84107
R4108

315-0241-00
321-0790-01
315-0180-00
321-1289-01
315-0330-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :240 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :990K OHM,0.5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :18 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :l0.lK OHM,0 .5%,0.125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :33 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
91637
01121
91637
01121

CB2415
HFF1104G99002D
CB1805
MFF1816G10101D
CB3305

84114
R4116
84117

321-0807-01
321-1389-01
315-0100-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :900K OHM,0 .5%,0.125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :111K OHM,0 .5%,0.125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :10 OHM,58,0 .25W

91637
91637
01121

HFF11OF90002D
MFF1816G11102D
CB1005

B010100
B010150
B010100
B010500

B010149
B010499

1T922 only
2T922R only
3T921 only

REV . B JULY 1977

6- 1 7

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921 /T922/T922R

Ckt No.

Tektronix
Part No.

84118
84122
84123
84126
84127

315-0151-00
321-0481-00
315-0474-00
321-0030-00
321-0030-00

841281
R41282
841283
841291
841292

315-0823-00
315-0823-00
315-0823-00
315-0122-00
315-0122-00

841293
84132
84133
84134
84136

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Nam e & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Nu mber

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :150 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :IM OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :470K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,FILM :20 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,FILM :20 OHM,1%,0 .125W

01121
91637
01121
91637
91637

CB1515
MFF1816Gl0003F
CB4745
MFF1816G20ROOF
MFF1816G20ROOF

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :82K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :82K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :82K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB8235
CB8235
CB8235
CB1225
CB1225

315-0122-00
311-1557-00
315-0153-00
315-0151-00
315-0152-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .2K OHMS%,0 .25W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :25K OHM,20%,0.50W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :15K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :150 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
73138
01121
01121
01121

CB1225
91A R25K
CB1535
CB1515
CB1525

R4137
84138
84143
R4144
84145

315-0152-00
321-0077-00
321-0062-00
321-0114-00
321-0771-01

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :61 .9 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :43 .2 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :150 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :50 OHM,0.5%,0 .125W

01121
91637
91637
91637
91637

CB1525
MFF1816G61R90F
MFF1816G43R20F
MFF1816G150ROF
MFF1816G50ROOD

84146
84147
84151
84152
84154

321-0771-01
321-0030-00
311-1563-00
311-1785-00
321-0225-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :50 OHM,0.5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :20 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :IK OHM,20%,0.50W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :IK OHM,5%,2W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .15K OHM,1%,0 .125W

91637
91637
73138
12697
91637

MFF1816G50ROOD
MFF1816G20ROOF
91A RlK
381-CM40945
MFF1816G21500F

84155
R4156
R4158
84161
84162

315-0152-00
321-0172-00
315-0113-00
321-0154-00
321-0070-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:I .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :604 OHM,1%,0 .125w
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:11K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :392 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :52 .3 OHM,1%,0 .125W

01121
91637
01121
91637
91637

CB1525
MFF1816G604ROF
CB1135
MFF1816G392ROF
MFF1816G52R30F

R4163
84164
84165
84166
84168

321-0072-00
321-0225-00
315-0152-00
321-0172-00
315-0912-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :54 .9 OHM,1%,0 .125w
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .15K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :I .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,FILM :604 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :9 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W

91637
91637
01121
91637
01121

MFF1816G54R90F
MFF1816G21500F
CB1525
MFF1816G604ROF
CB9125

84173
84174
R4175
841993
R42024

321-0039-00
315-0392-00
315-0392-00
315-0470-00
315-0105-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :24 .9 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :3 .9K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :3 .9K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IM OHM,5%,0 .25W

91637
01121
01121
01121
01121

MFF1816G24R90F
CB3925
C133925
CB4705
CB1055

842044
842054
142064
R42074
R42084

315-0241-00
321-0790-01
315-0180-00
321-1289-01
315-0330-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :240 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :990K OHM,0 .5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :18 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :10 .1K OHM,0 .5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :33 OHM,5%,0 .25w

01121
91637
01121
91637
01121

CB2415
HFF1104G99002D
CB1805
MFF1816G10101D
CB3305

842144
842164
R4217 4
842184
84222 4

321-0807-01
321-1389-01
315-0100-00
315-0151-00
321-0481-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :900K OHM,0.5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :111K OHM,0.5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :10 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :150 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :IM OHM,1%,0 .125w

91637
91637
01121
01121
91637

HFF11OF90002D
MFF1816G11102D
CB1005
CB1515
MFF1816G10003F

84223 4
84226 4
842274

315-0474-00
321-0030-00
321-0030-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:470K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :20 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :20 OHM,1%,0 .125W

01121
91637
91637

CB4745
MFF1816G20ROOF
MFF1816G20ROOF

XBO10340
XE011100
XBO10340
XBO11100

1T921 only
2T922 only
3T922R only
4T922 and T922R only

6-1 8

REV . A JULY 1977

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922101

Ckt No .

Tektronix
Part N o .

842281
842282
842291
R42292
842323

315-0823-00
315-0823-00
315-0122-00
315-0122-00
311-1557-00

842333
842343
842363
R42373
R42383

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dsc ont

Na me & Descri ption

XBO11100

Mfr
Code

Mf r Par t Nu mber

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :82K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :82K OHM,54,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :25K OHM,20%,0 .50W

01121
01121
.01121
01121
73138

CB8235
CB8235
CB1225
CB1225
91A R25K

315-0153-00
315-0151-00
315-0152-00
315-0152-00
321-0077-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :15K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :150 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1 .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :61.9 OHM,1%,0 .125W

01121
01121
01121
01121
91637

CB1535
CB1515
CB1525
CB1525
MFF1816GGIR90F

R42433
842443
842453
842463
842473

321-0062-00
321-0114-00
321-0771-01
321-0771-01
321-0030-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :43 .2 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :150 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :50 OHM,0.5%,0 .125w
RES .,FXD,FILM :50 OHM,0.5%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :20 OHM,1%,0 .125W

91637
91637
91637
91637
91637

MFF1816G43R20F
MFF1816G150ROF
MFF1816G50ROOD
MFF1816G50ROOD
MFF1816G20ROOF

84251 3
842523
842543
842553
842563

311-1563-00
311-1785-00
321-0225-00
315-0152-00
321-0172-00

RES .,VAR,NONWIR :IK OHM,20%,0 .50W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :IK OHM,5%,2W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .15K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :I .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :604 OHM,1%,0 .125w

73138
12697
91637
01121
91637

91A RlK
381-CM40945
MFF1816G21500F
CB1525
MFF1816G604ROF

842583
842613
842623
842633
842643

315-0113-00
321-0154-00
321-0070-00
321-0072-00
321-0225-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :l1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :392 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :52 .3 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :54 .9 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .15K OHM,1%,0 .125W

01121
91637
91637
91637
91637

CB1135
MFF1816G392ROF
MFF1816G52R30F
MFF1816G54R90F
MFF1816G21500F

842653
R42663
842683
842733
842743

315-0152-00
321-0172-00
315-0912-00
321-0039-00
315-0392-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :1 .5K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :604 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:9 .1K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :24 .9 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:3 .9K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
91637
01121
91637
01121

CB1525
MFF1816G604ROF
CB9125
MFF1816G24R90F
CB3925

84275 3
R43021
R43021
843022
R43031

315-0392-00
315-0361-00
321-0150-00
321-0150-00
315-0431-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:3 .9K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:360 OHM,5%,0 .25w
RES .,FXD,FILM :357 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :357 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:430 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
91637
91637
01121

CB3925
CB3615
MFF1816G357ROF
MFF1816G357ROF
CB4315

R43031
843032
84306
84307
843163

321-0158-00
321-0158-00
311-1787-00
315-0203-00
311-1787-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :432 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :432 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :20K OHM,10%,2W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :20K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :20K OHM,10%,2W

91637
91637
12697
01121
12697

MFF1816G432ROF
MFF1816G432ROF
470-CM40947
CB2035
470-CM40947

R43173
84322
84323
R4324
R4325

315-0203-00
321-0276-00
321-0276-00
321-0170-00
321-0172-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:20K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :7 .32K OHM,l%,0 .125w
RES .,FXD,FILM :7 .32K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :576 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,FILM :604 OHM,1%,0 .125W

01121
91637
91637
91637
91637

CB2035
MFF1816G73200F
MFF1816G73200F
MFF1816G576ROF
MFF1816G604ROF

84326
84327
84328
84333
R4334

321-0172-00
321-0157-00
321-0222-00
315-0473-00
311-1557-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :604 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,FILM :422 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,FILM :2K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,VAR,NONWIR :25K OHM,20%,O .50W

91637
91637
91637
01121
73138

MFF1816G604ROF
MFF1816G422ROF
MFF1816G20000F
CB4735
91A R25K

R4336
84337
84338

321-0222-00
315-0750-00
315-0102-00

RES.,FXD,FILM :2K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :75 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W

91637
01121
01121

MFF1816G20000F
CB7505
CB1025

XBO11100

B010100
B010500

B010499

B010100

B010499

B010500

'

1T922 only
2T922R only
3T922 and T922R only .

REV . B JULY 1977

6- 1 9

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No .

Tektronix
Pa rt No .

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

84342
84344
R4346
84347
84348

321-0222-00
311-1557-00
321-0222-00
315-0750-00
315-0102-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :2K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,VAR,NONWIR :25K OHM,20%,0.50W
RES .,FXD,FILM :2K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :75 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W

91637
73138
91637
01121
01121

MFF1816G20000F
91A R25K
MFF1816G20000F
CB7505
CB1025

84349
R43641
843652
843663
84366

315-0101-00
315-0472-00
315-0472-00
315-0471-00
315-0471-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :4 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :4 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :470 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :470 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1015
CB4725
CB4725
CB4715
CB4715

843672
843682
84368
R43682
R4369

315-0621-00
315-0101-00
315-0241-00
315-0241-00
315-0101-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :620
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :240
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :240
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :100

OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W
OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB6215
CB1015
CB2415
C132415
CB1015

843693
R43692
84370
R43703
84371

315-0241-00
315-0241-00
315-0471-00
315-0471-00
315-0102-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:240 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :240 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :470 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :470 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2415
CB2415
CB4715
CB4715
CB1025

843721
843731
843741
84375 2
R43752

315-0272-00
315-0103-00
315-0103-00
315-0202-00
315-0272-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :10K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :10K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2725
CB1035
CB1035
CB2025
CB2725

R43752
84377
84377 2
84377 3
84382 1

315-0272-00
315-0202-00
315-0272-00
315-0272-00
315-0472-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :2 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :4 .7K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB2725
CB2025
CB2725
CB2725
CB4725

R4384 2
84384 3
R4385 2
R4385 2
R4385 3

315-0102-00
315-0102-00
315-0153-00
315-0622-00
315-0622-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :IK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :lK OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :15K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :6 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :6 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB1025
CB1025
CB1535
CB6225
CB6225

84386 1
843921
84394
84395
R4396

315-0301-00
315-0510-00
315-0470-00
315-0470-00
315-0470-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :300 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:51 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121
01121
01121
01121

CB3015
CB5105
CB4705
CB4705
CB4705

843971

315-0470-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121

CB4705

5100
5700
5701
5705
S19983

260-1421-00
260-1768-00
260-1776-00
260-1776-00
260-1363-00

SWITCH,PUSH :1 STA,MOMENTARY,NON-SHORT
SWITCH,PUSH :DPDT,3A,125VAC
SWITCH,SLIDE :DPDT,3A,125VAC
SWITCH,SLIDE :DPDT,3A,125VAC
SWITCH,PUSH :6 PDT,PUSH-PUSH

80009
82389
80009
80009
80009

260-1421-00
145-7102C
260-1776-00
260-1776-00
260-1363-00

521004
521004
521002
S21002
521003

214-2288-01
214-2288-02
214-2288-01
214-2288-02
214-2288-02

LEVER SWITCH :STYLE
LEVER,SWITCH :STYLE
LEVER SWITCH :STYLE
LEVER,SWITCH :STYLE
LEVER,SWITCH :STYLE

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

214-2288-01
214-2288-02
214-2288-01
214-2288-02
214-2288-02

52140

260-1445-01

80009

260-1445-01

XBO10500

B010100
B010500

B010499

B010100

B010499

B010500
XBO10500

B010100
B010500

B010499

B010100
B010500

B010499

XBO10500
B010100
B010500

B010100
B010130
B010100
B010170

B010499

B010129
B010169

A,17 .5
A,17 .5
A,17 .5
A,17 .5
A,17 .5

SWITCH,PUSH:l BUTTON

DEG W/CONTACTS
DEG,W/CONTACTS
DEG W/CONTACTS
DEG,W/CONTACTS
DEG,W/CONTACTS

1T922 and T922R only
2T922 only
3T922R only
4T921 only

6-20

REV. D JULY 1977

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921 /T922/T922R

Ckt No .
521501
52150 1
82150 2
S2150 2
521503

Tektronix
Part No .
214-2289-01
214-2289-02
214-2289-01
214-2289-02
214-2289-02

Serial/Model No .
Dscont
Eff
B010100
8010130
B010100
B010170

B010129
B010169

Mfr
Code

Name & Descri ption
LEVER SWITCH :STYLE
LEVER,SWITCH :STYLE
LEVER SWITCII :STYLE
LEVER,SWITCH :STYLE
LEVER,SWITCH :STYLE

B,W/CONTACTS
B,W/CONTACTS
B,W/CONTACTS
B,W/CONTACTS
B,W/CONTACTS

Mfr Part Number

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

214-2289-01
214-2289-02
214-2289-01
214-2289-02
214-2289-02

SWITCH,PUSH :2 STA,NON-SHORT
SWITCH,PUSH :DPDT
SWITCH,PUSH :6 PDT,PUSH-PUSH
DRUM,CAM SWITCH :W/LEVER

80009
80009
80009
80009

260-1465-00
260-1208-00
260-1363-00
105-0678-00

DRUM,CAM
DRUM,CAM
DRUM,CAM
DRUM,CAM
DRUM,CAM

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

105-0678-01
105-0678-00
105-0678-01
105-0678-00
105-0678-01

DRUM,CAM SWITCH :
SWITCH,PUSH :6 PDT,PUSH-PUSH
DRUM,CAP-1 SWITCH :W/LEVER
DRUM,CAM SWITCH :W/LEVER
DRUM,CAM SWITCH :W/LEVER

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

105-0679-00
260-1363-00
105-0678-00
015-0678-02
105-0678-00

DRUM,CAM SWITCH :W/LEVER
DRUM,CAM SWITCH :
SWITCH,PUSH :3 BUTTO^I,DPDT,1OP'.M

80009
80009
80009

105-0678-02
105-0679-00
260-1782-00

822504
S2400A,B 3 260-1465-00
260-1208-00
52408 3
54099 3
260-1363-00
105-0678-00
54100 1

B010100

S4100 1
S4100 2
54100 2
54100 3
54100 3

105-0678-01
105-0678-00
105-0678-01
105-0678-00
105-0678-01

B010550
B010100
B013441
B010100
B010230

S4110
84199 3
54200 2
54200 2
54200 3

105-0679-00
260-1363-00
105-0678-00
105-0678-02
105-0678-00

54200 3
54210 5
54370 5

105-0678-02
105-0679-00
260-1782-00

T460
T700

120-0996-00
120-0994-00

XFMR,PWR,STU :HIGH VOLTAGE
XFMR,PWR,STPDN :

80009
80009

120-0996-00
120-0994-00

U24
U460
U742A,B
U2126A-E
U2156A-D

156-0067-10
L UCk t
1141
152-0637-02 6
156-0158-02
156-0197-03 LM VO
156-0030-00

MICROCIRCUIT,LI :OPERATIONAL AMPLIFIER
SEMICOND DEVICE :SI,HV MULTR,6 .6KV-lOKV
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :DUAL OPERATIO17AL AMPLIFIER
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :5-XSTR ARRAY
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :QUAD 2-INPUT AND GATE

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

156-0067-10
152-0637-02
156-0158-02
156-0197-03
156-0030-00

U2212A-D 156-0030-00 t4q(60Z-VIF
U2224A,B 156-0405-01
B010100 B010499
U2234A-D 2 156-0030-00
B010500 B010999
U2234A-D 2156-0113-00
B011000
U2234A-D 2156-0030-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :OUAD
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :QUAD
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :OUAD
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :QUAD

2-INPUT AND GATE
RETRIG ONE-SHOT
2-INPUT POS HAND GATE
2-INPUT POS NAND GATE
2-INPUT POS NAND GATE

80009
80009
01295
80009
01295

156-0030-00
156-0405-01
SN740ON
156-0113-00
SN740ON

U2234A-D 3156-0030-00
U2234A-D 1156-0030-00
U2234A-D 1156-0113-00
U2234A-D 1156-0030-00
U2402A,B 3156-0041-03

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :QUAD
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :OUAD
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :OUAD
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :OUAD
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL

2-INPUT POS NAND
2-INPUT POS NAND
2-INPUT POS NAND
2-INPUT POS NAND
D-TYPE,FLIP-FLOP

01295
01295
80009
01295
80009

SN740ON
SN740ON
156-0113-00
SN740ON
156-0041-03

MICROCIRCUIT,LI :S-XSTR ARRAY
MICROCIRCUIT,LI :5-XSTR ARRAY
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :DUAL D-TYPE FLIP-FLOP
MICROCIRCUIT,DI :QUAD 2-INPUT AND GATE

80009
80009
27014
80009

156-0197-03
156-0197-03
DM7474N
156-0030-01

U4134A-D 156-0197-03
U4234A-D 156-0197-03
U4364A,B 5156-0041-00
U4376A-D 5 156-0030-01

B010100
B013441
B010100

B010549
B013440
B010229

B013440
B010229

B010230

B010100
B010150
B010300

LIA

B010149
B010299

30 ~~

0

SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH

:AC-DC GND,CHANNEL 1
:W/LEVER
:AC-DC GND,CHANNEL 1
:W/LEVER
:AC-DC GND,CHANNEL 1

GATE
GATE
GATE
GATE

V470

154-0729-00

ELECTRON TUBE :P31,INT SCALE,

80009

154-0729-00

VR412
VR746
VR762
VR784
VR818 3

152-0280-00
152-0306-00
152-0195-00
152-0293-00
152-0241-00

SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

80009
81483
80009
04713
04713

152-0280-00
1N960B
152-0195-00
1N3032B
1N973B

VR2123 1

152-0279-00

80009

152-0279-00

B010100

B010149

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

:ZENER,0 .4W,6 .2V,5%
:ZENER,0 .4W,9 .1V,5%
:ZENER,0 .4W,5 .1V,5%
:ZENER,1W,33V,5%
:ZENER,0 .4W,33V,5%

SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,0 .4W,S .1V,5%

1T921 only
2T922 only
3T922R only
4Replaceable only under A13, 672-0524-00 .
5T922 and T922R only

6-2 1

Replaceable Electrical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Ckt No .

Tektronix
Part No .

VR2123 1
VR2123 2
VR2123 2
VR2123 3
VR2392

152-0226-00
152-0279-00
152-0226-00
152-0226-00
152-0279-00

VR2401 3
VR4367
VR4392 4

152-0278-00
152-0395-00
152-0279-00

1T921 only
2T922 only
3 T922R only
4 T922 and T922R only

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont
B010150
B010100
B010500

B010499

Name & Description
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND
SEMICOND

DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE
DEVICE

:ZENER,0 .4W,5 .1V,5%
:ZENER,0 .4W,5 .1V,5%
:ZENER,0 .4W,5 .1V,5%
:ZENER,0 .4W,5 .1V,5%
:ZENER,0 .4W,5 .1V,5%

SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,0 .4W,3V,5%
SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,0 .4W,4 .3V,5%
SEMICOND DEVICE :ZENER,0 .4W,5 .1V,5%

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

81483 69-6584
80009 152-0279-00
81483 69-6584
81483 69-6584
80009 152-0279-00
07910'
04713
80009

1N4372A
1N749A
152-0279-00

T921/T922/T922R

OPTIONS
Your instrument may be equipped with one or more options. This section describes those options,
or directs the reader to where the option is documented .

Option 1

Differential Mode

Described in this Section

(Schematic diagrams for Option 1 are included at the end of the Diagrams section in this manual .)

Options-T921/T922/T922R

T922/T922R OPTION 1 DIFFERENTIAL MODE

NOTE
This description includes the operation and
maintenance of the added features of Option 1. For
all other information concerning the T922 or T922R,
refer to the appropriate section of this manual.
Schematic Diagrams for Option 1 are included at the
end of the Diagrams section in this manual.

OPERATING INFORMATION

also be used in conjunction with other mode buttons to
provide a variety of modes as shown in the table .

DIFF Mode Operation
To operate the instrument in the DIFF mode, perform
the appropriate First Time Operation steps in Section 2 of
this manual, then :
1 . Connect the signal you wish to view to CH 1 input.

Introduction
The T922 or T922R Option 1 includes a fourth vertical
mode pushbutton (labeled DIFF) which, when pressed in
alone, inverts the CH 2 signal and displays the sum of the
CH 1 and CH 2 signals. (If the DUAL TRACE button is
pressed along with the DIFF button, CH 2 is inverted and
each signal is displayed but not summed .) The algebraic
sum (difference) of the CH 1 and CH 2 signals is a useful
feature for rejecting unwanted common-mode signals
such as line-frequency components . The DIFF button may

2. Connect a sample of the unwanted signal to CH 2
input.
3. Set: Vertical Mode

DIFF

SOURCE

For desired trigger
condition

4. Adjust the CH 1 and CH 2 VOLTS/DIV and VAR
controls to obtain the desired display (null of commonmode signal) .

Option 1 Vertical Modes
(button in and display normal unless otherwise stated)
Vertical Mode Bu tton
__

DIFF & CH 2
DUAL TRACE & DIFF
DUAL TRACE, DI FF ,& CH _2__
DUAL TRACE & CH 2
CH 1 ,& CH 2
DI FF
All Buttons Out

Displayed Signal
CH 2 Inverted
CH 1 and Inverted CH 2
CH 1 and Inverted CH 2
CH 1 and CH 2
CH 1 & CH 2 Alternate
Differential (CH 1 - CH 2)
CH 1 & CH 2 Added

Internal Trigger Source
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH
CH

2
1
2
2
2
1
1

__
_

Option 1 Page 1

Options-T92 1/T922/T922R

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Introduction
The following paragraphs describe circuitry unique to
Option 1 . Refer to the Circuit Description section of this
manual for a description of those portions of the circuitry
that are unchanged by Option 1 . Note that numbering of
the terminals and sections of several integrated circuits in
Option 1 differs from their counterparts in the standard
instrument .
Refer to the Option 1 schematic diagrams at the back of
the Diagrams section of this manual for circuitry discussed in this circuit description .
Digital Logic devices are used to perform some of the
functions in this instrument . LO and HI designations are
used in this circuit description to indicate the state of the
digital circuit . HI indicates the more positive of the two
levels . The specific voltages which constitute LO and HI
logic states, may vary between individual devices .

Preamplifier

The buffer stages 04302 and 04303 isolate the channel
1 preamplifier from the switching diodes and from the
delay line driver .
The channel 2 preamplifier is isolated from the
switching diodes and the delay line driver by transistors
04310 and 04311 or transistors 04312 and 04313.
For a normal display (DIFF button not depressed), the
channel 2 signal is passed through 04312 and 0431'3 to
the switching diodes . Vertical Mode switch S4370 connects approximately +4 .4 V from R4302, R4303, and
R4313 through R4312 to the bases of 04312 and 04313. At
the same time, +8 V is connected to 04310 and 04311
through R4311 and R4310. This biases off 04310 and
04311 .
For a DIFF display (DIFF button depressed), the
channel 2 signal passes through 04310 and 04311 to the
switching diodes . S4370 connects +4 .4 V from R4302,
R4303, R4311, and R4310 to the bases of 04310 and
04311 . This biases on 04310 and 04311 . At the same time*
+8 V is connected to the bases of 04312 and 04313
through R4313 and R4312. This biases off 04312 and
04313. The signal that was normally supplied to CR4314,
through 04312, is now supplied to CR4315 through
04310. The signal normally supplied to CR4315, through
04313, is now supplied to CR4314 through 04311 . The
resulting display is the difference between the signals
applied to the CH 1 and CH 2 inputs (CH 1 minus CH 2) .

Option 1 Page 2

Vertical Switching

The vertical switching circuit determines whether
CH 1, CH 2, or both CH 1 and CH 2 are connected to the
delay line driver stage. This circuit is controlled by the
Vertical Mode switch . In the DUAL TRACE alternate or
chopped modes, both channels are alternately displayed
on a time shared basis. In the DIFF mode, the channel 2
signal is inverted and both channels are connected to the
delay line driver stage at the same time .
The diode gates, consisting of four diodes each, act as
switches that allow either or both of the vertical
preamplifier signals to be coupled to the delay line driver .
Diodes CR4302, CR4303, CR4304, and CR4305 control the
channel 1 output and CR4312, CR4313, CR4314, and
CR4315 control the channel 2 output . These diodes are
controlled by U4364B, U4360 respectively, and by the
Vertical Mode switch, S4370.

CH 1 Mode : When the Vertical Mode switch is in the
CH 1 position, pin 11 of U4360D is held LO causing pin 13
of U4364B to go HI . At the same time pins 2 and 3 of
U4360A are H I causing pin 10 of U4364B to go LO . A LO on
pin 10 and a HI on pin 13 of U436413 causes pin 9 to go HI
and pin 8 to go LO . A HI at pin 9 (a voltage higher than at
the bases of 04322 and 04324) reverse biases CR4302 and
CR4303 and forward biases CR4304 and CR4305 . This
allows the channel 1 signal to pass to the delay line driver .
When pin 9 is HI, pin 8 is LO, causing the cathodes of
CR4312 and CR4313 to be connected to a voltage much
lower than on the bases of 04322 and 04324. Diodes
CR4312 and CR4313 are now forward biased and CR4314
and CR4315 are reverse biased . This prevents the channel
2 signal from passing to the delay line driver .
CH 2 Mode : In the channel 2 mode, the above
conditions are reversed, passing the channel 2 signal and
blocking the channel 1 signal .
DIFF Mode : In the DIFF mode, pin 11 of U4360D and
pins 2 and 3 of U4360A are HI, causing pins 10 and 13 of
U4364B to go low. This in turn makes pins 8 and 9 of
U4364B go HI . Diodes CR4302, CR4303, CR4312, and
CR4313 are no longer reverse biased, and CR4304,
CR4305, CR4314, and CR4315 are also forward biased .
This allows both channel 1 and channel 2 signals to pass
on to the delay line driver stage. The -8 V supplied via
S4370 to R4320 and R4321 provides sufficient current to
keep both diode gates turned on without altering the do
levels of the delay line driver .
DUAL TRACE Mode : In the DUAL TRACE mode,
channel 1 and channel 2 are alternately connected to the ~
delay line driver . There are two dual trace modes: chopped
and alternate. These modes are determined by the

Options-T92 1 /T922/T922R
SEC/DIV switch setting . Chopped mode is obtained for
sweep speeds of 1 ms and slower; alternate mode is
obtained for sweep speeds of 0.5 ms and faster .
In the DUAL TRACE mode CR4360 and CR4361 are
forward biased so that pins 10 and 13 of U4364B are HI .
This allows U4364B to change state upon arrival of a clock
pulse.
In the chopped mode, pin 1 of U4376A is ungrounded,
allowing the multivibrator, U4376A and U4376B, to free
run at about 500 kHz. The output at pin 11 of U4376D
serves as a clock pulse for U4364B . The state of U4364B
changes on each negative transition of U4376D pin 11 .
Pins 8 and 9 of U4364B switch the diode gates at a 250 kHz
rate .
The clock pulse is also fed to U4364A which provides an
output pulse to the Z-axis amplifier to blank out the
transitions between channel 1 and channel 2 traces .
U4364A, U4376C and associated components form a oneshot . If pin 1 of U4364A goes LO, the output pin 5 is set LO,
causing pin 8 of U4376C to go HI . This in turn causes pin 1
of U4364A to go HI after being delayed by C4386 charging
through R4386.
The clock pulse applied to pin 3 of U4364A causes pin
5 to go HI, which, after inversion and some delay, moves
pin 1 LO again . This causes pin 5 to go LO again . The
positive-going voltage pulse (whose width is determined
by R4386 and C4386) is converted to current by R4385 and
sent to the Z-axis amplifier to blank switching transients .
In the alternate mode, pin 1 of U4376A is grounded,
preventing multivibrator operation, thus keeping pin 12 of
U4376D HI . At the end of each sweep, the base of 04372
receives a current pulse driving it into saturation . The
resulting negative-going pulse at the collector is fed
through C4372 to pin 13 of U4376D, causing pin 11 to go
HI . This in turn switches U4364B to pass either channel 1
or channel 2 to the delay line driver at the end of each
sweep. Pin 2 of U4364A is grounded through the SEC/DIV
switch and prevents an output at pin 5.
For a discussion of the Delay Line and the Delay Line
Driver circuits, refer to the Circuit Description section of
this manual .
Trigger Pickoff: The Vertical Mode switch also selects
the appropriate internal triggering source for channel 1
and channel 2. With the Vertical Mode switch set to CH 1,
DUAL TRACE, or DIFF, CR4364 is forward biased and the
signal from the channel 1 trigger pickoff goes to the sweep
circuit. In these modes, CR4362 is connected to -8 volts,
thus reverse biasing CR4366, preventing the channel 2

trigger signal from entering the trigger input amplifier.
With the Vertical Mode switch set to CH 2, CR4366
becomes forward biased while CR4364 is reverse biased,
because CR4363 is now connected to -8 volts. Refer to the
Circuit Description section of this manual for a discussion
of the rest of the Trigger Pickoff circuitry, which is
common to all versions of the T922 or T922R.

CMRR PERFORMANCE CHECK
(Perform after Step 7 of Section 3,
PERFORMANCE CHECK)
Equipment Required

(See Table 3-1 in Section 3 of this manual for equipment
specifications and recommended types.)
1 . Sine-Wave Generator
2. 50 0 BNC Cable
3. 50 0 BNC Termination
4. 50 0 BNC Dual-Input Coupler
Equipment Setup

Connect the sine-wave generator to the CH 1 and CH 2
inputs via a 50 0 bnc cable, 50 f2 bnc termination, and
dual-input coupler.
Procedure
1 . Set: Vertical Mode

CH 1

CH 1 and CH 2
VOLTS/DIV

5 mV

CH 1 and CH 2
AC-GND-DC

AC

SOURCE

INT

MODE

AUTO

2; Set generator to 50 kHz. Adjust generator for a sixdivision display.
3. Set Vertical Mode to DIFF.
4. Adjust one of the VAR VOLTS/DIV controls for
minimum vertical deflection (best CMRR) .
5. Without readjusting generator amplitude,
generator frequency to 5 MHz.

set

6. CHECK-Vertical deflection is 0.6 division or less .

Option 1 Page 3

Options-T921 /T922/T922R

DIFFERENTIAL BALANCE ADJUSTMENT
(Perform after Step 6 of VERTICAL
AMPLIFIER ADJUSTMENTS)
1 . Set: CH 1 and CH 2
AC-GND-DC
Vertical Mode

GND
CH 1

2. Adjust CH 1 POSITION to move the trace to the
center horizontal graticule line .

3. Set : Vertical Mode
CH 2 POSITION

CH 2
Midrange

4 . ADJUST-Differential Balance, R4259 . Alternately
push the CH 2 and DIFF buttons. The adjustment is
correct when there is no vertical trace shift while alternately pushing the CH 2 and DIFF buttons. You may need to
readjust the CH 2 POSITION control to keep the trace on
the screen .

FRONT

(1982 )1981-20

Fig. Option 1-1. Adjustment locations.

Option 1 Page 4

Options-T921 /T922/T922R

Tektronix

Ckt No .

Part No .

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

CHANGE TO :

A8

670-4389-00

CKT BOARD ASSY :VERTICAL

C4155
C4165
C4255
C4265

281-0788-00
281-0788-00
281-0788-00
281-0788-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

94322
04324

151-0434-00
151-0434-00

R4174
R4175
R4256
R4302
R4303

DI :47OPF,10%,100V
DI :470PF,10%,l00V
DI :470PF,10%,100V
DI :47OPF,10%,100V

. 80009

670-4389-00

72982
72982
72982
72982

8005H9AADW5R471K
8005H9AADW5R471K
8005H9AADW5R471K
8005H9AADW5R471K

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP

80009
80009

151-0434-00
151-0434-00

321-0251-00
321-0251-00
321-0170-00
321-0169-00
321-0158-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .02K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :4 .02K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :576 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILb1 :562 OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FIL24 :432 OHM,1%,0 .125W

91637
91637
91637
91637
91637

MFF1816G40200F
MFF1816G40200F
MFF1816G576ROF
MFF1816G562ROF
MFF1816G432ROF

R4392

315-0390-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :39 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121

CB3905

84370

260-1823-00

SWITCH,PUSH :VERTICLE MODE,2 POLE INTLK

80009

260-1823-00

C4303
C4368

283-0111-00
283-0103-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,CER DI :180PF,5%,500V

72982
56289

8121-NO88ZSU104M
40C638

CR4360
CR4361

152-0141-02
152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA
SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA

07910
07910

1N4152
1N4152

94310
94311

151-0199-00
151-0199-00

TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP
TRANSISTOR :SILICON,PNP

27014
27014

ST65038
ST65038

R4128
R4129
R4228
R4229
R4259

315-0823-00
315-0122-00
315-0823-00
315-0122-00
311-1568-00

RES.,FXD,CMPSN :82K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :1 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :82K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,FXD,CMPSN :1 .2K OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES.,VAR,NObTWIR :50 OH14,20%,0 .50W

01121
01121
01121
01121
73138

CB8235
C131225
CB8235
CB1225
91A R50

R4301
R4310
R4311
R4312
R4313

315-0101-00
315-0101-00
321-0193-00
315-0101-00
321-0193-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :1K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :100 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,FILM :IK OHM,1%,0 .125W

01121
01121
91637
01121
91637

CB1015
CB1015
MFF1816G10000F
CB1015
MFF1616G10000F

R4320
R4321
R4358
R4366
R4370

321-0263-00
321-0263-00
315-0241-00
315-0471-00
315-0471-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :5 .36K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,FILM :5 .36K OHM,1%,0 .125W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:240 OHM,58,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN:470 OHM,5%,0 .25W

91637
91637
01121
01121
01121

MFF1816G53600F
MFF1816G53600F
CB2415
CB4715
CB4715

R4380

315-0472-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN:4 .7K OHP4,5%,0 .25W

01121

CB4725

U4360

156-0043-00

MICROCIRCUIT,DI :OUAD 2-INPUT POS NOR GATE

80009

156-0043-00

ADD :

Option 1 Page 5

Options-T921 /T922/T922R

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Tektronix
Part No .

Ckt No .

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

72982
72982
72962
72982
72982

390049X5PO470K
390049X5PO470K
8005H9AADWSR103K
8005H9AADW5R103K
8121-N088ZSU104M

REMOVE :
C4143
C4243
C4362
C4363
C4365

281-0763-00
281-0763-00
281-0773-00
281-0773-00
283-0111-00

CAP.,FXD,CER
CAPFXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER
CAP.,FXD,CER

DI :47PF,10%,100V
DI :47PF,109,100V
DI :0,01UF,l0%,l00V
DI :O .O1UF,l0%,lQOV
DI :O .lUF,20%,50V

C4366
C4397

283-0111-00
283-0111-00

CAP.,FXD,CER DI :O .lUF,20%,50V
CAP.,FXD,C£R DI :O .lUF,20%,50V

72982
72982

8121-N088ZSU104M
8121-NO88Z5U104M

R4395
R4397

315-0470-00
315-0470-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W
RES .,FXD,CMPSN :47 OHM,5%,0 .25W

01121
01121

CB4705
CB4705

1 Changes to Standard T922 or T922R when instrument is equipped with option 1 .
all serial numbers of option 1 unless otherwise stated .

Fig . &
Index
No .

Tektronix
Part No .

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Qty

1 2 3 4 5

Applies to

Name & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

ADD :
-57
-61

1
1

PUSH BUTTON :GRAY
FRAME,PUSH BTN :PLASTIC

80009
80009

366-1559-00
426-1072-00

333-2040-00

1

PANEL,FRONT :VERTICAL

80009

333-2040-00

333-2150-00
384-1136-00

1
1

PANEL,FRONT :VERTICAL
EXTENSION SHAFT :0 .95 INCH LONG

80009
80009

333-2150-00
384-1136-00

1
1

LINK,TERM CONNE :22 AWG,2 .25" LONG
LINK,TERM .CONNE :0 .086 DIA X 2 .375 INCH L

80009
55210

131-1817-00
ERD-18TO

366-1559-00
426-1072-00

DELETE :
-63
ADD :
-63
-91

DELETE :
-95
-95

131-1817-00'
131-0566-00

Option 1 Page 6

Section 7-T921/T922/T922R

DIAGRAMS AND CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Symbols and Reference Designators

otherwise :
Electrical components shown on the diagrams are in the following units unless noted
Capacitors = Values one or greater are in picofarads (PF) .
Values less than one are in microfarads (pF) .
Ohms Q)
Resistors =
Graphic symbols and class designation letters are based on ANSI Standard Y32.2-1975.
depict the logic
Logic symbology is based on ANSI Y32.14-1973 in terms of positive logic . Logic symbols
the
manufacturer's
data
.
may
differ
from
function performed and
to the low state .
The overline on a signal name indicates that the signal performs its intended function when it goes
Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1 .1-1972.
are :
Other ANSI standards that are used in the preparation of diagrams by Tektronix, Inc.
Y14.15,1966
Y14.2, 1973
Y10.5, 1968

Drafting Practices.
Line Conventions and Lettering .
Letter Symbols for Quantities Used in Electrical Science and
Electrical Engineering .

assemblies on the diagrams .
The following prefix letters are used as reference designators to identify components or
A
AT
B
BT
C
CB
CR
DL
DS
E
F
FL

Assembly, separable or repairable
(circuit board, etc)
Attenuator, fixed or variable
Motor
Battery
Capacitor, fixed or variable
Circuit breaker
Diode, signal or rectifier
Delay line
Indicating device (lamp)
Spark Gap, Ferrite bead
Fuse
Filter

H

HR
HY
J
K
L
M
P
D
R
FIT

S
T
TC
TP
U

Heat dissipating device (heat sink,
heat radiator, etc)
Heater
Hybrid circuit
Connector, stationary portion
Relay
Inductor, fixed or variable
Meter
Connector, movable portion
Transistor or silicon-controlled
rectifier
Resistor, fixed or variable
Thermistor

V
VR
W
Y
z

Plug to E.C . Board

The following special symbols may appear on the diagrams :

Identifies Panel
Controls, Connectors and
Indicators

FB_0
BAL.

Cam Switch
Closure Chart
(Dot indicates
switch closure)

Switch or contactor
Transformer
Thermocouple
Test point
Assembly, inseparable or non-repairable'
(integrated circuit, etc .)
Electron tube
Voltage regulator (zener diode, etc .)
Wirestrap or cable
Crystal
Phase shifter

KA.*
50k

' Parts List(Depicted

or with grey outline)

in grey,

Plug Index

Shielding
Heat Sink

Decoupled or Filtered
Voltage
Etched Circuit Board
Outlined in Black

VERTICAL AMPLIFIER

REV. B JUL 1977

Circuit Description-T921/T922/T922R

BLOCK DIAGRAM DESCRIPTION
Most of the circuitry described in this section is common to the T921, T922, and T922R . References to channel 2, dual trace,
chop mode, and vertical switching do not pertain to T921 . The T922R circuitry that differs from the bench version T922 is
described with the three diagrams at the end of this section .

VERTICAL INPUT
Signals to be displayed on the crt are applied to either the
channel 1 (Y) or channel 2 input connector . The input signals are
amplified by the preamplifier circuits . Each preamplifier circuit
includes separate input coupling, attenuators, gain switching,
variable attenuators, balance, and gain adjustments .

The selected trigger signal is amplified and inverted by the
Trigger Input Amplifier . The trigger signal passes through
coupling capacitor C2132 to the Trigger Level Comparator, which
determines the voltage level (on the trigger waveform) at which
triggering occurs . The SLOPE switch selects the slope or sync
(TV) polarity . The Trigger Level comparatoralso supplies asignal
to the TV Sync Separator circuit .

A Trigger Pickoff circuit in each channel supplies a sample of
the vertical input signal to the Trigger Input Amplifier via the
Trigger Switching circuit and the SOURCE switch .

Two Schmitt Trigger circuits produce the logic trigger signal ;
one is for conventional trigger signals and the other is for TV
signals . The MODE switch selects which Schmitt Trigger circuit is
operating .

VERTICAL SWITCHING

SWEEP AND HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIER

The Vertical Mode switch selects which channel supplies the
trigger signal . The vertical signal passes through the Input Buffer
Amplfiier circuit which isolates the preamplifier circuits from the
Delay Line Driver . In the T922, the output of each Input Buffer
Amplifier is connected to the Delay Line Driver through a Diode
Gate circuit . The Diode Gate circuits are controlled by the
Vertical Switching circuit to select the channel(s) to be displayed .
An output from the Vertical Switching circuit (through the Chop
Blanking Pulse Generator) is connected to the ZAxis Amplifierto
blank switching transients in the chop mode (SEC/DIV at 1 ms or
slower) . A sync pulse from the sweep (via the Alternate Sync
Pulse Amplifier) switches the display between channels at the
end of each sweep in the alternate mode (SEC/DIV at .5 ms or
faster) .

The Sweep circuit, when triggered by the Trigger circuit,
produces a linear sawtooth output signal to the Horizontal
Amplifier. The slope of the sawtooth is controlled by the SEC/DIV
switch . When the sawtooth output reaches a predetermined level,
the Holdoff circuit resets the Sweep circuit, blanks the crt
(through the Z Axis Amplifier) and prevents subsequent triggers
from initiating another sweep until the sweep reset is completed .
The sawtooth output from the Sweep circuit is amplified by the
Horizontal Output Amplifier circuit to produce horizontal deflection on the crt . When the SOURCE switch is in the X-Y position,
the X signal, from the External Trigger Input Buffer, is applied to
the Horizontal Amplifier . One section of the BEAM FINDER
switch, when pressed, causes the display to compress horizontally to aid in locating off-screen displays .

VERTICAL AMPLIFIER
The vertical input signal goes from the Delay Line Driver
through the Delay Line to the Vertical Output Amplifier. The
Delay Line provides approximately 200 ns delay in the vertical
signal . This allows the sweep generator circuit time to initiate a
sweep before the vertical signal reaches the crt vertical deflection
plates . The Vertical Output Amplifier provides final amplification
of the signal to drive the crt vertical deflection plates . One section
of the BEAM FINDER switch,when pressed, causes the display to
compress vertically to aid in locating off-screen displays . Another
section affects the horizontal circuitry .

TRIGGER
The Trigger circuit produces a logic triggering signal to trigger
the sweep . Trigger signals are selected by the SOURCE switch
from three sources : external trigger (via the External Trigger
Input Buffer circuit), vertical amplifier input signal (internal), or
the line voltage at the secondary of T700 . (No trigger signal is
produced during X-Y operation .)
REV . A JUN 1976

CRT CIRCUIT
The Z Axis Amplfier determines the crt intensity and blanking .
The Z Axis Amplifier sums the current inputs from several
sources : INTENSITY control, X-Y intensity limit, unblanking
signal from sweep circuit, chop blanking signal from the Vertical
Switching circuit and EXT Z AXIS INPUT connector, J419 .
Output of the Z axis circuit controls the trace intensity through
the HV circuit . The HV circuit provides the voltages (greater than
100 V) necessary for operation of the crt .
The Probe Adjust Generator provides a square-wave voltage
output for checking voltage probes .

POWER SUPPLY
The Power Supply circuits provide the low-voltage power
necessary for operation of the instrument.

S4110

VOLTS/ DI V

CH I
ATTEN
FXI J411 0
f,
PREAM
CHI
INPUT
Q4122A,B
U4134A,B,C,

CH 1
INPUT

BUFFER
64302
64303

I POSIT( ON
R4307

CH I
DIODE
GATE
CR4302
GR4303
CR4304
CR4365

CHI
TRIGGER
PI CKOFF
4174
4176
S 210
. : : VOLTS DIV .::
CH 2
0 >`, ATTEN
PREAMPri
CH 2 J 4(~1
9NPUT`~'_ Q4222A,B
P4234A,B,C,O

INPUT
BUFFER
646 312
313

.e_.
CH 2
TRIGGER
PICKOFF
64274
04276

:VERTICAL
:INPUT
DIAG

CH 2
DIODE
GATE
CR4312
GR4313
C R431,4
GR43

If~-

VERTMS

ICAL
ODE
ITCH
5 370

VERTICAL
(SWITCHING
U4364A
U4376A,C,D

I

:::AREA OUTLINED
:: IN GRAY NOT
INCLUDED IN
..
7921

I

DELAY
LINE
DL4339

CHOP
BLANKING
PULSE GEN
U43646
U43T6B

I
TRIGGER
SWITCHING
CR4362
CR4363
CR4364
C R4366

DELAY
LINE
DRIVER
64322
64324
64336
64346

ALTERNATE!
SYNC
PU LSE
AMPLIFIER',
64372

VERTICAL SWITCHING DIAG

INTENSITY LIMIT (X-Y)

EXT
TRIG
INPUT

EXT
TRIGGER
INPUT
BUFFER
62104
62106
62108

J 21 O

-SIGNAL
TRIGGER
SOURCE
INPUT
SWITCH
AMPLIFIER C2132

INT
EXT
LINE

52100

U2126A B
02124

TRIGGER
LEVEL
COMPTR
62184
02136

R2138

CIRCUIT
DESCRIPTION

NORMAL
TRIGGER
AMPLIFIEF
U2126C,D

TRIGGER DIAG

5700
POWER
I
I
I

,. _ ...

..Q

T700

.

lOOV
RECTIFIER
Q FILTER
CR721
CR722
GR723
GR724

0-

i
I

+IOOV
-~~-~(U N REG)
+I OOV
EGULATORI
QT22,QT26
Q734,Q736

LINE TRIGGER
(RECTIFIER
FILTER
CR741
CR742
CR743
CR744

POWER SUPPLY DIAG

T921/T922/T922R

I

+8V
REGULATOR
6752, Q754
0756,UT42A
-8V
REGULATOR
Q772,QTT4
QTT6,U742B

TV
TRIGGER
AMPLIFIER
UP-126E

TV
SYNC
SEPARATO
62174
62176

-_-s . +IOOV
+33V
VR784
+ SV

8V

REV . B, 0UL. 1977

N
S,
T
t
l
Sl
T'
L
L
L

CHING DIAG

4O

DIAG
CRT
VERT AMPLIFIER

.MAL
'iGER
.IFIE

sc,o

TV
SYNC'
PARATO
QP174
Q2176

JUL, 1977

NORMAL
SCHM ITT
TRIGGER
U 2156A
UP-156B

TV
SC14MITT
TRIGGER
U2156B
U2156C
U2156D

BLOCK DIAGRAM

Circuit Description-T921/T922/T922R

CRT & VERT AMPL CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
PROBE ADJUST
The Probe Adjust circuit provides an output of approximately
0 .5V peak-to-peak negative from ground at approximately 1 kHz .
When the output (pin 6) of U24 is positive, the voltage divider,
R22-R23, sets pin 3 at a positive voltage . Feedback through R24
charges C24 until the pin 2 level reaches the same positive voltage
as pin 3 . When pin 3 and pin 2 are at the same voltage, U24 output
(pin 6) switches from positive to negative . The output of U24 is
about 7 .2 V either positive or negative . Then C24 starts charging
negative . When pin 2 and pin 3 are at the same voltage again, U24
output (pin 6) switches positive, and the cycle repeats .
During the positive half cycle, CR26 is forward biased and
CR27 is reverse biased keeping the output at ground level . During
the negative half cycle CR26 is reverse biased and CR27 is
forward biased causing current to flow from ground through R27,
CR27 and R26 to -8 V . This sets the output level to approximately
-0 .5 V .

VERTICAL OUTPUT AMPLIFIER
The vertical output amplifier circuit provides final amplification for the signal to drive the vertical deflection plates of the crt .
0112, 0122, 0134, 0136, Q144, and Q146 form a commonemitter shunt-feedback amplifier. Shunt-feedback transistors
0134, Q136, Q144, and Q146 are stacked . Resistors R118K,
R118L, R118H, and R118J provide the feedback . The output
voltage at the collectors of Q136 and Q146 is proportional to the
collector current of Q112 and Q122 through feedback resistors
R1 18K-Rl 18L and R1 18H-R1 18J .
When BEAM FINDER button S100A is pressed, R117 is placed
in series with R1 18B and R1 18C, limiting Q112 and 0122 emitter
current . This limits the maximum vertical deflection to within the
crt screen area . Another section of the BEAM FINDER switch
limits the horizontal deflection .

Z AXIS CIRCUIT
The Z Axis Amplifier controls the crt intensity level from
several inputs : the INTENSITY control, unblanking signal from
the sweep circuit, chop blanking signal from the vertical amplifier,
and external signals from the EXT Z AXIS INPUT connector (also
intensity limit signal during X-Y operation) . The INTENSITY
control, R412, varies the trace intensity from off to maximum
brightness, overriding all other inputs to the Z Axis Amplifier. The
unblanking signal from the sweep circuit blanks the signal during
retrace and holdoff . The chop blanking signal (with the vertical in
the chop mode) blanks the crt during the channel switching
interval to eliminate vertical chopping noise form appearing on
the display . The EXT Z AXIS INPUT connector, J419, allows
control of the trace intensity from an external source .
REV . B JUL 1977

The current signals from the various inputs are connected to
the emitter of Q416 . The algebraic sum of the signals determines
the collector conduction level . In case of overdrive from any
input, Q416 cuts off and CR416 conducts the excess- current to
ground and thereby prevents the output stage from saturating .
Transistors Q424, Q426, 0434, and associated circuitry form
an inverting operational amplifier . Components R423 and C423
are the feedback elements . Any current into the input summing
point, the base of Q424, results in an output voltage at the
collectors of Q426 and 0434 . This output voltage controls the
display intensity level by changing the do voltage level at the
junction of R462, C463 and C464 .

HIGH VOLTAGE OSCILLATOR
Transistor 0458 and associated circuitry make up the highvoltage oscillator that produces the drive for high-voltage
transformer T460 . When the instrument is turned on, current
through 0454 provides forward bias for Q458 . Transistor Q458
conducts and the collector current increases, which develops a
voltage across the primary (Q458 collector) winding of T460 . This
produces a corresponding voltage increase in the feedback
winding of T460, which is connected via R457 to the base of Q458,
and Q458 conducts even harder . Eventually the rate of collector
current increase in Q458 becomes less than that required to
maintain the voltage across the collector winding, and the output
voltage drops . This turns off Q458 by way of the feedback voltage
to the base . The voltage waveform at the collector of Q458 is a
sine wave at the resonant frequency of T460. During the negative
half cycle, 0458 remains off and the field collapses in the primary
of T460 . When the field is collapsed sufficiently, the base of Q458
becomes forward biased into conduction again and the cycle
begins anew . The amplitude of sustained oscillation depends
upon the average current delivered to the base of Q458 by the
regulator circuitry . The frequency of oscillation is approximately
50 kHz . Components C458 and R458 decouple the unregulated
+100 V supply line .

HIGH-VOLTAGE REGULATOR
Transistors Q446-Q454 and associated circuitry control the
output voltage of the High Voltage supply . Components R443 and
C443 provide a slow start up for the high-voltage oscillator . When
the instrument is turned on, the +100 V supply charges C443
through R443 . The voltage increases until it is sufficient to
forward bias CR443, holding the voltage at slightly above
+8 volts . This forms the reference for the high-voltage regulator .
The resulting current in R444A (100,uA) turns on Q446 and
Q454 providing base current for Q458 . This starts the high voltage
oscillator, causing a negative voltage to develop at the crt
cathode .
Resistors R444B, C, D, and R468 sample the cathode voltage .
The high voltage increases until the cathode voltage is -2000 V .
At this point the current in R444B is approximately the same as
the current in R444A with Q446 barely conducting .

Any c
signal at
applied
T460 . RE

If the
(less nec_
of Q446conduct
0458 thr
closer tc
soonert
T460 . Ttat the cr
By samp
manner,
relatively
Comp
regulato
unblanks
Resis high-vol-

The IOne win
filament
ting cath
high ac
anode a
rectified
Compon

11.2

Any change in the level at the base of Q446 produces an error
signal at the collector of 0446, which is amplified by Q454 and
applied to the base of Q458 through the feedback winding of
T460 . Regulation occurs as follows :
If the cathode voltage at the -2000 V point starts to go positive
(less negative), this positive-going change is applied to the base
of Q446 . Q446 conducts harder, which in turn causes Q454 to
conduct harder . This results in greater bias current to the base of
0458 through the feedback winding of T460 . Now, Q458 is biased
closer to its conduction level so that it comes into conduction
sooner to produce a larger induced voltage in the secondary of
T460 . This increased voltage appears as a more negative voltage
at the crt cathode to correct the original positive-going change .
By sampling the output from the crt cathode supply in this
manner, the total output of the high-voltage supply is held
relatively constant .

The third winding is used to control the crt intensity . Components CR463, C462, C463, C464, R462, and R463 rectify and
filter the secondary voltage to provide approximately -2100 V
which is applied to thecrtgrid . The entire win ding is referenced to
the output of the Z axis amplifier whose-output voltage variations
are used to control the crt intensity by varying the grid to cathode
voltage . The do path for the Z axis signal to the grid is through
R462, CR463, R463 and the transformer winding . Resistor R462
isolates the transformer capacitance from the Z axis Amplifier .
Capacitors C463 and C464 provide a path for fast changes in the Z
axis output to the crt grid . Resistor R464 provides a discharge
path for C462, C463, and C464 . Glow lamps DS463 and DS 465
prevent the grid-to-cathode voltage from rising high enough to
cause breakdown within the crt during turn-on or when the
cathode or grid is shorted to ground .

CRT CONTROL CIRCUITS
Components R445 and C445 damp the response of the
regulator against fast changes in the load such as when the crt is
unblanked at the beginning of the sweep .
Resistors R446, R453, and R457 help prevent instabilities in the
high-voltage oscillator.

HIGH VOLTAGE RECTIFIERS
AND OUTPUT
The high-voltage transformer, T460, has 3 output windings .
One winding provides about 6 .3 V for the crt filament . The crt
filament is referenced to the cathode voltage (= -2 kV), preventing cathode-to-filament breakdown . A second winding provides
high ac voltage to the multiplier, U460, to produce a 10 kV crt
anode accelerating voltage . The same winding is tapped and
rectified by CR465 to produce the do voltage for the crt cathode .
Components C465, R465, and C466 filter the do voltage .

Crt display focus is controlled by FOCUS control R468 . ASTIG
adjustment R477, which is used in conjunction with the FOCUS
control to provide awell-defined display, varies the voltage on the
astigmatism grid . Geometry adjustment, R473, varies the voltage
on the horizontal deflection plate shields to control the overall
geometry of the display .
Two adjustments control the trace alignment by varying the
magnetic field around the crt . Y axis adjustment, R474, controls
the current through L470, which affects the crt beam aftervertical
deflection but before horizontal deflection . Therefore, it affects
only the vertical (Y) components of the display . Trace Rotation
(TR ROT) adjustment, R472, controls the current through L472
and affects both vertical and horizontal rotation of the beam .
R475 and R476 provide the proper voltage forthevertical plate
shield and R478 and C478 decouple the first accelerator electrode
from the +33 V supply .

11.3
VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
Voltages shown on this schematic diagram were measured with a Tektronix DM 501 Digital Multimeter . Voltage
measurements can vary as much as ±20% . No signals were applied to the vertical input orthe X (external trigger) input. Referto
Waveform Conditions for T921, T922, or T922R control settings . In the crt circuit, set the INTENSITY control for a voltage
measurement of +22 volts at the collector of 0426 and of Q434 before attempting to measure voltages in the rest of the circuit .

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS
NOTE
Waveforms are for T922, unless otherwise noted.
Waveforms below were monitored with a Tektronix 7704A Oscilloscope, 71371 Time Base, 7A15A Amplifier and 10X probe .
The oscilloscope input coupling was set to ac . Waveforms may vary as much as ±20% . `
A 1 kHz, 50 mV sine wave was applied to CH 1 input and a 1 kHz, 50 mV square wave was applied to CH 2 input . A Tektronix
FG 501 Function Generator provides either of the input waveforms .
The T922 controls were set as follows :
VOLTS/DIV (both)
20 mV
AC-GND-DC (both)
DC
Vertical Mode
DUAL TRACE
SOURCE
INT
The other controls were set as needed to obtain a display .

MODE
SLOPE
SEC/DIV

AUTO
+OUT
.5 ms

The CH 1 POSITION control was adjusted so that the bottom of the sine wave was on the first horizontal graticule line
above the center and the CH 2 POSITION control was adjusted so that the top of the square wave was on the first horizontal
graticule line below the center.
For waveforms 6 and 7, the AC-GND-DC switches were set to GND and SOURCE to LINE. Also for waveforms 6, and 7,
the LEVEL and INTENSITY controls were set to approximately midrange .

0

o

0

mV

-7-2 ms

(D
X11
mom
no
0

__

CD
PULSE AMPLITUDE VARIES
WITH INTENSITY CONTROL
SETTING .

0

'

~0
MIN

®®
MEN
MEN

0
SET INTENSITY FULLY
CCW .

1982-08

SEE
DIAG

Ir
Lit
E)
EXT=1
X-

FINgER

BEAM

RI 18 L
1,43K
2

i~
+ 8V

RIISK
I .fo2K

TO R159
f
(T522R ONLY)/.\
T 274
C114
2-8

1

.

5

1

66 4 1

GAIN
~RIOK

F
250
i-

-8v

487

C118 f
2-18

R114
IK

PARTIAL A
TRIGGER S'

3 RII$D
220

17

-115-

-8v

I

16 C
73 0

2,N 3C-YO

RIISP
75
5

-8v

II

RI IBE
z2o

RI ISG
250
-4 .3

UN
FRf
(R2

RI18H
1 .62K
12

CHO P
FROM
DIAL

R118J
143K

EXT

792 :
FRON

PROBE
ADJ

PARTIAL AI INTERFACE BOAR

T921/T92?-/T922R

SEE
WAG

S2100
SOURCE

X-i TRIG
P- DOABLE
TO R2134

INT
LINE
E XT
EXT410
X-Y

--4?-*- + VER7 SIG
TO CRT

WAG

+WOV

}
00-10
J21

13(0

NTEW)

2y 234

2D

OLIMITJ

134

4 loov

pn5

R432
61K

jP2.-4

R434
4'10

0434
.047

RAN
,~v

C 435
.047

R413
100K

REFERE]
SETTIN

VR412.
oav

8417

8437
750

C R418
.,
2
.)q04

144

UNSLANKING -0-V
FROM P?--8
(ROSS I RZnl)
DAG

op?

46
J48

CHOP BLANKING
FROM P4-7
DIAG

-VEp'T SIG
TO CRT

I

J4-7

J419

R424
IOOK

R4 25
750

-8v

CR416
R419
10K

Q426
?X5'5-5-1

R426
51

+8v

+IOOV
8443
200K

T922P. ONLY
FROM P24W-2

+lOOV

Q416

R916
SK
-8v

JEXT Z AXIS INPUT

BN

0
00

-0-4

CRA37

CT
1 .4--)
+-

CR44-6
+SV

R447
68K.
R444A
68
6 .5K

IT

C443
39AAF

R445
IOK
C445
0.1

or(q lo'v"'5

~q-t-,

C.
.0

c V W C
CAL
OUT

)>

< J27

P ROBE
Alsi

G,qg, ~^r
ava

CR4161

A

C455
.01

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER
Yd A
AMD SERIAL NUMBER
RA, .f, z (jr PARTS OUTLINED

OR DL, ICTED IN GREY,

1962-11
REJ4C,JUL. 1977

8457
430

Cc
6
Jr

1ARD

,047

TR ROT

43

+IOK

+ e6,4

.435
041

2K
- 8V

2.,v,\
FOR
T922R
SEE

TO P477
FOR T921R ONLY

R437
750

GEOMETRY

CR437

J47 S

IOOV

+IOOV
R413
100 K
- 8V

pIA6

V AXIS
' J470

0

8474
2K

(+32V) 8V
+ 33V
47

'' c01

b

-VERT SIG
FROM P I48
2

C477
I-

7

.01

I
T
rh

Await,

~~V

I,uv

1-6Y'fil' .7

Z 4 (,S

T
1

IW i ms

V.

.0IV~

;'3K

+ 8V
-~ TO P477
T922R
FA STIG (2~)
ONLY
n
(+32V)
+ 33V

+VERT SIB
FROM P138

T46o

R475
I SOK

J475

R477
I00KO
FOR
T922R
-8V
SEE,.
R478
4-70

C478
.01

+33V
(+32V)

- 20

4Cn1~ C6wn4Wr~

14
SEE PARTS LIST FOR
SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.

qkV

ro n (; se~ns°c

CRT 4 VERTICAL

AMPLIFIER

0

Circuit Description-T921/T922/T922R

III. 1

POWER SUPPLY CIRCUT DESCRIPTION
POWER INPUT
Ac power is applied to the primary of T700 through line fuse
F700, POWER switch S700, Line Selector switch S701, and Range
Selector switch S705 .
The Line Selection switch, S701, connects the split primary
windings of T700 in parallel for 120 V operation or in series for
240 V . When changing the nominal line voltage, also change the
line fuse . See parts list for correct fuse falues .
The Range Selector switch, S705, selects either LO (100 or
220 V) or HI (120 or 240 V) nominal line-voltage range .

SECONDARY CIRCUITS
The secondary circuit supplies four regulated voltages :-8 V,
+8 V, +33 V, and +100 V .
Operational amplifiers U742A (+8 V supply) and U742B (-8 V
supply) have differential inputs that monitor output voltage
variations and provide correction signals to the series-regulating
transistors. For example, suppose the +8 volt supply drops . This
negative change is coupled to the inverting input of U742A
through sense resistor R756, causing pin 7 to go positive . Since
the voltage across VR746 remains essentially constant, Q754 and
0756 follow this change and raise the output voltage back to +8
volts . In the +100 volt supply, Q726 acts as the feedback amplifier
with its base being the inverting input . The regulating action is the
same as in the +8 and -8 volt supplies . Zener diode, VR762,
provides a 5 volt reference for the -8 V supply, which in turn
provides the reference for the +8 and +100 volt supplies . The
series regulating elements in the +100 V and +8 V supplies are
transistors Q734-0736 and 0754-0756 . The series regulating
element in the-8 V supply isa modified Darlington configuration
consisting of Q774 and Q776 . Current limiting circuits provide
short-circuit protection for each regulated supply . The following
describes the +8 V current-limiting circuit. The other currentlimiting circuits operate similarly .
In the +8 V supply, Q752 is normally biased off . Under normal
conditions, the base of Q752 is set at about +8 V . As the supply
current increases, the voltage drop across R754 increases . Since
the 0756 emitter-base diode voltage difference remains constant,
the increasing voltage on Q756 emitter due to the R754 voltage
drop causes a corresponding increase at the base of 0756 . This
voltage is applied to voltage divider R752 and R753, causing the
base of Q752 to go more positive . When the supply current
increases sufficiently beyond the normal operating current, 0752
turns on . The collector of Q752 moves in the negative direction,
which begins turning off Q754-0756 and creates a foldback
condition (see Fig . 7-1) . Transistor Q756 continues to conduct
some current when the supply is limited, dropping enough
voltage across R754 to keep 0752 biased on .

REV . B DEC 1976

Regulated +33 V is provided by Zener diode VR784 from the
+100 V supply . A different circuit provides a similar voltage for
the T922R (see T922R circuit description at the end of this
section) . Current divider, R741, R742, R2102 (see diagram 5)
provides a sample of the line voltage for line triggering .

POWER-ON LAMP CIRCUIT
The ON lamp, DS796, remains on as long as the line voltage
does not vary more than approximately 10% from the nominal.
selected line voltage (100, 120, 220, or 240 V) . When . the line
voltage is not within the 10% limit, the ON lamp blinks .
As long as Q796 is conducting, DS796 remains on . If Q796 is
biased off, DS796 goes out, allowing C796 to charge through
R796 and R797 . When C796 reaches about 80 V, it discharges
through DS796 causing it to turn on momentarily . Capacitor C796
again is charged through R796-R797 and discharged through
DS796. This cycle repeats, causing the ON lamp to blink until the
line voltage is within the 10% limit and Q796 conducts .
When the 100 V unregulated supply at voltage divider R792
and R793 increases to more than about 10% above the nominal
value, Q792 turns on and Q796 turns off, causing DS796 to blink .
When the 100 V unregulated supply at voltage divider R794 and
R795 decreases to less than about 10% below the nominal value,
0796 turns off, causing DS796 to blink .

0752
BEGINS
CONDUCTING

NOMINAL
LOAD

10,,
8 .

a

0
0

I

642-

0

DEAD
SHORT

100

200

300

400

500

600

LOAD CURRENT (mA)

700

0

-80

1982-38

Fig . 7-1 . Foldback circuit action .

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
Voltages shown on this schematic diagram were measured with a Tektronix DM 501 Digital Multimeter . Voltage
measurements can vary as much as ±20% . No signals were applied to the vertical input or the X (external trigger) input .

T700

CR721
11.722
47 k

C722
IOO,
.F

8732

pconk

CR724

1 .0 6

R72f,
took

R73 :
66 .5
P736
look

C y 72.

i~

Il

CR737

((

(973
IiooV
~_7z~ iou~~
tt

8757
6 .0616

R741
390

-BV

R742
56k
C742
220CAF
8745
4 .3 k

CR741
5701
LINE
VOLTAGE
SELECTOR
I

C746

OV

.01

+~ C743
2200AF

U742A
1/26559

5705
(RANGE)

R746
Ik

VR746
9 .1 V
0.7

cv

VR762
5.1 V

U742B
1/2 5558

2

_

CR764

1

C1766
CR765

4

CR.

-12 .Y

P7-8

P7 . 10

P7-9

P7-7
v

sloo
OFF- ON
(POWER)
F700

ELK

-----,,,SAFETY EARTH
GROUNDED TO
MAIN CHASSIS

P700

T921/T922/T922R

1982-13
REV. B, J U L. 1977

1982-13
REV. B,J U L 1977

-8V

SEE PARTS LIST FOR
SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES .

I PARTIAL AI
POWER. SUPPLY

INTERFACE BOARD

Circuit Description-T921/T922/T922R

IV .I

VERT INPUT (1'921) CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
INPUT COUPLING SWITCH

Vertical input signal is ac-coupled, dc-coupled, or grounded
by S4100 . In the DC position, the input signal is coupled directly
to the VOLTS/DIV switch attenuator . In the AC position, the input
signal passes through C4102 to the attenuator . In the GND
position, the signal path from the input connector to the
attenuator is grounded through C4102-R4102 . This provides a
ground reference without disconnecting the signal from the input
connector. In the GND position, C4102 is charged to the average
signal level through R4102 so that the trace remains on screen
when S4100 is changed to the AC position .

VOLTS/DIV SWITCH

The VOLTS/DIV switch selects attenuator ratio and
preamplifier gain to determine the deflection factor . The basic 1 X
deflection factor of the vertical deflection system is
2 mV/division . At this setting, no attenuators are switched in and
the gain switching circuit sets the preamplifier gain to maximum .
To provide the complete range of deflection factors indicated on
the front panel, precision attenuators are switched in and out of
the attenuator and gain switching circuit .
The attenuators are frequency compensated voltage dividers
which provide constant attenuation at all frequencies within the
bandwidth of the instrument . The input RC characteristics
(approximately 1 M[2 times approximately 30 pF) are maintained
for each setting of the VOLTS/DIV switch . The attenuator circuit
consists of a 10X and a 100X attenuator . 1000X is obtained when
the 10X and 100X attenuators are cascaded .
The gain switching circuit consists of R4143 through R4147
and three VOLTS/DIV switch contacts . Three preamplifier gains
are selected : 1X (maximum), 2 .5X reduction, and 5X reduction .
Refer to Table 7-1 for the attenuator and gain switching
sequence .

PREAMPLIFIER

The signal from the input attenuator is connected to source
follower Q4122A via C4123 and R4123 . Resistor R4122 determines the 1 Mn input resistance and R4123 limits current drive to
the gate,of Q4122A . Diode CR4123 protects the circuit from high
negative-going input signals by limiting the voltage at the gate of
Q4122A to about -8 volts . The Q4122A gate-drain junction
provides protection from high positive-going signals by limiting
the gate voltage to about +8 volts. FET 04122B provides a
constant-current source for Q4122A . For some serial numbers,
04122 substrate (pin 8)is provided with a bias to compensate for
possible substrate leakage . This bias is derived by the voltage
divider action of R4128 and R4129 between +8 volts and ground .
Transistors U4134B and U4134C are emitter followers . The
signal at the emitter of U4134B follows the signal at the gate of
04122A. Divider network R4143 through R4147 attenuates the
signal from U4134B which drives the base of U4134A . DC BAL,
R4132, adjusts for minimum trace shift when switching between
adjacent positions of the VOLTS/DIV switch .
REV. B JUL 1977

Paraphase amplifier stage, U4134A and U4134D, converts the
single-ended signal at the base of U4134A to a push-pull current
signal . These current signals are fed to the delay'line driver stage
via buffer stages 04302 and 04303 . The buffer stages isolate the
preamplifier from the delay line driver . POSITION control R4306
varies the do voltage at the bases of 04322 and 04324 to vertically
position the trace on the crt . Resistors R4155 and R4165 provide
compensation to maintain average power during voltage excursions . Capacitors C4155 and C4165 reduce Miller effect through
U4134A and U4134D .
The components connected between U4134A and U4134D
emitters compensate for high-frequency losses in the
preamplifier . Gain adjustment R4151 determines the gain of the
preamplifier . The VAR control, R4152, provides uncai ;~_rated
deflection factors between VOLTS/DIV switch settings by
attenuating the signal to the base of U4134A . When R4152 is
rotated clockwise, its full resistance is in series with R4162, and
the deflection factors are calibrated .
TABLE 7-1

w.
Attenuator and Gain Switching Sequence

VOLTS/DIV
Setting
2 mV
5 mV
10 mV
20 mV
50 mV
.1 V
.2 V
.5 V
1 V
2V
5V
10 V

Attenuator
(signal attenuation)
1X
1X

ix

10X
10X
10X
100X
100X
100X
1000X
1000X
1000X

Gain Switch
(preamp gain
reduction)
1X
2 .5X
5X
1X
2 .5X
5X
1X
2 .5X
5X
1X
2.5X
5X

DELAY LINE DRIVER
The delay line driver is a push-pull feedback amplifier stage
composed of Q4322, Q4324, 04336, 04346, and associated
circuitry . A sample of the output of Q4346 and Q4336 is fed back
through R4336-R4328 and R4346-R4342 to the bases of 04322
and 04324 . Due to this feedback, this stage forms an inverting
operational amplifier with a virtual ground at the bases of 04322
and 04324 . Any current into these virtual grounds (null points)
causes an output voltage at the emitters of 04336 and Q4346that
is proportional to the feedback resistance .
Components C4333, C4334, C4344, R4333, R4334, and R4344
provide compensation (peaking) to correct for delay line losses .

inverts the
ull current
river stage
isolate the
trol 84306
vertically
65 provide
ige excurct through

d U4134D
s in the
gain of the
~cailtrated
attings by
i 84152 is
14162, and

Switch
np gain
ction)
1X
5X
5X
1X
5X
_5X_
1X
.5X
5X
1X
.5X
5X

lifier stage
associated
is fed back
> of 04322
n inverting
s of 04322
~ull points)
Q4346that

and 84344
ine losses .

IV.2

DELAY LINE

The delay line, DI-4339, provides approximately 200 ns delay
in the vertical signal . This allows the sweep generator circuit time
to initiate a sweep before the vertical signal reaches the crt
vertical deflection plates .

TRIGGER PICKOFF

A sample of the vertical voltage signal from the emitters of
U4134A and U4134D is applied to 04176 and 04174, where it is

converted to a current signal . This current signal is applied to the
trigger input amplifier (see diagram 5) . When the SOURCEswitch
is set to INT, approximately -4 volts from the trigger input
amplifier appears at the 04176 collector circuit, reverse biasing
CR4267 . When the source switch is set to LINE, EXT, EXT=10, or
X-Y, the internal trigger signal is disconnected from the trigger
input amplifier, permitting CR4367 to conduct and set the
collector of 04176 at about -3 volts . This maintains conduction
of 04176, providing a constant load to prevent distortion of the
main vertical signal .

IV . 3
VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
Voltages shown on this schematic diagram were measured with a Tektronix DM 501 Digital Multimeter . Voltage
measurements can vary as much as ±20% . No signals were applied to the vertical input or the X (external trigger) input. See
Waveform Conditions for T921 control settings .

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS
Waveforms below were monitored with a Tektronix 7704A Oscilloscope, 71371 Time Base, 7A15A Amplifier and 10X probe .
The oscilloscope input coupling was set to ac . Waveforms may vary as much as ±20% .
A 1 kHz, 50 mV sinewave was applied to the Y input . A Tektronix FG 501 Function Generator provided the input waveform .
The T921 controls were set as follows:

The other controls were set as needed to obtain a display .

VOLTS/DIV
AC-GND-DC
SOURCE
MODE
SLOPE
SEC/DIV

10 mV
DC
INT
AUTO
-BOUT
.5 ms

For waveform 3, the test oscilloscope was triggered externally from pin 1 of U4134 .

0
40

1982-14

buoj J
fCLA

C

t"c`T- frr,,-SiS~`prs (,~`{122dC~~ZZZ

OCCC~. .Si6rlklly-fevi

k)er('pIaU6il

,,v,~~

Al-r6 Y

-8V -0--< E
FROM P7=411

rL
' ' Cg393

I

P4-8
~

L
PARTIAL A1
INTERFACE BOARD

T 9 2 I / T92 2/ T922R

,~.,,

IKF

111,
~ C43g6

Fk439(0
47

l

O.~ W-8.

AI

M7
"

13

'a _ "~
0

"

I

11

0
84118
ISO
84123
470K
+o .o
R414 4
ISO

6

SUBSTRATE

-8V

R41-4s
50

8450

84106
IB

8414 -1

0"

z0

84151
IK
8413 8
61 .9
+8V2

84133
15K

10

84134
150

+8V
'4392
IuF
------ i + BV,

7-VERT SIC,

0.1

4395
0.1

9393

+8112

kF
-~ -8 V

+z .x

FROM 84155

4394

THIS

DIAL
+ VERT $IG

FROM 84165

+z .z

.4396
0.1

1962-16
REV. C,JUL 11477
,

36Ivo
4 1710

*>-~TRIG $16
TO J4-2
.
8620,

VR431o7
4.3V

U4134A
J41OO-2
84161
392

GAIN

84152

VAR

CW
(CAL)

I I

84154
2.15 K
~OI

C411o8
.001

841fo3 Z 1- C4153
54 .q
100
84158
II K
R41G2_
52.3
12

84168
9 .IK
R41lo4
2,15 K

-0 .7b

U4134D

SEE PARTS LIST FOR
SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.

84155
I .SK

-8v

Bob

84156
604
+8V

8416 5
1 .5 K

-VERT SIG
TO Q4302

THIS
DIAL

8416 6
604
+VERT SIG
TO Q4303

G4 165
470

1/5 308(.

_6V

-8v

C4155
470

1/5 308G

t--(E

$ZCR43fol

_8v

PARTIAL A8

VERTICAL BOARD

I'

VERTICAL INPUT J 92 1)

PNRTIAL
INTERFACE. 1B'OARD

Circuit Description-T921/T922/T922R

VERT INPUT (T922/T922R) CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Since Channel 1 and Channel 2 vertical input circuits are identical, only Channel 1 is discussed in detail . The 4100 series
circuit numbers identify the Channel 1 components and 4200 series numbers identify the Channel 2 components .

INPUT COUPLING SWITCH
Vertical input signal is ac-coupled, dc-coupled, or grounded
by S4100 . In the DC position, the input signal is coupled directly
to the VOLTS/DIV switch attenuator . In the AC position, the input
signal passes through C4102 to the attenuator. In the GND
position, the signal path from the input connector to the
attenuator is grounded through C4102-84102 . This provides a
ground reference without disconnecting the signal from the input
connector. In the GND position, C4102 is charged to the average
signal level through 84102 so that the trace remains on screen
when S4100 is changed to the AC position .

VOLTS/DIV SWITCH
The VOLTS/DIV switch selects attenuator ratio and
preamplifier gain to determine the deflection factor. The basic 1 X
deflection factor of the vertical deflection system is
2 mV/division . At this setting, no attenuators are switched in and
the gain switching circuit sets the preamplifier gain to maximum .
To provide the complete range of deflection factors indicated on
the front panel, precision attenuators are switched in and out of
the attenuator and gain switching circuit .
The attenuators are frequency compensated voltage dividers
which provide constant attenuation at all frequencies within the
bandwidth of the instrument . The input RC characteristics
(approximately 1 Mfg times approximately 30 pF) are maintained
for each setting of the VOLTS/DIV switch . The attenuator circuit
consists of a 10X and a 100X attenuator . 1000X is obtained when
the 10X and 100X attenuators are cascaded .
The gain switching circuit consists of 84143 through 84147
and three VOLTS/DIV switch contacts . Three preamplifier gains
are selected : 1X (maximum), 2 .5X reduction, and 5X reduction .
Refer to Table 7-2 for the attenuator and gain switching
sequence .

PREAMPLIFIER
The signal from the input attenuator is connected to source
follower Q4122A via C4123 and 84123. Resistor 84122 determines the 1 Mfl input resistance and 84123 limits current drive to
the gate of Q4122A. Diode CR4123 protects the circuit from high
negative-going input signals by limiting the voltage at the gate of
Q4122A to about -8 volts . The Q4122A gate-drain junction
provides protection from high positive-going signals by limiting
the gate voltage to about +8 volts. FET 04122B provides a
constant-current source for Q4122A . For some serial numbers,
04122 substrate (pin 8) is provided with a bias to compensate for
possible substrate leakage . This bias is derived by the voltage
divider action of 84128 and 84129 between +8 volts and ground .

REV. B JUL 1977

Transistors U41346 and U4134C are emitter followers . The
signal at the emitter of U4134B follows the signal at the gate of
Q4122A . Divider network 84143 through 84147 attenuates the
signal from U4134B which drives the base of U4134A . DC BAL,
84132, adjusts for minimum trace shift when switching between
adjacent positions of the VOLTS/DIV switch .

Paraphase amplifier stage, U4134A and U4134D, converts the
single-ended signal at the base of U4134A to a push-pull current
signal . These current signals are fed to the delay line driver stage
via buffer stages 04302 and 04303 . The buffer stages isolate the
preamplifier from the delay line driver. POSITION control 84306
varies the do voltage at the bases of 04322 and 04324 to vertically
position the trace on the crt . Resistors 84155 and 84165 provide
compensation to maintain average power during voltage excursions . Capacitors C4155 and C4165 reduce Miller effect through
U4134A and U4134D .
The components connected between U4134A and U4134D
emitters compensate for high-frequency losses in the
preamplifier . Gain adjustment 84151 determines the gain of the
preamplifier . The VAR control, 84152, provides uncalibrated
deflection factors between VOLTS/DIV switch settings by
attenuating the signal to the base of U4134A . When 84152 is
rotated clockwise, its full resistance is in series with 84162, and
the deflection factors are calibrated .

TABLE 7-2
Attenuator and Gain Switching Sequence

VOLTS/DIV
Setting
2 mV
5 mV
10 mV
20 mV
50 mV
.1 V
.2 V
.5 V
1 V
2V
5V
10V

Attenuator
(signal attenuation)

Gain Switch
(prearnp gain
reduction)

ix

1X
1X

2.5X
5X

ix

10X
10X
10X
100X
100X
100X _
1000X
1000X
1000X

ix

_

2.5X
5X
1X
2.5X
5X
1X
2 .5X
5X

_

V.2

TRIGGER PICKOFF
A sample of the vertical voltage signal from the emitters of
U4134A and U4134D is applied to 04176 and 04174 where it is
converted to a current signal . This current signal is applied to the
trigger input amplifier (see diagram 5) via trigger source
switching circuitry (see diagram 4) . When the SOURCE switch is

set to INT, approximately -4 volts from the trigger input amplifier
appears at the 04176 collector circuit, reverse biasing CR4367 .
When the source switch is set to LINE, EXT, EXT - 10, or X-Y, the
internal trigger signal is disconnected from the trigger input
amplifier, permitting CR4367 to conduct and set the collector of
04176 at about -3 volts . This maintains conduction of 04176,
providing a constant load to prevent distortion of the main vertical
signal .

V .3
VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
Voltages shown on this schematic digaram were measured with a Tektronix DM 501 Digital Multimeter . Voltage
measurements can vary as much as ±20% . No signals were applied to the vertical or the X (external trigger) input. See Waveform
Conditions for T922 or T922R control settings.

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS
Waveforms below were monitored with a Tektronix 7704A Oscilloscope, 7B71 Time Base, 7A15AAmplifierand 10X probe
(unless otherwise noted) . The oscilloscope input coupling was set to ac. Waveforms may vary as much as ±20% .
A 1 kHz, 50 mV sine wave was applied to CH 1 input and a 1 kHz, 50 mV square wave was applied to CH 2 input . A Tektronix
FG 501 Function Generator provides either of the input waveforms.
The T922 or T922R controls were set as follows :

The other controls were set as needed to obtain a display.

0

USE 1X PROBE

VOLTS/DIV (both)
AC-GND-DC (both)
Vertical Mode
SOURCE
MODE
SLOPE
SEC/DIV

10 mV
DC
CH 1
INT
AUTO
+OUT
.5 ms

IQ

0
1982-17

A
G
D

P
G
D

R420 ;
IM

T921 / T9~

SHOWN
IN AC)

"
"

CHI
INPUT
(SWITCH)
4100
AC "
GND
DC
I
I
I

I

"
"
i

I
1
1

I

"
"
"
i

i

"

I
I
I

i
"

I

i
I
I
I

I

"
"
I
I
I

I

i
i

I
I
1

I

"
"
i

XI
XIO
2 ~ 20 1V
5
50 J
IOMV .I
20 j
2
5
50
l
I
;I2 I
2
v
5
S
I v
0
"
2
0
"
5
0
101 1 0
84118
150

VOLTS/01V
54110
SHOWN \
(I N 2m'4

XI
2
5
14
10
7n

XIO
Nh V 20

V

F

J4100

C iii

- 8 VI

-*Q4122A

C4123
0.01

+8v

±8V

'2K

1 8 z1.

2
b
10
20
50
100

U 41348
VS 3086
+ 8'4,
6

84144
150

84137
I .SK

84145
50

- -8v
84136
1 .5 K

R4146
5o

84147
20

-8v
+8V2

8413 2
25K

13 0'

ISHOWNI
`IN AC

AC
GND
DC

CH
( INPU2T
,SWITCH)
54200

I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I

XI
X10
2
5 1 50 ly
0~
" ~
J
_ IOmv .1
_ -~,_0'I _0 0
,2
0 20
50
.5
-:
1 ,
1
_ :I, - ,
2 v
0 2.
5 1
10 :5
131, 0 0
01
p'-0 I V 10
1
pl_m_E 0 _
20
0 IM M - 0 1 0 - 0 0 2
5
50
13
0 10 J 100 J
LO
0 I'OI
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
84218
I
I
I
I
I
I
150

I
I
I
I

-1'0 0

0

I0

84134
150

t 8v,

VOLTS/DIV

X 1
Y, 10
2
20
5 L 50
rnv ~v
.2
20
50
.5
.I
I
v
2
.2
.S
5
10
v I
2
20
50
5
100
10

54210
N

(IN
tmv)
S'low

I

-8V2
C R4 223
64223
0 .01
J4200 r--~

U4234B

04223
.
410K
4210
H2
IPUT

1

SV,

CH I
DG 6AL~

84138
61 .y

U4134 C
~~S 3086

%53086
+ 8v2
8

5

84226
20

84222
IM

J4200-4

2

a'~A~1
P
r
1

84237
I .5 K

n84244
150

-8v

~~13~

SUBSTRATE

84236
I .SK

84245
50
84246
50

R4247
20

J4 200-3
+ 8v2

84232
ZS K

CH 2
Dc BAL

T321/T922 /T922R

i

8V2

84 23 3
ISK

R4234
150

+,,V2

U4234C
V5 3086

84238
61 .9

xl
xio
r, 20
2
5 "~ so
10
(- .1
.2
20
.5
50
I
.1
2
.2
.5
b
I
10
2
20
5
50
10
100

~A13VYO

"
"

Q4176

"

----4v

CHI
TRIG SIG
TO CR4364 ¢CR4362
DIAG

84174
3 .9K

"
R4173
24A

"

~- +8V
R417 5
3.9 K

Q4174

-8v2&1 5(cg6
U 4134A
3086

C4I

J4100-2
R 4161
392
(C H 1)
GAIN

1

-o.7s

S

~~ 84152
IK
Clw
(GAL)
VAR
84163
54 .9
(CH 1)
84162
52 .3
12

84151
IK
84138
61 .9

XI
2
5
10
'20
50
.2
.S
2
5
10

+o .a

84155
1,5K

R4I54
2.15 K

-Ls

04158
.01

04168
.001

.J .- C4153
T 100
84158

-8V

84168
9.1 K

IIK

I3

-0.75

C4155
470

8416 42.15 K

-Ls

84165
I.5k

"o" a

14

CHI

-VERT SIG

TO Q4302
R415lo
604

84166
604
CH 1
+VERT SIG
TO Q4303J

C4165
470

x 1o
r 20
so

2N 364U
Q4276

2
5
10
20
50
[I00

DIAL

}-+8V

CH 2
" TRIG SIG
TO CR436b
DIAG

V

U4234A
J4200 -2
<

R4 K51
GAIN
(CH 2)

84247
20

r9
VAR

(CH 2)

R42(.1
84238
(.1 .9

I

'/5

814252

I

1

3

04253
100
R4256
IIK

I

3

84255
1 .SK

84254
2. 15K

C4o
1 8=

(CA)
84263
54 .9
84262
52 .3
12

C4255
470

3086

04268
.001
84268
9.1 K

14

U42340
PARTIAL
1982-IS
R.EV.C,JUL 1977

84265
1 .5K
04265
470

'/5 3086

84256
604
"- +8V

-8v

84264
2 .ISK

cR2
-VERT SIG
TO 04312

A8

R42lo6
604
CH2
t VERT SIG
T O 0,-I313
SEE PARTS LIST FOR
SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.
VERTICAL DOAR0

VERTICAL INPU7 (T922/T922R)

DIAG

Circuit Description-T921/T922/T922R

VI. 1

VERT SWITCHING (T922/T922R) CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Digital logic devices are used to perform some of the functions in this instrument . LO and HI designations are used in this
circuit description to indicate the state of the digital circuit . HI indicates the more positive of the two levels. The specific voltages
that consitute a LO and HI logic state, may vary between individual devices .

PREAMP BUFFER
The buffer stages 04302 and 04303 isolate the preamplifier
from the delay line driver .

DELAY LINE DRIVER
The delay line driver is a push-pull feedback amplifier stage
composed of 04322, 04324, 04336, 04346, and associated
circuitry . A sample of the output of 04346 and 04336 is fed back
through R4336-R4328 and R4346-R4342 to the bases of 04322
and 04324 . Due to this feedback, this stage forms an inverting
operational amplifier with a virtual ground at the bases of 04322
and 04324 . Any current into these virtual grounds (null points)
causes an output voltage at the emitters of 04336 and 04346 that
is proportional to the feedback resistance .
Components C4333, C4334, C4344, R4333, R4334, and R4344
provide compensation (peaking) to correct for delay line losses .

DELAY LINE
The delay line, DL4339, provides approximately 200 ns delay
in the vertical signal . This allows the sweep generator circuit time
to initiate a sweep before the vertical signal reaches the crt
vertical deflection plates .

VERTICAL SWITCHING
The vertical switching circuit determines whether CH 1 orCH 2
is connected to the vertical output amplifier. In the alternate or
chopped mode, both channels are alternately displayed on a time
shared basis .
The diode gates, consisting of four diodes each, act as
switches that allow either of the vertical preamplifier signals to be
coupled to the delay line driver . Diodes CR4302, CR4303,
CR4304, and CR4305 control the CH 1 output ; CR4312, CR4313,
CR4314, and CR4315 control the CH 2 output . These diodes are
controlled by flip-flop U4364A, which in turn is controlled by
Vertical Mode switch, S4370 .
When the Vertical Mode switch is in the CH 1 position, pin 4 of
U4364A is held LO, causing pin 5 to go HI . A HI at pin 5 (a voltage
higher than at the bases of 04322 and 04324) reverse biases
CR4302 and CR4303 and forward biases CR4304 and CR4305 .
This allows the CH 1 signal to pass to the delay line driver. When
pin 5 is HI, pin 6 is LO, causing the cathodes of CR4312 and
CR4313 to be connected to a voltage much lower than on the
bases of 04322 and 04324 . Diodes CR4312 and CR4313 are now
forward biased and diodes CR4314 and CR4315 are reverse
biased, preventing the CH 2 signal from passing to the delay line
driver .
REV. B JUL 1977

In the CH 2 mode, the above conditions are reversed . Diodes
CR4312 and CR4313 are reverse biased, passing the CH 2 signal
and blocking the CH 1 signal .

In the DUAL TRACE Vertical Mode, CH 1 and CH 2 are
alternately connected to the delay line driver . There are two dual
trace modes : chopped and alternate . These modes are determined by the SEC/DIV switch setting . Chopped mode is obtained
for sweep speeds of 1 ms and slower and alternate for sweep
speeds of 0 .5 ms and faster .

In the chopped mode pin 2 of U4376A is ungrounded, allowing
the multivibrator, U4376A and U4376D, to free run at about
250 kHz . The output at pin 8 of U4376C serves as a clock pulse for
U4364A, which in turn switches the diode gates at the 250 kHz
rate . The clock pulse is also fed to U4364B, which provides an
output pulse to the Z Axis amplifier to blank out the transition
between CH 1 and CH 2 traces . If pin 13 of U4364B goes LO, the
output pin 9 is set LO, causing pin 6 of U4376B to go HI . This
causes pin 13 of U4364A to go HI after being delayed by C4386
charging through R4386 .

The clock pulse applied to pin 11 of U4364B causes pin 9 to go
HI, which in turn, after passing through the inverter and after
some delay, sets pin 13 LO again . This causes pin 9 to go LO
again . The positive-going voltage pulse (whose width is determined by R4386 and C4386) is converted to current by R4385R4384 and sent to the Z Axis Amplifier to blank switching
transients .

In the alternate mode, pin 2 of U4376A is grounded, preventing
multivibrator operation, thus keeping pin 10 of U4376C HI . At the
end of each sweep, the base of 04372 receives a current pulse,
driving it into saturation . The resulting negative-going pulse at
the collector is fed through C4372 to pin 9 of U4376C causing pin
8 to go HI . This in turn switches U4364A to pass either CH 1 or CH
2 to the delay line driver at the end of each sweep . Pin 12 of
U4364B is grounded through the SEC/DIV switch and prevents an
output at pin 9 .

The Vertical Mode switch also selects the appropriate internal
triggering source for CH 1 and CH 2 . With the Vertical Mode
switch set to CH 1 and DUAL TRACE, CR4364 is forward biased
and the signal from the CH 1 trigger pickoff goes to the sweep
circuit . I n these modes, CR4363 is connected to the -8 volts, thus
reverse biasing CR4366, preventing the CH 2 trigger signal from
'entering the trigger input amplifier. With the Vertical Modeswitch
set to CH 2, CR4366 becomes forward biased while CR4364 is
reverse biased because CR4362 is now connected to -8 volts .

.1 ti

S

VI.2
VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
Voltages shown on this schematic digaram were measured with a Tektronix DM 501 - Digital Multimeter . Voltage
measurements can vary as much as ±20%. No signals were applied to the vertical or the X (external trigger) input . See Waveform
Conditions for T922 or T922R control settings .

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS
Waveforms below were monitored with a Tektronix 7704A Oscilloscope, 71371 Time Base, and 7A15A Amplifier and a 10X
probe. The oscilloscope Input coupling was set to ac . Waveforms may vary as much as ±20% .
A 1 kHz, 50 mV sine wave was applied to Channel 1 input and a 1 kHz, 50 mV square wave was applied to Channel 2 input .
A Tektronix FG 501 Function Generator provides either of the input waveforms . .
The T922 or T922R controls were set as follows :

The other controls were set as needed to obtain a display .

VOLTS/DIV (both)
AC-GND-DC (both)
Vertical Mode
SOURCE
MODE
SLOPE
SEC/DIV
LEVEL

20 mV
DC
DUAL TRACE
INT
AUTO
+OUT
.5 ms
As required

The CH 1 POSITION control was adjusted so that the bottom of the sine wave was on the first horizontal graticule line
above the center and the CH 2 POSITION control was adjusted so that the top of the square wave was on the first horizontal
graticule line below the center .
*Screen positions for waveforms 2, 3, 4, and 5 are affected by settings of the T922 or T922R POSITION controls .

ADJUST TRIGGERING
AS NECESSARY

ADJUST TRIGGERING
AS NECESSARY

CD

CH 1
-VERT SIG
FROM R41S5
FROM
Dra,v

Q4302 2p31U~ 0

CFR4304

84325
604

H 1
+ VERT SIG
[FCROM 84165

R43i
2.OH

CH 2
-VERT SIG
FROM 84255

2N3

FROM
DIAL

84324
576

2M36

+VERT SIG

FROM

43

84265

8434 2.0 K
CH 1
TRIG SIG
FROM Q4176

CR4364

CR4363

S4370
VERTICAL
MODE

CP.43(n7

C4363
.01
CH 2

DUAL F_________i . . . . . . . . _
TRACE

+ 5v
84382
4.7 K

I

CH1

J2260-7

U 4364B
'/2 74 74

SEC/DIV
0 0-<4
ALT--CLOSED
CHOP=OPEN I
SEE
.5
DIA6
S ,2
.I
50
20
10
5
mS 2
I
S
.2
I
50
20
10
5
2
1
5
2

J2260-12

~'J2-7

+SV

P4-6

r

T921/T922/T922R

84374
IOK

C4386
.001

84386
300

6

84371
IK

P4-4

19s?.-20
RE14. 5, JUL 1977

PARTIAL A8

VERTICAL BOARD

PARTIAL AI
INTERFACE BOARD
SEE PARTS LIST FOR
SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.

19614- 20
REVB, JUL 1977

(T922/T922R)
VERTICAL SWITCHING

Q~

Circuit Description-T921/T922/T922R

VII . 1

TRIGGER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
(For T921 SN B010130-up, T92213010170-up & T922R all SN)
Digital logic devices are used to perform some of the functions in this instrument . LO and HI designations are used in this
circuit description to indicate the state of the digital circuit . HI indicates the more positive of the two levels . The specific voltages
that constitute a LO and HI logic state may vary between individual devices.

INPUT AND SWITCHING
SOURCE Switch
The SOURCE switch, S2100, selects trigger signals from INT,
LINE, X-Y, EXT, and_
EXT .
10
INT . Signal from the trigger pickoff circuit in the vertical
amplifier is connected to the trigger input amplifier, U2126B .
LINE . A sample of the line voltage, obtained from the power
transformer, is connected to the trigger input amplifier U2126B .
EXT . Externally applied signals pass through buffer amplifier
02104-02106 . FET 02104 is a source follower and 02106 is a
current source . Transistor 02108 and R2107 convert the voltage
signal at the buffer output to a current for application to the
trigger input amplifier . When EXT is selected, the collector of
02108 is connected to the trigger input amplifier (U2126B) by
SOURCE switch S2100 .
_EXT
10 . The output of buffer amplifier 02104-02106 is connected to R2111 . Resistor R2111 converts the buffer output
voltage to a current that is connected to the trigger input amplifier
via S2100 .
X-Y . Signals from the X (EXT) input are routed to the horizontal
amplifier via 02104, S2100, and CR2186 . The SOURCE switch
connects +8 volts to R2184, forward biasing CR2186 and
providing current to the horizontal amplifier to center the crt
display . Also, +8 volts is applied to CR2182 and R2134 to switch
the sweep into the NORM mode and to disable the trigger circuit .

MODE Switch

TV . The trigger signal is applied to the TV sync separator
circuit (U2126E, 02174, 02176) and the normal trigger generator
circuit is disabled . In this mode, the SLOPE switch is used to
supply the sync separator with a signal of the proper polarity . For
SEC/DIV settings of .1 ms/div or slower, the sweep is triggered by
vertical sync pulses which occur at a field rate . For SEC/DIV
settings of 50 Ns and faster, the sweep is triggered by the TV
horizontal line signals .

TRIGGER INPUT AMPLIFIER
The trigger input amplifier consists of U2126A, U2126B,
02124, and associated circuitry . Resistors R2127 and R2128 set
the amplifier input at -4 volts . The inverting configuration and
feedback from the emitter of 02124 form an inverting operational
amplifier with a null point at the base of U21266 . Any current into
the null point produces a voltage at the output proportional to the
feedback resistor, R2123 . Diode CR2124 prevents the emitter of
02124 from going below ground and reversing the voltage across
C2132 .

TRIGGER LEVEL COMPARATOR
Differential amplifier 02134-02136 functions as a comparator .
The LEVEL control R2138 selects the point on the waveform that
starts a sweep . Capacitor C2132 couples the trigger signal to the
comparator . As the trigger signal at the base of 02134 passes
through the same voltage level as the base of 02136 (set by
LEVEL control), the signal at the collector of U2126D passes
through the threshold (about 1 volt) of Schmitt trigger U2156AU2156B, producing a logic trigger signalyThe trigger signals at
the collectors of 02134 and 02136 are of opposite polarity . This
allows the SLOPE switch S2140 to invert the signals applied to TV
trigger input amplifier U2126E and normal trigger input amplifier
U2126D, C . When the SLOPE switch is in the +OUT position, the
output at the collector of U2126D is in phase with the trigger
source signal . Transistors U2126D and U2126C convert the
current signal from the collector of 02134 or 02136 to a voltage
signal for triggering the Schmitt trigger .

The MODE switch (S2150) selects three triggering modes :
AUTO, NORM, and TV .
AUTO . Allows the sweep to free run in the absence of a
triggering signal . See sweep circuit description for details .
NORM . Connects +8 volts to R2223 in the sweep generator
circuit . Allows the sweep to run only when a suitable triggering
signal is present .
REV. B JUL 1977

TV TRIGGER CIRCUIT
The TV trigger circuit comprises U2126E, 02174, 02176,
U2156B, C, D, and associated circuitry . When the MODE switch is
in TV, R2161 is disconnected from +8 volts, which allows trigger
signals from the collectors of 02134 and 02136 to pass through
the TV trigger circuit . (in AUTO & NORM, the +8 volts applied to
R2161 biases U2126E to saturation .)

VII . 2

Transistor U2126E is a high gain feedback amplifier . To
achieve stable triggering on TV signals, the LEVEL control must
be set at a point that will allow the sync pulses to appear within the
dynamic range of the amplifier .
The sync separator circuit consists of Q2174 and associated
circuitry . It processes sync-positive pulses when the SLOPE
switch is in the +OUT position and sync-negative pulses in the
-IN position . Transistor Q2174 produces large positive-going
pulses from negative-going sync signals at the collector of
U2126E .
In the TV field mode (SEC/DIV switch set for .1 ms or slower),
Q2176 is saturated (since base is grounded), and the integrator
(composed of C2174, C2176, R2174, and R2176) is switched into
the circuit (effectively connected to +8 volts through saturated
Q2176) . The integrator filters out the horizontal sync pulses,
leaving only the integrated vertical sync pulses, which trigger the
TV Schmitt trigger U2156B and U2156C .
In the TV line mode (SEC/DIV switch set for 50 Ns or faster) .
Q2176 is turned off (base open), disconnecting C2174 and C2176
from +8 volts . Capacitors C2174 and C2176 no longer integrate
the pulses, thus allowing both the horizontal and vertical sync
pulses to pass through to the TV Schmitt trigger .

SCHMITT TRIGGERS

The Schmitt trigger for the NORM and AUTO triggering modes
consists of U2156A, U2156B, and associated circuitry . Hysteresis
of this trigger circuit is determined by R2152, R2153, and R2147 .
The Schmitt trigger for the TV triggering mode is U2156B,
U2156C, U2156D, and associated circuitry . Resistors R2154 and
R2178 determine the sensitivity .
When the MODE switch S2150 is in AUTO or NORM, +8 volts is
applied to R2156 which causes pin 1 of U2156Ato go HI, enabling
Schmitt trigger U2156A-U2156B . At the same time, pins 12 and 13
of U2156D are also HI disabling Schmitt trigger U2156C-U2156B .
A trigger signal from U2126D triggers Schmitt trigger U2156AU2156B to produce a logic trigger signal at pin 6 of U2156B .
When the MODE switch S2150 is in TV, +8 volts is removed
from R2156 and pin 1 of U2156A is LO, disabling Schmitt trigger
U2156A-U2156B . Pins 12 and 13 of U2156D are LO, enabling
Schmitt trigger U2156C-U2156B . The trigger signal from the TV
sync separator triggers Schmitt trigger U2156C-U2156B to
produce a logic trigger signal at pin 6 of U2156B .

VII .3
VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
Voltages shown on this schematic diagram were measured with a Tektronix DM 501 Digital Multimeter . Voltage
measurements can vary as much as f20% . No signals were applied to the vertical input or the X (external trigger) input . Referto
Waveform Conditions for T922 or T922R control settings .

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS
NOTE
Waveforms are for T922 unless otherwise noted.
Waveforms below were monitored with a Tektronix 7704A Oscilloscope, 71371 Time Base, 7A15A Amplifierand 10X probe .
The oscilloscope input coupling was set to ac . Waveforms may vary as much as ±20% .
A 1 kHz, 50 mV si ne wave was applied to CH 1 input and a 1 kHz, 50 mV square wave was applied to CH 2 input. A Tektronix
FG 501 Function Generator provides either of the Input waveforms .
The T921, T922, or T922R controls were set as follows :

The other controls were set as needed to obtain a display.

VOLTS/DIV (both)
AC-GND-DC (both)
Vertical Mode
SOURCE
MODE
SLOPE
SEC/DIV

20 mV
DC
DUAL TRACE
LINE
AUTO`
+OUT
.5 ms

*For waveforms 5 and 6, the MODE switch was set to TV .
NOTE
To obtain voltages and waveforms on the Horizontal board, the Vertical Amplifier must be operated separately from
the instrument, using a Vertical Amplifier Extender Troubleshooting Fixture . See Troubleshooting Equipment and
Vertical Amplifier Replacement in the Service Information section of this manual.

1 11

1101
111011

0

*

CD

1982-24

s2000

SOURCE
INT
LINE
EXT
EXT = 10
X-Y

-8,1

+8v
R21Ia
6 "2K

CR2112

R2. 111
20K

0 0 .,

A210~

- 8v
-4V

T921/T922/T922R

SZ100
SOURCE

SHOWN IN NORM

(SHOWN IN INT)

52150
MODE

I
I

I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I

I
I

I
1
I

I
I
I

I
1
I

I
I
I

I
I

I
I

1
I
I

I
I
I

AUTO
NORM
TV

II

*SOME BOARDS MARKED WITH
TH15 CKT NO .,0ItUNMAfLKED .
SEE P,°°'ITS LIST FOR EARLIER
VALLI . A' 0 SERIAL NUMBER
R! C ; s -PARTS OUTLINED
OR
IN GRE

RZ188
7.SK

P2100- 14'
.)

UNBLANKING
TO P2-8 ~ 82231
DIAG

82164
2,80 K

+ev

X(RYT) SIGNAL
TO QZ314
DIAG

CR2182
+ 8V-6107-0
+BV-0--c
+$v -0 0 0

.100-2
P2

R21345.1 K

FROM P2412-5

NORM MODE
TO 82223
DIAG

+ CC218?
1u F

P2100- 1

C R2135

T922R ONLY

O

(MR21BG)
CRZ18(o

O 0 O

+ 8V
R212fo
IK

0 O

C 2132
IOO~ .F

82132
2.2.K

p2100-3

Cal 0. 1

00 O
(#CR2123 1
VR2123
5.IV

(+OUT)
INN

UZI26
'/s 3086

P2100-7

+ 8 V .0

P2100-4

S 214 0
SLOPE

R? 142
2.45 K

_6v

+8V
CZ12.5
.01

82121
100
NR21122)
82122
3
1,3K
-8V 82125
560

>)---~- +8V
P2100-16I'

-8V

G2128
0.1

82127
21 .2K
82126
1 .2K
C21(.3
47

~6 3086

821
2 .'

82162
220
PARTIAL

A12 HORIZONT AL

BOARD

1982-25
REV C JUL, 1977

_6v

T921 SN8OIO

CFt2I35

P2-4

IN7EN LIMIT
TO VR412
Z AXIS . AMP

+8V

DIAL
PARTIAL

AI

INT ERFACE

60ARD
Pz-3Y

R21345.1 K

+8V

U215GA
1 /4 7400

C2147
0.1
2137
100

135
BO K

FROM P2412-30
79228 ONLY

R215 3
(b
.8 ;O

R 2.136
5 750

TRIG SIG
TO
U2212A PIN I 4 U2224B PIN 11
DIAG

82154
8.2K

36

I PE~
i

0

15_7
K

-8v

82143
2.4 9 I<

+8V

14

82140
4,421(

6
2
IK

* sv
C 215!0
0.1

0
i

U215(D
7400

7

82144
820

-614

- 8V

82163
IOK

14

P

r-' 82166
i
2.2K

Rai(7
20 K

+8v

82173
750

C 2176
.022

SEC/DIV
S2250
SEE DIP,(,

,2
50
20
10
5
2
.5
.2

MpS&S 23

+8v
82164
2 .2K

.5 1
.2 S
.1 J
50
20
10
5
2

IQ217(,,

R' 1751

J2160-13

1
I
CL05ED=TV FIELD
I /OPEN-TV LINE
I

Ca175
0.1

82176
1 .6 K
1 J
2260-7
C21(.7
Q2174

C2.165
I~F
-8V

792)SNB010190 - UP

82172
I .6 K
-8V

82174
1 .8K

C2174
.01

T922 SN 8010170 - UP T92-11Q ALL SERIAL NUMBE2S

SEE PARTS LIST FOR
SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.

PARTIAL A 13
TIMING 80ARD

TRIGGER 0(LATE)

Circuit Description-T921/T922/T922R

TRIGGER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
(For T921 Below SN B010130 and T922 Below SN B010170)
Digital logic devices are used to perform some of the functions in this instrument . LO and HI designations are used in this
circuit desciption to indicate the state of the digital circuit . HI indicates the more positive of the two levers . The specific voltages
which constitute a LO and HI logic state may vary between individual devices .

INPUT AND SWITCHING
SOURCE Switch
The SOURCE switch, S2100, selects trigger signals from INT,
LINE, X-Y, EXT, and_
EXT .
10
INT. Signal from the trigger pickoff circuit in the vertical
amplifier is connected to the trigger input amplifier U2126B .
LINE . A sample of the line voltage, obtained from the power
transformer, is connected to the trigger input amplifier U2126B .
EXT. External trigger signals applied to J2110 external trigger
(X) input are connected to the trigger input amplifier, U2126B, via
input buffer amplifier 02114-02116 and coupling capacitor
C2123 . Diode CR2116 protects 02114 from large negative-going
trigger signals . (The 02114 gate-drain junction provides protection from large positive-going signals by limiting the 02114 gate
voltage to about +8 volts .) Transistor 02116 provides a relatively
constant current source for 02114 . Resistor R2111 sets the
external trigger sensitivity and converts the voltage signal to a
current signal .
EXT
10 . Resistors R2119 and 82120, with R2111, form a current
divider to attenuate the external trigger signal by a factor of 10 .
Diodes CR2115 and CR2186 form a current switch that prevents
external trigger signals from coupling into the horizontal
amplifier in EXT and _EXT .
10
X-Y. Signals from the X (EXT) input are routed to the horizontal
amplifier via 02114, S2110, and CR2186 . The SOURCE switch
connects +8 volts to 82184, forward biasing CR2186 and
providing current to the horizontal amplifier to center the crt
display . Also, +8 volts is applied to CR2182 and R2134 to switch
the sweep into the NORM mode and to disable the trigger circuit .

MODE Switch
The MODE switch S2150 selects three triggering modes :
AUTO, NORM, and TV .
AUTO . Allows the sweep to free run in the absence of
triggering signal . See sweep circuit description for details .

REV. B JUL 1977

NORM . Connects +8 volts to R2223 in the sweep generator
circuit. Allows the sweep to run only when a suitable triggering
signal is present .
TV . The trigger signal is applied to the TV sync separator
circuit (U2126E, 02174, 02176) and the normal trigger generator
circuit is disabled . In this mode, the SLOPE switch is used to
supply the sync separator with a signal of the proper polarity . For
SEC/DIVsettings of .1 ms/divor slower, the sweep is triggered by
vertical sync pulses which occur at a field rate . For SEC/DIV
settings of 50 Ns and faster, the sweep is triggered by the TV
horizontal line signals .

TRIGGER INPUT AMPLIFIER
The trigger input, amplifier consists of U2126A, U2126B,
02124, and associated circuitry . Resistors R2127 and 82128 set
the amplifier input at -4 volts . The inverting configuration and
feedback from the emitter of 02124 form an inverting operational
amplifier with a null point at the base of U2126B . Any current into
the null point produces a voltage at the output proportional to the
feedback resistor 82123 . Diode CR2124 prevents the emitter of
02124 from going below ground and reversing the voltage across
C2132 .

TRIGGER LEVEL COMPARATOR
Differential amplifier 02134-02136 functions as a comparator .
The LEVEL control 82138 selects the point on the waveform that
starts a sweep . Capacitor C2132 couples the trigger signal to the
comparator . As the trigger signal at the base of 02134 passes
through the same voltage level as the base of 02136 (set by
LEVEL control), the signal at the collector of U2126D passes
through the threshold (about 1 volt) of Schmitt trigger U2156AU2156B producing a logic trigger signal . The trigger signals at the
collectors of 02134 and 02136 are of opposite polarity . This
allows the SLOPE switch S2140 to invert the signals applied to the
TV trigger input amplifier U2126E and the normal trigger input
amplifier U2126D, C . When the SLOPE switch is in the +OUT
position, the output at the collector of U2126D is in phase with the
trigger source signal . Transistors U2126D and U2126C convert
the current signal from the collector of 02134 or 02136 to a
voltage signal for triggering the Schmitt trigger.

VIII . 2
TV TRIGGER CIRCUIT
The TV trigger circuit comprises U2126E, 02174, 02176,
U2156B, C, D, and associated circuitry . When the MODE switch is
in TV, R2161 is disconnected from +8 volts which allows trigger
signals from the collectors of 02134 and 02136 to pass through
the TV trigger circuit . (In AUTO and NORM, the +8 volts applied
to R2161 biases U2126E to saturation .)

Transistor U2126E is a high gain feedback amplifier. To
achieve stable triggering on TV signals, the LEVEL control must
be set at a point that will allow the sync pulses to appear within the
/
dynamic range of the amplifier.

The sync separator circuit consists of 02174 and associated
circuitry . It processes sync-positive pulses when the SLOPE
switch is in the +OUT position and sync-negative pulses in the
-IN position . Transistor 02174 produces large positive-going
pulses from negative-going sync signals at the collector of
U2126E .

In the TV field mode (SEC/DIV switch set for .1 ms or slower),
02176 is saturated (since base is grounded), and the integrator
(composed of C2174, C2176, R2174, and R2176) is switched into
the circuit (effectively connected to +8 volts through saturated
02176) . The integrator filters out the horizontal sync pulses,
leaving only the integrated vertical sync pulses, which triggerthe
TV Schmitt trigger U2156B and U2156C .

In the TV line mode (SEC/DIV switch set for 50 Ns or faster),
02176 is turned off (base open), disconnecting C2174 and C2176
from +8 volts . Capacitors C2174 and C2176 no longer integrate
the pulses, thus allowing both the horizontal and vertical sync
pulses to pass through to the TV Schmitt trigger .

SCHMITT TRIGGERS
The Schmitttrigger forthe NORM and AUTO triggering modes
consists of U2156A, U2156B, and associated circuitry . Hysteresis
of this trigger circuit is determined by R2152, R2153, and R2147 .
The Schmitt trigger for the TV triggering mode is U2156B,
U2156C, U2156D, and associated circuitry . Resistors R2154 and
R2178 determine the sensitivity .
When the MODE switch S2150 is in AUTO or NORM, +8 volts is
applied to R2156 which causes pin 1 of U2156A to go HI, enabling
Schmitt trigger U2156A-U2156B . At the same time, pins 12 and 13
of U2156D are also HI disabling Schmitttrigger U2156C-U2156B .
A trigger signal from U2126D triggers Schmitt trigger U2156AU2156B to produce a logic trigger signal at pin 6 of U2156B .
When the MODE switch S2150 is in TV, +8 volts is removed
from R2156 and pin 1 of U2156A is LO, disabling Schmitt trigger
U2156A-U2156B . Pins 12 and 13 of U2156D are LO, enabling
Schmitt trigger U2156C and U2156B . The trigger signal from the
TV sync separator triggers Schmitt trigger U2156C-U2156B to
produce a logic trigger signal at pin 6 of U2156B .

VIII.3
VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
Voltages shown on this schematic diagram were measured with a Tektronix DM 501 Digital Multimeter . Voltage
measurements can vary as much as ±20%. No signals were applied to the vertical input orthe X (external trigger) input . Referto
Waveform Conditions for T921, T922, or T922R control settings.

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS
NOTE
Waveforms are for T922 unless otherwise noted.
Waveforms below were monitored with a Tektronix 7704A Oscilloscope, 71371 Time Base, 7A15A Amplifierand 10X probe .
The oscilloscope input coupling was set to ac . Waveforms may vary as much as ±20% .
A 1 kHz, 50 mV sine wave was applied to CH 1 input and a 1 kHz, 50 mV square wave was applied to CH 2 input . A Tektronix
FG 501 Function Generator provides either of the input waveforms .
The T921, T922, or T922R controls were set as follows:

The other controls were set as needed to obtain a display .

VOLTS/DIV (both)
AC-GND-DC (both)
Vertical Mode
SOURCE
MODE
SLOPE
SEC/DIV

20 mV
DC
DUAL TRACE
LINE
AUTO'
+OUT
.5 ms

"For waveforms 5 and 6, the MODE switch was set to TV .
NOTE
To obtain voltages and waveforms on the Horizontal board, the Vertical Amplifier must be operated separately from
the instrument, using a Vertical Amplifier Extender Troubleshooting Fixture. See Troubleshooting Equipment and
Vertical Amplifier Replacement in the Service Information section of this manual .

1982-24

52100

SOURCE
INT
LINE
EXT
EXT= 10
X-Y

I
I
1+8v
I
i
1
I
I

l

I
H_ i

I
I

I
I
I
I
C2116

J21 10

C2112
47

51

I
F-_1

,
I
I
I
1
I
Iq
I +SV
I

I

(SHOWN IN INT)

I

I

I
I
1
I
I

I

I
I
f

Iq
I+Bv
1

~

1

i
F
1
I

t
,

I

I
I

I
1+ev

1
I
I
I
,

1
I
I
I
I

1
,

1
I

1-- 1

l

I

I
I

1

I

I

1
I

Iq
1 .8v

I
0-

I
I
I

I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I

~I
I
I

I

1

1

I

I

I

1
I
1
I
I
I
1

I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I

I

I
1
F _ ._I
T v V

+8v

I

+8

-Sv

I
I

T921/T922/ T922R

I
I

~ R2115
1 .82K

TRIGGER FORT921 BELOW SN 8010130 &T

I

52150
MODE

(SHOWN IN NORM)
AUTO
NORM
TV
P2100-14

R2188
7.SK

>

UNBLANKING
TO P2-8 &
R2237
DIAG

P2100-10 11
I
I
I
I
I
I

I
I
I
I

P2100-5

I

P2100-2

II

I
I

I
I
I
I

I

+8V
+8V

P210o-1

0 O

I

SZ
R2184

5'~C (Tic

X (EXT) SIGNAL
TO 02314
DIAG

O

NORM MODE
TO R2223
DIAG

O

C Z162.

I1

CR2135

,ZI$ga'VIri o

2BOK
.
~'

1

O

P2100-8
R2117
5.6K
P7.100-13

+8v

R2134
5 .1 K

n

P2100-11

30K

02136
R2136
750

R21'32
2 .2K

C2147
O,I

+8V

R2135
C2123
47~, F

R2147
2.2K

R2136
20K

C21'96
0.1

LEVEL

P2100 - 3
52140

00
R2120
SI

SLOPE
1
-BV

C212B
.01

P2100-7

+8V
-8V

P2100-4
P2100- IS

II

(* R21122)
R2122
1 .3K
- BV

U2126B
1/53086

U2126A-- 02128
0 .1
'/s 3086

T

R2125
560

OUT
( -, IN
R2127
1 .2K
R2143
2 .49K

R2126
1 .2K

9

- SV
R2142
2,49K

6V

P2100 -12

C

-BV
+av
R2164
2 .2K

C2163
47

J

*- SOME BOARDS MARKED
WITH THIS CIRCUIT NUMBER
OR WITH NO MARK,

BV-R2166
2 .2 K
U212GE
'/53086

R2162
220
-av

SN 8010130 & T922 BELOW SW B010170

13
-8v

02165
IAF

C21(.7
F

INTEN LIMIT TO VP-41'2
ZAM5 AMP
DIAG O

J2- 411
P-R.TIAL

I INTERFACE g0AR0

+8
.V
y
fVL-3
+SV

LEVEL
SEC/DIV

TRIGGER

(EARLY)

Circuit Description-T921/T922/T922R

IX. 1

SWEEP AND HORIZ AMPL CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
Digital logic devices are used to perform some of the functions in this instrument. LO and HI designations are used in this
circuit description to indicate the state of the digital circuit . H I indicates the more positive of the two levels. The specific voltages
which constitute a LO and HI logic state may vary between individual devices .

SWEEP
The sweep is produced by a Miller Integrator circuit consisting
of 02242, 02244, and 02246 . A sweep ramp is initiated at the
collector of 02246 when pin 3 of U2234A goes LO and is
terminated when pin 3 goes HI (see Timing diagram, Fig . 7-2) .
In the NORM triggering mode, pin 2 of U2212A is HI, allowing a
positive-going trigger signal at pin 1 of U2212A through U2212D
and U2234C to cause pin 3 of U2234A to go LO . This reverse
biases CR2233 and CR2234 and allows the timing capacitor
(selected by the SEC/DIV switch, S2250) to charge, producing a
sweep ramp at the collector of 02246 . When the sweep ramp
reaches about 12 volts, 02274 turns on . This causes pin 7 of
U2224A to go LO, pin 8 of U2234C to go LO and pin 3 of U2234A to
go HI . When pin 3 of U2234A goes HI, CR2233 and CR2234 are
forward biased, terminating the sweep . Pin 7 of U2224A remains
LO for a length of time (holdoff time) determined by C2275,
C2274, ,R2275, and R2279 . Three holdoff times are selected by the
SEC/DIV switch S2250. After the selected holdoff time, pin 7 goes
HI . This allows the next trigger signal to switch pin 3 of U2234A
LO and again start the sweep .
In the AUTO triggering mode, when no trigger signal occurs at
pin 11 of U2224B for about 50 ms, pin 10 of U2224B goes LO,
causing the sweep to start after the holdoff time ends . This allows
the sweep to free run and provide a reference display . When a
trigger signal is present, pin 11 of U222413 goes HI, then LO (when
trigger signal ends), and the time constant of C2226-R2226
prevents pin 10 from going LO as long as the repetition rate of the
trigger signal is higher than about 20 Hz .

SWEEP GATE -;
PIN 3
U2234

HORIZONTAL AMPLIFIER
The horizontal amplifier converts the single-ended signal to a
push-pull signal, which drives the crt horizontal deflection plates .
The input to the horizontal amplifier comes from eitherthesweep
generator or the X (external trigger) input connector . In the X-Y
mode, the trace is shifted to the center of the screen by the current
through R2184 . In the AUTO and NORM modes, the input to the
horizontal amplifier is a linear ramp from the sweep generator.
Transistors 02314, 02326, and associated circuitry, form an
operational amplifier with a variable gain range of over 10 to 1 .
The gain is set by feedback elements R2312, R2323, and X1-X10
control, R2322 . The horizontal POSITION control, R2316,
positions the crt display horizontally by varying the current into
the base of 02314 .
When the BEAM FINDER switch, S100B, is pressed, the
dynamic range of 02326 is decreased . This limits the horizontal
deflection to the crt screen area . The BEAM FINDER switch also
limits the vertical deflection to the crt screen area .
Transistors 02332, 02334, 02344, and assoicated circuitry,
compose a paraphase amplifier . Transistor 02332 is a lowimpedance input for 02334 . HORIZ CAL adjustment R2332 sets
the gain of the paraphaseamplifier . When the current through the
collector of 02334 increases, the current through the collectorof
02344 decreases and is 180° out of phase with the current at the
collector of 02334 . The resulting signal to the crt deflection plates
is a push-pull signal . Diode, CR2334, prevents 02334 from
saturating when R2322 is in the X10 position .
Since 02334 is a shunt feedback amplifier and 02344 is a
common base amplifier, any noise in the 100 V power supply will
appear as a part of the output . To prevent the noise from
appearing on the crt screen, an operational amplifier, consisting
of 02354 and associated circuitry, supplies an inverted sample of
the power supply noise to the output . Now, any noise in the 100
volt power supply appears common mode to the horizontal
deflection plates, preventing horizontal deflection of the noise
signal . Resistor R2354 provides feedback for the operational
amplifier .

1982-27

Fig . 7-2 . Timing diagram : sweep generator and gate .
REV . B JUL 1977

When pin 3 of U2234A goes HI, the current set by R2236,
R2235, and R2237 is sent to the Z Axis Amplifier to blank the crt
during hold-off .

IX.2
VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
Voltages shown on this schematic diagram were measured with a Tektronix DM 501 Digital Multimeter . Voltage
measurements can vary as much as ±20% . No signals were applied to the vertical input or the X (external trigger) input . See
Waveform Conditions for T921, T922, or T922R control settings .

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS
Waveforms below were monitored with a Tektronix 7704A Oscilloscope, 71371 Time Base, 7A15A Amplifier and a 10X
probe. The oscilloscope input coupling was set to ac . Waveforms may vary as much as ±20% .
A 1 kHz, 50 mV sine wave was applied to CH 1 input and a 1 kHz, 50 mV square wave was applied to CH 2 input . A
Tektronix FG 501 Function Generator provides either of the Input waveforms .
The T921, T922, or T922R controls were set as follows:

0

The other controls were set as needed to obtain a display .

20 mV
DC
DUAL TRACE
INT'
AUTO
+OUT
.5 ms
For triggered display

VOLTS/DIV (both
AC-GND-DC (both)
Vertical Mode
SOURCE
MODE
SLOPE
SEC/DIV
LEVEL

20 V

0
s

200 ps

1982-26

$2100

INT
LINE
EXT
EXT s 10
X-Y

SEE
DIAG

O

+ S V --0-6-0
+9v _-0

52150
AUTO
NORM
TV

v
I
I
I
I
I

+BV
22236
68
NOT MARKED --'o
ON SOME BOARDS
22235
680

I
1

Ci!1

"
~~
''

I
I
I
I
I

J2100-14

i
i

I

P2188
INTEN LIMIT TO
-ft. 2 AXIS AMP
SEE DIAG O

J2100-10
J2100-4

i
ii
J2100-2
+BV -O-U-0-4'

O

5312
H
22237
5 .1 k

J.

22184

CR2182

X(EXT)SIG
FROM CP2116 -111-0 0 0
DIAG O3

TO P2412-4
T92'19 OWL/

O

-BV

P2233
1 .2 k

TRIG SIG FROM
U21568 . PIN 6
SEE DIAG

U2212A
%4 7400

+5V

J2260-3
,12260-2

22273
10 k

L

I

J2260

50
10
10

ms
SHOWN IN`
0 .5 SEC
52250
nP .

5

2
1
.5
.2
.I
50
20
10
5
2

~~

1O

P2-8

II

P2_6

14

P2_3O

O

I5
8
q

Q2274
22276
5.Ik

I

.5
.2

T921/T922/T922JL

J2260-11

" 8V
82236
NOT MARKED -0 68
ON SOME BOARDS
82235
680

C2392
15,"F
J21

P2-e

260" 7

UNSLANKING
TO 2 AXIS AMk

FIELD
~0) J2260-13 a TV
TO 02175
82175 DING

j
PAPTIAL A13
TIMING BOARD

J2-$ DIPS,

J2260-10

,2186
82315
7.5 k

POSITION

9
U 22W
is

i 7400

212C
7400

22327
330

82313
7.67 k
-BV

+5V

C231

10

TO F

T92.

02244
C2245
22

22245
24 .3 k

U2

-8V

U22341

96

~4 7400

It8.323~
82247

17 . 4k

-SV
ISYWCPULSE
PO J4-5

DIAL

4O

AI INTCRFACE BOARD
1982- 30

REV.C,JUL197-7

0-12
iP2-7

TV FIELD
-13
--~
TO C2115 1`
P-2115 DING

P2 -S

II

CI

10

CH P/ALT
TO J4-b
DIAG

51008
BEAM
FINDER

SEE
DIAG

O
PARTIAL AI

INTERFACE SOARO

P2-II

+IOOV -

P2-3

+8V

gy
FROM

DG
©

+5V
+8V

II

-sy

-8v

=
DIAG

O

WAS

O

-8V

-sv
TO P24I2-2

T922R ONLY

O
+1 OOy

VOLTAGE VARIES WITH
P0517ION CONTROL SETTING

-BV

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER
VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER
RANGES OF PARTS OUTLINED
OR DEPICTED IN GREY .

SEE PARTS LIST FOR
SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.

mv

Circuit Description-T921/T922/T922R

X.1

T922R
SINGLE SWEEP, OUTPUT BUFFER, & Z AXIS
Diagrams 7, 8, and 9, and associated circuit descriptions, pertain to circuitry that is used only in the T922R and is not
present in the T921 and T922 bench versions . For circuit descriptions and diagrams of circuitry common to the T921, T922, and
T922R, refer to diagrams 1 through 6 .

SINGLE SWEEP
To operate in the Single Sweep mode, S2400B is set to SINGLE
SWEEP . This applies the signal from U2402B to pin 2 of U2156A
(see diagram 5) via P2412 pin 3 . Pin 8 of U2402B now controls the
ability of the Trigger Generator to supply a trigger signal to the
Sweep Generator. Fig . 7-3 shows a timing diagram of the signals
generated during a single sweep display .
The sequence of events during a single-sweep display is as
follows :
1 . S2400B is in the SINGLE SWEEP position . Before time A
(see Fig . 7-3) pin 8 of U2402B is HI clamping pin 2 of U2156A HI .
2 . At time A the RESET button (S2400A) is pushed and
released . Pin 4 of U2402A is momentarily grounded and pin 1 of
U2402A is momentarily ungrounded . This sets, then resets
U2402A, which provides a bounce-free pulse at pin 5 of U2402A .
3 . The pulse from pin 5 of U2402A is connected to the clock
input of U2402B, pin 11 . This causes pin 9 of U2402B to go HI,
lighting the READY indicator, CR2400 . At the same time, pin 8 of
U2402B goes LO, reverse biasing CR2406 . With CR2406 reverse
biased, pin 2 of U2456A is released .
4 . At time B the Trigger Generator produces a trigger signal
causing the sweep gate, at pin 3 of U2234A (see diagram 6), to
step LO . This causes the Sweep Generator to begin the sweep
ramp .
5 . The sweep gate signal from pin 3 of U2234 is applied to pin
13 of U2402B via P2412-1 . At time B, the sweep gate steps LO .
This resets UP-402B . Pin 9 of U2402B steps LO, which extinguishes the READY indicator CR2400 . At the same time, pin 8
of U2402B steps HI, which forward biases CR2406, forcing pin 2
of U2156A HI . While pin 2 of U2156A is held HI, the Trigger
Generator is locked out and cannot supply another trigger signal
to the Sweep Generator . No furthersweepscan be displayed until
the RESET button is again pushed to repeat the cycle .

intensity) . In the other position of P2430 (index at + = DIM),
02432 is bypassed, allowing a positive-going applied signal to
decrease the crt intensity (and negative-going signal to increase
intensity) .

SWEEP GATE OUT AMPLIFIER
The Sweep Gate signal is picked off pin 3 of U2234 (see
diagram 6) and is applied via P2412-1 to the inverting amplifier,
02422 . This circuit inverts the Sweep Gate signal and provides
isolation between the output connector and the Sweep
Generator .

INPUT
SIGNAL
RANDOM
PULSES PIN 1
U2402A

A

B

I
I

I

I

I

I

I

j
I
j
i
I

I

I

REV . A, JUNE 1976

I
I
I
I
i
I

PIN 4
U2402A
PIN 5
U2402A
AND
PIN 11
U2402B
PIN 9
U2402B
READY LAMP
PIN 8
U2402B
SWEEP
DISABLE
PIN 2
U2156B
TRIGGER
PIN 3
U2234
SWEEP
GATE

v
I
I
I
I

I

i

I
i

j

SWEEP
RAMP
COLLECTOR OF
02246

Z AXIS INVERTER
02432 is a unity-gain common-emitter amplifier . P2430 may
be installed on J2430 in either of two positions . In one position
(index at + = BRIGHT), 02432 is inserted in the external Z axis
signal path from the rear-panel Z AXIS IN connector J2430, and
inverts the signal, allowing a negative-going applied signal to
decrease the crt intensity (and positive-going signal to increase

C
I
I

SWEEP ENDS
HOLDOFFSTARTS
SWEEP
TRIGGERS

1982-62

Fig . 7-3 . Timing diagram of signals generated during a singlesweep display .

X.2

SWEEP RAMP OUT AMPLIFIER

CHOP-ALTERNATE SELECTION

The Sweep Ramp signal is picked off the collector of 02246
(see diagram 6) and applied via P2412-2 to emitter follower
02412 . Transistor 02412 provides isolation between the output
connector and the Sweep Generator .

In the T922 bench version, a contact on the SEC/DIV switch
selects either the CHOP or ALT dual-trace modes . In the T922R,
this function is performed by a front-panel mounted pushbutton
switch (S2408) . This allows manual selection of either CHOP or
ALT when operating in the DUAL TRACE mode .

ALT
1 CHOP

READY

RESET

SINGLE SWP
1 REPETITIVE

P2412
SWEEP GATE
FROM
U2234-3

I

SWP
GATE OUT

DIAG

SWEEP RAMP
FROM
Q2246

l21
JA'R2417
470

J2412

11-31

SWP
RAMP OUT

II Lj

+=BRIGHT
y1
vZ

1
Z AXIS
TO
P419

~

SHOWN IN`
+=DI/M

JZ430
Z AXIS IN
SEE PARTS LIST FOR
SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES
REVERSE PLUG
TO CHANGE
~Z AXIS POLARITY)

T921/T922/ T922R

1982-65
"
REV . A DEC. 1976

T922R SINGLE SWEEP, OUTPUT BUFFER ~ Z AXIS

0

Circuit Description-T921/T922/T922R

XI. 1

T922 R
Diagrams 7, 8, 9, and associated circuit descriptions pertain to circuitry that is used only in the T922R and is not present in
the T921 and T922 bench versions . For circuit descriptions and diagrams of circuitry common to the T921, T922, and T992R,
refer to diagrams 1 through 6 .

SCALE ILLUMINATION AND
+32 VOLT POWER SUPPLY

VERTICAL SIGNAL OUT
(COMP VERT SIG OUT)

The T921 and T922 bench versions use a dropping resistor
R784 and Zener diode VR784 to drop the +100 volt supply to +33
volts for use in the Vertical Output Amplifier and crt circuits (see
Fig . 7-4) . In the T922R, the Scale Illumination circuit provides a
+32 volt supply in place of the +33 volt supply .

Fig . 7-5 shows a simplified block diagram of the Vertical Signal
Out circuit . The Vertical Signal Out circuit supplies a sample of
the signal present in the Vertical Output Amplifierto J169 (COMP
VERT SIG OUT) on the rear panel .

VR818 holds the base of Q812 at +33 volts . This holds the
output voltage at about +32 volts . When the SCALE ILLUM
control (R812) is set fully counterclockwise, Q816 and Q818 are
biased off and transistor Q812 supplies all the current drawn by
the +32 volt supply . To increase Scale Illumination, R812 is
adjusted to forward bias 0816 and 0818 . As this forward bias
increases, the current through them increases . This causes a
corresponding decrease in the current through Q812 . The
increased current through Q816 increases the current through
DS816 and DS818, which increases scale illumination .

Q160 and Q162 are connected as a differential amplifier . The
paraphase signal from the emitters of 0112 and Q122 (see
diagram 1) is applied totheinputsofthedifferential amplifier (the
bases of Q160 and Q162 respectively) . The output of the
differential amplifier is taken from the collector of Q162 and
applied to the base of Q166 . Transistor Q166 amplifies the output
signal and shifts its do level . The signal from the collector of Q166
is connected (through P168) to the COMP VERT SIG OUT
connector, J169 .

+100V
R784
10 WATT
+33V

I

VERTICAL
OUTPUT
AMPLIFIER

1982-63

Fig. 7-4. Bench version T922 +33 volt power supply .

REV . A, JUNE 1976

Fig . 7-5 . Simplified block diagram of the vertical output amplifier
circuit .

PARTIAL AI

INTERFACE BOARD

+BV

COMP VERT
SIG OUT

CH 2

1
54099

(INPUT) P4203I
\~

0I,IP4103
R499
7

4210

~~
~~

O
s41
1 oD
oDTO
DIAG

IP4203

3

/17

.16
INPUT

CTO
54210
DIAG
35

INPUT

AL F ROST
t REAR

EXT
TRIG

R4199
47

10

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER
VALUES AND SERIAL NUMBER
RANGES OF PARTS OUTLINED
OR DEPICTED IN GREY.
NOTE :
GROUNDED TO
ATTENUATOR
SHIELD

v1 _

I

I
I

51998

T921 / T922/T922R

1952-66
REV. A, DEC. 1470

INPUT

~'I
I2

I

SEE PARTS LIST FOR
SEMICONDUCTOR TYPES.

T922R SCALE ILLUM,+32V SUPPLY,
VERTICAL SIGNAL OUT AMPLIFIER,4 FRONT ~ REAR SWITCHING

J2.10 1
EXT 11
X
TRIG
(REAR)

P2102

r

P 21 03
TRIGGER SIGNAL
i2

J2110
EXT TRIG
(FRONT)

J4101
CH1 Y
(REAR)

J4110

CH 1(Y)
SWITCH
BOARD

n

P4103
INPUT 516

12

CHI
INPUT
(FRONT)

J4201
CH 2
(REAR)

J4210
CH2
INPUT
(FRONT)

P4100
1
CH 1
2
ATTEN
3
BOARD
4

P4203
INPUT SI6
>
12
>

CH2

SIG TO PREAMP
D C BALANCE

SIC, TO GAIN SW

P4

rI

J4100
1

I

SI6 TO FET
SIG TO PREAMP

2
ATTEN i_ D C BALANCE
3
BOARD
SIG TO GAIN SW
4

GROUND

(?PINT

2
3

4

J4200
I
3

I z ,1

13`

I4I

SPARE

141

ALT SYNC PULSE 15l
CHOP/ALT
W

17i CHOP BLANKING

~,sl

1
1111
1121

4

n

SI6

+SV

110 I

2

TRIb

P40

,3I
15I

VERTICAL
BOARD

P4200
CH 2
SWITCH
BOARD

SIG TO FET

-av

+VERTSib
GROUND

_ 1,41
1101

( 111
" 1 1 21

LJ

LJ

+I OOV UNRE(v
131

L. V.
POW ER
SUPPLY
BOARD

14 I

15I
1 GI

12 1

+ av

13,

-8V

I4I

I51

GROUND

I6~

LINE TRIG SIV

I7 I

SPARE

17v1
Ia,1
Iq1

LINE VOLTAGE

110 1

SPARE
Ig~. LINE 1/OLTAbE
IHI

1`
LJ

u
P818

P81b
SCALE
ILLUM
BOARD

17 1

18;

-VERT SI6
GROUND

X61

RETURN VOLTS -

12"
151

8812
SCALE ILLUM

T921/T922/T922R

1982-67
REV. A, DEC. 1976

13 I
<

P40

GROUND

I

_TRIG S16

INTERFACE
BOARD

I2 ;

+8y

I3 ;

SPARE

14 1

f SYNC PULSE I51
I61

OP/ALT

1 71

BLANKING
-8V
/ERT 516
3ROUND

a

IERT SIG

Iy~
1101

_ 1111

GROUND

+ 100V
IOV UNRE(G
+av

1121
V

131

_gv

141
Is1

SPARE
NE VOLTAGE

SPARE
4E VOLTAGE

+IOpV
'URN VOLTS

W
J O

m

GROUND
TRIG SIG

T2 ROT 0
-1

P70

I61

+32v --51
TO P475-2 -j~
1 1 61
-sv
-

IU

ASTIG 01

N
13

v
a
3

R477
100K

171
I81

191

IIOI
L1

SUFFER
SOARD

P818
12
Z AXIS IN

R812

3

, ---

E
T922R CIRCUIT BOARD I NTERCONN ECTIONS

:aeea
. a a . a . " a
:13

S CHI
SHOWN
INPUT
W1TGH,
(IN AC)
S4100
At
GND
DC

1

2
: :oo : 5
10 mV
20
s0
.1
.2
M 13 13 0 .5
13 " 11 13 . I V
2
5
10 J

13 .

.

VOLTS DIV
$4110

CSHD

-NI
1 N 2 ~ynV

J

1

a :

a . . a s " . a
a . . o o " . a

CHI
INPUT
J41 I 0
IM-r, 3DPF

CSNOWN,
IN AC
AC
GNU
DC

CH2
INPUT
SW17CH
S4200

111

" a .-. a13
o la M a i
a .
a
:a
" a
a . . a . a
a " " o a "
13
a . . a_a .

a
.
11 M

i"

2
5

0,' tozo

~ .
a "
" a
M a

VOLTS/ow
$42 f0
(SHOWNI
l 1 N 2-bdv

50
.1
.2
.5
I
z
5
10

0423 "
V5 3086

CH 2
INPUT
J421 0
IM1L 3DPF

T92 1/T922/T922R

X1981) 1982-68

84152
IK
89151
IK
CC H1)
vAIN
R41G1
692
84162
52 .3

e
T 922 oR -T922R

OPTION I

VERTICAL

INPUT

10

VOLTAGE CONDITIONS
Voltages shown on this schematic digaram were measured with a Tektronix DM 501 Digital Multimeter . Voltage
measurements can vary as much as ±20% . No signals were applied to the vertical or the X (external trigger) input . See Waveform
Conditions for T922 or T922R control settings .

WAVEFORM CONDITIONS
Waveforms below were monitored with a Tektronix 7704A Oscilloscope, 71371 Time Base, and 7A15A Amplifier and a 10X
probe . The oscilloscope input coupling was set to ac . Waveforms may vary as much as ±20% .
A 1 kHz, 50 mV sine wave was applied to Channel 1 input and a 1 kHz, 50 mV square wave was applied to Channel 2 input .
A Tektronix FG 501 Function Generator provides either of the input waveforms . .
The T922 or T922R controls were set as follows :

The other controls were set as needed to obtain a display .

VOLTS/DIV (both)
AC-GND-DC (both)
Vertical Mode
SOURCE
MODE
SLOPE
SEC/DIV
LEVEL

20 mV
DC
DUAL TRACE
INT
AUTO
+OUT
.5 ms
As required

The CH 1 POSITION control was adjusted so that the bottom of the sine wave was on the first horizontal graticule line
above the center and the CH 2 POSITION control was adjusted so that the top of the square wave was on the first horizontal
graticule line below the center.
*Screen positions for waveforms 2, 3, 4, and 5 are affected by settings of the T922 or T922R POSITION controls.

ADJUST TRIGGERING
AS NECESSARY

ADJUST TRIGGERING
AS NECESSARY

CD

C 84304

Q 4302

CH1
-VERT SIG
FROM 84155
FROM
DIAL
SIC,
;ROM 84165
FROM
2
j CH
-VERT SIb
FROM 84255

+8V
84311
1K

FROM
WAG

CH 2
t VERT SIb
FROM 84265

CH 1
TRIO, GIG,
FROM Q417lc

CH 2
TRIG SICK
FROM 84276

T ___
I
1
I

CH 2

------------

FE) 1FF
DUAL
T RACE

i
i
i

I
I
F_______1_______________________

I
I

CHI TRIG

I
I
I
I
CH 1

______________________

84382
4 .7 K

+5V

P4-G

r

U4
R,1-5b0/ "
4 .7K 4

U437tD D

,5
5 .2
L .I
50
20
I
S
7r.5 2

1/4 7400

84371
IK

84374
IOK

C438(n-L
,001 'r

843
30

1

.1
50
20
10
5
u5 2
I
.5
.2

"

P4-4

i
(19
C

T92I/T922/T92Z9-

FROM

-ev TC
OIAG

4382
i,7 K

8v

C499H
I I-lF

T
T

C 439ic T
~~'I

R4391o
4'1

r

P9-9

(1981) 1982-69

T922 OR T922R

OPTION

I

VERTICAL

SWITCHING

j r-t-ev

0

Section 8-T921/T922/T922R

REPLACEABLE
MECHANICAL PARTS
PARTS ORDERING INFORMATION

INDENTATION SYSTEM

Replacement parts are available from or through your local
Tektronix, Inc . Field Office or representative .

This mechanical parts list is indented to indicate item
relationships . Following is an example of the indentation system
used in the description column .

Changes to Tektronix instruments are sometimes made to
accommodate improved components as they become available,
and to give you the benefit of the latest circuit improvements
developed in our engineering department . It is therefore
important, when ordering parts, to include the following
information in your order: Part number, instrument type or
number, serial number, and modification number if applicable .

1 2 3 4 5

Assembly and/or Component
Attaching parts for Assembly and/or Component
Detail Part of Assembly and/or Component
Attaching parts for Detail Part

If a part you have ordered has been replaced with a new or
improved part, your local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or
representative will contact you concerning any change in part
number .
Change information, if any, is located at the rear of this
manual .

SPECIAL NOTES AND SYMBOLS
X000

Part first added at this serial number

00X

Part removed after this serial number

Parts of Detail Part
Attaching parts for Parts of Detail Part

Attaching Parts always appear in the same indentation as
the item it mounts, while the detail parts are indented to the right.
Indented items are part of, and included with, the next higher
indentation . The separation symbol ---' --- indicates the end of
attaching parts.
Attaching parts must be purchased separately, unless otherwise
specified .

FIGURE AND INDEX NUMBERS
Items in this section are referenced by figure and index
numbers to the illustrations.

Name & Description

ITEM NAME
In the Parts List, an Item Name is separated from the
description by a colon ( :) . Because of space limitations, an Item
Name may sometimes appear as incomplete . For further Item
Name identification, the U .S . Federal Cataloging Handbook H6-1
can be utilized where possible .

ABBREVIATIONS
a
ACTR
ADPTR
ALIGN
AL
ASSEM
ASSY
ATTEN
AWG
BD
BRKT
BRS
BRZ
BSHG
CAB
CAP
CER
CHAS
CKT
COMP
CONN
COV
CPLG
CRT
DEG
DWR

INCH
NUMBER SIZE
ACTUATOR
ADAPTER
ALIGNMENT
ALUMINUM
ASSEMBLED
ASSEMBLY
ATTENUATOR
AMERICAN WIRE GAGE
BOARD
BRACKET
BRASS
BRONZE
BUSHING
CABINET
CAPACITOR
CERAMIC
CHASSIS
CIRCUIT
COMPOSITION
CONNECTOR
COVER
COUPLING
CATHODE RAY TUBE
DEGREE
DRAWER

ELCTRN
ELEC
ELCTLT
ELEM
EPL
EQPT
EXT
FIL
FLEX
FLH
FLTR
FR
FSTNR
FT
FXD
GSKT
HDL
HEX
HEX HD
HEX SOC
HLCPS
HLEXT
HV
IC
ID
(DENT
IMPLR

ELECTRON
ELECTRICAL
ELECTROLYTIC
ELEMENT
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST
EQUIPMENT
EXTERNAL
FILLISTER HEAD
FLEXIBLE
FLAT HEAD
FILTER
FRAME or FRONT
FASTENER
FOOT
FIXED
GASKET
HANDLE
HEXAGON
HEXAGONAL HEAD
HEXAGONAL SOCKET
HELICAL COMPRESSION
HELICAL EXTENSION
HIGH VOLTAGE
INTEGRATED CIRCUIT
INSIDE DIAMETER
IDENTIFICATION
IMPELLER

IN
INCAND
INSUL
INTL
LPHLDR
MACH
MECH
MTG
NIP
NON WIRE
OBD
OD
OVH
PH BRZ
PL
PLSTC
PIN
PNH
PWR
RCPT
RES
RGD
RLF
RTNR
SCH
SCOPE
SCR

INCH
INCANDESCENT
INSULATOR
INTERNAL
LAMPHOLDER
MACHINE
MECHANICAL
MOUNTING
NIPPLE
NOT WIRE WOUND
ORDER BY DESCRIPTION
OUTSIDE DIAMETER
OVAL HEAD
PHOSPHOR BRONZE
PLAIN or PLATE
PLASTIC
PART NUMBER
PAN HEAD
POWER
RECEPTACLE
RESISTOR
RIGID
RELIEF
RETAINER
SOCKET HEAD
OSCILLOSCOPE
SCREW

SE
SECT
SEMICOND
SHLD
SHLDR
SKT
SL
SLFLKG
SLVG
SPR
so
SST
STL
SW
T
TERM
THD
THK
TNSN
TPG
TRH
V
VAR
W/
WSHR
XFMR
XSTR

SINGLE END
SECTION
SEMICONDUCTOR
SHIELD
SHOULDERED
SOCKET
SLIDE
SELF-LOCKING
SLEEVING
SPRING
SQUARE
STAINLESS STEEL
STEEL
SWITCH
TUBE
TERMINAL
THREAD
THICK
TENSION
TAPPING
TRUSS HEAD
VOLTAGE
VARIABLE
WITH
WASHER
TRANSFORMER
TRANSISTOR

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

CROSS INDEX-MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER
Mfr. Code

Manufacturer

OOOBE
00779
01295

EDAC, INC .
AMP, INC.
TEXAS INSTRUMENTS,
GROUP

05091
11897
12327
12360

TRI-ORDINATE CORPORATION
PLASTIGLIDE MFG . CORPORATION
FREEWAY CORPORATION
ALBANY PRODUCTS CO ., DIV. OF PNEUMO
DYNAMICS CORPORATION
CLAROSTAT MFG . CO ., INC .
BERG ELECTRONICS, INC .
GAVITT WIRE AND CABLE, DIVISION OF
RSC INDUSTRIES, INC .
GRIES REPRODUCER CO ., DIV. OF COATS
AND CLARK, INC .
MOLEX PRODUCTS CO .
HEYMAN MFG . CO .
GETTIG ENG . AND MFG. COMPANY
THOMAS AND BETTS COMPANY
ATLANTIC INDIA RUBBER WORKS, INC .
CAMBRIDGE THERMIONIC CORP .
CENTRALAB ELECTRONICS, DIV . OF
GLOBE-UNION, INC.
CONTINENTAL SCREW CO ., DIV. OF
AMTEL, INC.
FISCHER SPECIAL MFG . CO .
HOLD-KROME CO .
PHEOLL MANUFACTURING CO ., DIVISION
OF ALLIED PRODUCTS CORP .
ILLINOIS TOOL WORKS, INC.
SHAKEPROOF DIVISION
TILLEY MFG . CO .
TEKTRONIX, INC .
CENTRAL SCREW CO .
WECKESSER CO ., INC .
RUBBER TECK, INC.
PERMACEL DIV. OF JOHNSON AND JOHNSON

12697
22526
23499
26365
27264
28520
55210
59730
70485
71279
71590
72228
73743
74445
77250
78189
78471
80009
83385
95987
98159
99742

O' 2

INC ., SEMICONDUCTOR

Address

City, State, Zip

36 MOBILE DRIVE
P 0 BOX 3608

TORONTO, ONTARIO M4AHP
HARRISBURG, PA 17105

P 0 BOX 5012, 13500 N CENTRAL
EXPRESSWAY
343 SNYDER AVENUE
P 0 BOX 867, 1757 STANFORD ST .
9301 ALLEN DRIVE

DALLAS, TX 75222
BERKELEY HEIGHTS, NJ 07922
SANTA MONICA, CA 90406
CLEVELAND, OH 44125

145 WOODWARD AVENUE
LOWER WASHINGTON STREET
YOUK EXPRESSWAY

SOUTH NORWALK, CT 06586
DOVER, NH 03820
NEW CUMBERLAND, PA 17070

455 N . QUINCE ST .

ESCONDIDO, CA 92025

125 BEECHWOOD AVE .
5224 KATRINE AVE.
147 N. MICHIGAN AVE .
PO BOX 85, OFF ROUTE 45
36 BUTLER ST .
571 W. POLK ST .
445 CONCORD AVE.

NEW ROCHELLE, NY 10802
DOWNERS GROVE, IL 60515
KENILWORTH, NJ 07033
SPRING MILLS, PA 16875
ELIZABETH, NJ 07207
CHICAGO, IL 60607
CAMBRIDGE, MA 02138

P 0 BOX 858

FORT DODGE, IA 50501

459 MT . PLEASANT
446 MORGAN ST .
31 BROOK ST . WEST

NEW BEDFORD, MA 02742
CINCINNATI, OH 45206
HARTFORD, CT 06110

5700 W. ROOSEVELT RD .

CHICAGO, IL 60650

ELGIN, IL 60120
ST . CHARLES ROAD
SAN CARLOS, CA 94070
900 INDUSTRIAL RD .
BEAVERTON, OR 97077
P 0 BOX 500
BROADVIEW, IL 60153
2530 CRESCENT DR .
CHICAGO, IL 60641
4444 WEST IRVING PARK RD .
19115 HAMILTON AVE., P 0 BOX 389 GARDENA, CA 90247
NEW BRUNSWICK, NJ 08901
U . S . HIGHWAY 1

REV . B JULY 1977

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Fig . &
Index
No.

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Qty 1 2 3 4 5

Name & Description

348-0443-00
437-0200-00

83385
73743

OBD
3040-402

80009
80009
80009

348-0441-00
348-0447-00
348-0447-01

72228

OBD

. PLATE,IDENT :2 .50" LONG-TEKTRONIX
. PLATE,IDENT :MARKED--DC BAL,CH1 AND CH2
. GUIDE LINE ADJ :HI-LO
. GUIDE LINE ADJ :115V-230V
EXTENSION SHAFT :5 .2" LONG W/KNOB
EXTENSION SHAFT :10 .7" LONG W/KNOB
PUSH BUTTON :GRAY
CONDUCTOR,LIGHT :5 .265" LONG
BUSHING,SHAFT :0 .15 ID X MINCH OD,PLSTC
FRAME,PUSH BTN:PLASTIC
LABEL,IDENT :--PRESS TO RELEASE
PANEL,FRONT :
SHLD,IMPLOSION :BLUE
JACK,TIP :BLACK
SUBPANEL,FRONT :CRT,PLASTIC
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCR,TPG,THD FOR:6-20 X 0 .313 INCH,PNH STL

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
71279
80009

334-2682-00
334-2624-00
351-0458-00
351-0458-01
384-1371-01
384-1371-03
366-1559-00
214-2309-00
358-0550-00
426-1072-00
334-2755-00
333-2078-00
337-2185-00
450-4352-01-0310
386-3287-00

83385

OBD

EXTENSION SHAFT :4 .68" L,MOLDED PLSTC
EXTENSION SHAFT :10.818" L,NYLON,BLK
GUIDE,RES ADJ :PLASTIC
FUSEHOLDER :PLASTIC
LAMPHOLDER :
SHIELD,ELEC :HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .188 INCH,PNH STL

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

384-1370-00
384-1364-00
351"0456-00
352-0425-00
352-0331-00
337-2227-00

83385

OBD

INSULATOR,SHLD :HIGH VOLTAGE
CLAP4P,LOOP :PRESS MT,PLASTIC
TRANSISTOR :CHASSIS MTG(SEE 9458 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
CLIP,SPR TNSN :TRANSISTOR MOUNTING

80009
80009

342-0293-00
343-0213-00

80009

344-0236-01

INSULATOR,PLATE :TPANSISTOR
INSUL TAPE,ELEC:POLYMIDE,0.875" W X 1.0" LONG
CKT BOARD ASSY :INTERFACE(SEE Al EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL
SPACER,POST :0 .188" HEX. X 0 .970"L,STL,W/STUD

01295
99742

10-21-023-106
221

83385
80009

OBD
361-0750-00

55210
55210
80009
80009
80009
80009
22526
27264
27264

ERD-18TO
ERD-18TO
131-1817-00
131-1817-00
131-1817-00
131-1817-00
47357
09-52-3101
09-62-3121

1-1
-2

348-0443-00
437-0200-00

-3
-4

211-0648-00
210-0408-00

6
6

STAND,ELEC EQPT :0 .156" DIA,SST,PASSIVATE
CABINET,SCOPE :ASSEMBLY(T921 & T922)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :6-32 X 0 .625 INCH,PNH STL
NUT,PLAIN,HEX . :6-32 X 0 .312 INCH,BRS

-5
-6

348-0441-00
348-0447-00
348-0447-01

4
2
2

.
.
.
.

-7

213-0731-00

1

-8
-9

-16
-17
-18
-19

334-2682-00
334-2624-00
351-0458-00
351-0458-01
384-1371-01
384-1371-03
366-1559-00
214-2309-00
358-0550-00
426-1072-00
334-2755-00
333-2078-00
337-2185-00
136-0387-01
386-3287-00

2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1

-20

213-0146-00

1

-21
-22
-23
-24
-25
-26

384-1370-00
384-1364-00
351-0456-00
352-0425-00
352-0331-00
337-2227-00

1
1
2
1
1
1

-27

211-0007-00

2

-28
-29
_30

342-0293-00
343-0213-00
----- -----

1
2
1

-31

344-0236-01

1

342-0202-00
253-0202-00

1
FT
1

211-0008-00
361-0750-00

6
2

-32
-33
-34
-35

-36

-37
-38

131-0566-001
131-0566-00 2
131-1817-001
131-1817-001
131-1817-00 2
131-1817-00 2
131-0608-00
131-1749-00
131-1795-00

1T921
2T922

REV. D JULY 1977

B010100
B010100
B010100
B010634
B010100
B014319

B010633X
B014318X
B010633
B014319

1
1
34
35
34
35
17
1
1

Mfr Part Number

80009
80009

1
1

-10
-11
-12
-13
-14
-15

Mfr
Code

CABINET ASSY INCLUDES :
FOOT,CABINET :POLYURETHANE,BLACK
FOOT,CABINET :LEFT FRONT,RIGHT REAR
FOOT,CABINET :RIGHT FRONT,LEFT REAR
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH)
. SCR,TPG,THD FOR :6-19 X 0 .5 INCH,PNH STL

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :
LINK,TERM .CONNE :0 .086 DIA X 2 .375 INCH LONG
LINK,TERM.CONNE :0 .086 DIA X 2 .375 INCH LONG
LINK,TERM CONNE :22 AWG,2.25" LONG
LINK,TERM CONNE :22 AWG,2.25" LONG
LINK,TERM CONNE :22 AWG,2.25" LONG
LINK,TERM CONNE :22 AWG,2.25" LONG
CONTACT,ELEC :0 .365 INCH LONG
CONNECTOR,RCPT, :10 FEMALE CONTACT
CONNECTOR,RCPT, :12 FEMALE CONTACT,RT-ANGLE

Digitally signed by
http://www.aa4df.com
8- 3

Replaceable Mechanlcal Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Fig . &
Index
No .
1-39
_40

Tektronix
Part No .
131-1792-00
----- -_--361-0007-00
----- --------- ----361-0608-00
----- ___--

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Qty

-49

344-0154-00
342-0294-00
386-3291-00
_____ ----334-1379-00
334-1951-00
214-2300-00

1
1
3
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1

-50
-51

211-0008-00
210-0586-00

1
1

_52

----- ----131-0707-00
352-0169-01
----- ____-

-56
-57

131-0707-00
352-0169-00
386-3288-00

1
2
1
1
2
1
1

-58
-59

211-0507-00
220-0419-00

2
2

-60
-61
-62
-63
-64
-65
-66
-67

386-3305-00
348-0004-00
337-2223-00
136-0645-00
136-0202-01
131-0707-00
352-0171-00
352-0162-00
386-3289-00

1
1
1
1
1
9
1
2
1

-68
-69

211-0529-00
211-0578-00

2
2

-70

131-0955-00

1

-71

210-0255-00

1

-72

200-1811-00

1

-73

211-0517-00

2

-74
-75

348-0441-00
161-0107-01

4
1

-76
-77

358-0323-00
211-0504-00

1
1

-78
-79
-80
_81

210-0287-00
348-0063-00
255-0334-00
----- ____-

1
1
FT
3

-82

344-0236-01

1

_41
-42
-43
_44
-45
-46
-47
_48

-53
-54
_55

8-4

1 2 3 4 5

Name & Description

. CONTACT ASSY,EL:12 MALE CONTACT,FLAT WAFER
. TRANSFORMER:H .V .(SEE T460 EPL)
. SPACER,SLEEVE :0 .250 INCH DIA,PLASTIC
. RES .,VAR :INTEN AND FOCUS(SEE R412,R468 EPL)
. SWITCH,PUSH :BEAMFINDER(SEE 5100 EPL)
. SPACER,PUSH SW :PLASTIC
. SWITCH,PUSH :POWER ON(SEE S700 EPL)
. CLIP,ELECTRICAL :FOR 0.25 INCH DIA FUSE
INSULATOR,FILM :MAIN CHASSIS
SUPPORT,CRT :FRONT
ELECTRON TUBE :CRT,W/ANODE(SEE V470 EPL)
LABEL:CRT,ADHESIVE BACK
MARKER,IDENT :CRT WARNING
CLIP,GROUNDING :0 .3W X 2 .0"LONG,BRS
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL
NUT,PLAIN,EXT W :4-40 X 0.25 INCH,STL

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

27264

09-70-2121

80009

361-0007-OQ

80009

361-0608-00

80009
80009
80009

344-0154-00
342-0294-00
386-3291-00

80009
80009
80009

334-1379-00
334-1951-00
214-2300-00

83385
78189

OBD
OBD

22526
80009

75691-005
352-0169-01

22526
80009
80009

75691-005
352-0169-00
386-3288-00

83385
83385

OBD
OBD

SUPPORT,CRT :REAR
GROMMET,RUBBER :0 .281 ID X 0 .563 INCH OD
SHIELD,ELEC :CRT
SOCKET,CRT :ASSEMBLY
. SOCKET,PLUG-IN :14 PIN
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .48"L,22-26 AWG WIRE
. CONN BODY,PL,EL :1 WIRE BLACK
. CONN BODY,PL,EL :4 WIRE BLACK
PANEL,REAR :
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 1 .25 INCHES,PNH STL
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .438 1NCH,PNH STL

80009
70485
80009
80009
80009
22526
80009
80009
80009

386-3305-00
763
337-2223-00
136-0645-00
136-0202-01
75691-005
352-0171-00
352-0162-00
386-3289-00

83385
83385

OBD
OBD

CONNECTOR,RCPT, :BNC,FEMALE,W/HARDWARE
(ATTACHING PARTS)
TERMINAL,LUG :0 .391" ID INT TOOTH

05091

31-279

80009

210-0255-00

COVER,REAR :ASSEMBLY
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 1 INCH,PNH,STL

80009

200-1811-00

83385

OBD

80009
80009

348-0441-00
161-0107-01

28520
83385

SR15-1
OBD

00779
80009
11897

34142
348-0063-00
122-37-2500

80009

344-0236-01

COIL,TUBE DEFL :TRACE-ROTATION(SEE L472 EPL)
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .48"L,22-26 AWG WIRE
. CONN BODY,PL,EL :2 WIRE BROWN
COIL,TUBE DEFL :X-Y ALIGNMENT(SEE L470 EPL)
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .48"L,22-26 AWG WIRE
. CONN BODY,PL,EL :2 WIRE BLACK
SPRT,CRT SHIELD :REAR
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH STL
NUT,PLAIN,SQ :6-32 X 0 .312 INCH,STL

. REAR COVER INCLUDES :
. FOOT,CABINET :POLYURETHANE,BLACK
CABLE ASSY,PWR :3,18AWG,115V,7 .5'LG,W/LUG
(ATTACHING PARTS)
BSHG,STRAIN RLF :90 DEG,0.515 DIA HOLE
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL
. POWER CABLE ASSEMBLY INCLUDES :
. TERMINAL,LUG :
GROMMET,PLASTIC :0 .50 INCH DIA
PLASTIC CHANNEL:12 .75 INCHES LONG
TRANSISTORS :CHAS MTG(SEE Q736,Q756,Q776 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH)
CLIP,SPR TNSN :TRANSISTOR MOUNTING

REV . B JULY 1977

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Fig . &
Index
No.

Tektronix
Part No .

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Qty

1-83
-84

342-0202-00
253-0202-00
214-2265-00

3
FT
1

-85
-86
-87

211-0507-00
211-0008-00
210-0586-00

2
2
2

-88

352-0425-00
337-2302-00 lxB010125
337-2302-00 2XBO10450
----- -----

1
1
1
1

212-0516-00
166-0432-00
166-0227-00
361-0741-00
220-0572-00

4
4
4
4
2

-89
-90
-91
-92
-93

B010100 B010499
BO10500

----- ----131-1817-00
131-1750-00
344-0154-00
346-0032-00
----- --------- ----343-0213-00
366-1031-02
213-0153-00
366-1646-00
384-1371-02
358-0550-00
366-1559-00 2
384-1371-022
366-1031-02 2
213-0153-00
366-1646-00 2
426-1072-00 2
358-0550-00 2
333-2040-00 2
333-2086-00 1
384-1393-00 2
384-1393-00
376-0051-002
376-0051-00
----- ----213-0022-00
351-0456-002
351-0456-00
672-0518-00
672-0519-00 2

9
1
2
3
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
4
2
1
1
1

-115
-116
-117

211-0144-00
211-0018-00
210-0586-00

2
1
1

-118

----- ----337-2214-00
337-2215-00

1
1

-94
-95
-96
-97
-98
-99
-100
-101
-102
-103
-104
-105
-106
-107
-108
-109
-110
-111
-112
-113

-114

-119

211-0116-00 1
211-0244-00 1
211-0116-00 2
211-0244-00 2

B010100 B010339
B010340
B010100 B011674
B011675

1
1
1
1

1 2 3 4 5

Mfr
Code

Name & Description

Mfr Part Number

INSULATOR,PLATE :TRANSISTOR
INSUL TAPE,ELEC :POLYMIDE,0 .875" W X 3 .5" L
HEAT SINK,XSTR :6 .0" L X 0.72" H,AL
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH STL
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL
NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,STL

01295
99742
80009

10-21-023-106
221
214-2265-00

83385
83385
78189

OBD
OBD
OBD

FUSEHOLDER :PLASTIC
SHIELD,ELEC :LV POWER CARD
SHIELD,ELEC :LV POWER CARD
CKT BOARD ASSY :L .V .POWER SUPPLY(SEE A2 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :10-32 X 2 INCH,HEX HD STL
INSUL SLVG,ELEC :BOLT INSULATING
INS SLV,ELEC :0 .187 ID X 1 .50 INCH LONG
SPACER,SLEEVE :0 .245" ID X 0 .75" L,AL
NUT,PLAIN,HEX . :10-32 X 0.25 INCH,PL BRS

80009
80009
80009

352-0425-00
337-2302-00
337-2302-00

77250
80009
80009
80009
73743

OBD
166-0432-00
166-0227-00
361-0741-00
OBD

80009
27264
80009
98159

131-1817-00
09-64-1103
344-0154-00
2829-75-4

80009
80009
74445
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
74445
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

343-0213-00
366-1031-02
OBD
366-1646-00
384-1371-02
358-0550-00
366-1559-00
384-1371-02
366-1031-02
OBD
366-1646-00
426-1072-00
358-0550-00
333-2040-00
333-2086-00
384-1393-00
384-1393-00
376-0051-00
376-0051-00

74445
80009
80009
80009
80009

OBD
351-0456-00
351-0456-00
672-0518-00
672-0519-00

83385
83385
78189

OBD
OBD
OBD

80009
80009

337-2214-00
337-2215-00

83385
78189
83385
78189

OBD
OBD
OBD
OBD

. CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :
. LINK,TERM CONNE :22 AWG,2 .25" LONG
. TERM .,FEED THRU :10 PIN INSULATED
. CLIP,ELECTRICAL :FOR 0 .25 INCH DIA FUSE
. STRAP,RETAINING :
. SW,SLIDE :LINE VOLT/SELECT(SEE S701,S705 EPL)
TRANSFORMER :POWER(SEE T700 EPL)
CLAMP,LOOP :PRESS MT,PLASTIC
KNOB :RED-VAR
. SETSCREW :5-40 X 0.125 INCH,HEX SOC STL
KNOB :GRAY,W/SHAFT
EXTENSION SHAFT :6 .8" LONG,W/KNOB
BUSHING,SHAFT :0 .15 ID X 0 .3 INCH OD,PLSTC
PUSH BUTTON :GRAY
EXTENSION SHAFT :6 .8" LONG,W/KNOB
KNOB :RED-VAR
. SETSCREW :5-40 X 0 .125 INCH,HEX SOC STL
KNOB :GRAY,W/SHAFT
FRAME,PUSH BTN :PLASTIC
BUSHING,SHAFT :0 .15 ID X 0 .3INCH OD,PLSTC
PANEL,FRONT :VERTICAL
PANEL,FRONT :VERTICAL
EXTENSION SHAFT:0 .123 DIA X 6 .3" L,PLSTC
EXTENSION SHAFT:0 .123 DIA X 6.3" L,PLSTC
CPLG,SHAFT,FLEX :FOR 0 .125 INCH DIA SHAFTS
CPLG,SHAFT,FLEX :FOR 0 .125 INCH DIA SHAFTS
. EACH COUPLER INCLUDES :
. SETSCREW :4-40 X 0 .188 INCH,HEX SOC STL
GUIDE,RES ADJ :PLASTIC
GUIDE,RES ADJ :PLASTIC
CKT BOARD ASSY :ATTEN,CH1 W/CAM SW
CKT BOARD ASSY :ATTEN,CH2 W/CAM SW
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 1 .312 INCH,PNH STL
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .875 PNH,STL
NUT,PLAIN,EXT W :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,STL
a
. EACH ATTENUATOR INCLUDES :
. SHIELD,ELEC :ATTENUATOR LEFT,CH1
. SHIELD,ELEC :ATTENUATOR,RIGHT,CH2
(ATTACHING PARTS)
. SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH
. SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH
. SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH
. SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH

BRS
STL
BRS
STL

1T921
2T922

REV . C JULY 1977

8-5

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Fig. &

Index
No .

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

05091

31-279

80009
78471
78471

210-1000-00
OBD
OBD

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

105-0678-00
105-0678-01
105-0678-00
105-0678-02
214-1126-01
214-1752-00
401-0338-00

83385
78189
83385
78189
73743

OBD
OBD
OBD
OBD
2X12161-402

CPLG,SHAFT,RGD :0 .19 ID X 0 .325 OD X 0 .2" H
DRUM,CAM SWITCH :
RTNR BAR,CONT :ATTENUATOR,LEFT CH1
RTNR BAR,CONT :ATTENUATOR,RIGHT CH2
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH BRS
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH BRS
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .625 INCH,PNH BRS
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0.625 INCH,PNH,STL
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .625 INCH,PNH BRS
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .625 INCH,PNH,STL
NUT,PLAIN,HEX . :4-40 X 0 .188 INCH,BRS

80009
80009
80009
80009

376-0174-00
105-0679-00
343-0564-00
343-0565-00

83385
78189
83385
78189
83385
78189
83385
78189
73743

OBD
OBD
OBD
OBD
OBD
OBD
OBD
OBD
2X12161-402

80009
80009
80009
80009

131-1779-03
131-1779-04
131-1779-01
131-1779-02

22526
80009
80009
80009

75377-001
361-0735-00
361-0735-00
384-1136-00

83385
83385

OBD
OBD

Qty 1 2 3 4 5

Name & Descriptio n

131-0955-00

1

-121

210-1000-00
210-0978-00 1
210-0978-00 2XBO10400

1
1
1

. CONNECTOR,RCPT, :BNC,FEMALE,W/HARDWARE
(ATTACHING PARTS)
. WASHER,FLAT :0 .384 ID X 0 .50" OD,AL
. WASHER,FLAT :0 .375 ID X 0 .50 INCH OD,STL
. WASHER,FLAT :0 .375 ID X 0 .50 INCH OD,STL

-122

105-0678-00 1
105-0678-01 1
105-0678-00 2
105-0678-02 2
214-1126-01
214-1752-00
401-0338-00

B010100 B010549
B010550
B010100 B013440
B013441

1
1
1
1
4
4
1

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

211-0116-00 1
211-0244-00 1
211-0116-00 2
211-0244-00 2
210-0406-00

B010100 B010339
B010340
B010100 B011674
B010675

2
2
2
2
2

.
.
.
.
.

1
1
1
1

.
.
.
.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

131-1779-03
131-1779-04
131-1779-01
131-1779-02
----- ----136-0263-04
361-0735-00
361-0735-00
384-1136-00

1
1
1
1
1
5
2
1
3
1

-141

211-0014-00
211-0008-00

3
1

. CONT ASSY,ELEC :CAM SW,1 CONTACT,LEFT,CH1
. CONT ASSY,ELEC :CAM SW,1 CONTACT,RIGHT,CH2
. CONT ASSY,ELEC :CAM SW,13 CONTACT,LEFT,CH1
. CONT ASSY,ELEC :CAM SW,13 CONTACT,RIGHT,CH2
. CKT BOARD ASSY :CH1 OR CH2(SEE A6,A7 EPL)
. . SOCKET,PIN TERM :FOR 0 .025 INCH SQUARE PIN
SPACER,CKT BD :0 .25"OD X 0 .093" H,PLSTC
SPACER,CKT BD :0 .25"OD X 0 .093" H,PLSTC
EXTENSION SHAFT:0 .95 INCH LONG
CKT BOARD ASSY :VERTICAL(SEE A8 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .50 INCH,PNH STL
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL

-142

131-1817-00 1
131-1817-00 1
131-1817-002
13 .1-0566-00 1
131-0566-00 1
131-0566-002
131-0589-00
131-0589-00
131-1792-00

1-120

-123
-124
-125
-126

-127
-128
-129
-130

376-0174-00
105-0679-00
343-0564-00
343-0565-00

-131

211-0116-00 1
211-0244-00 1
211-0116-00 2
211-0244-00 2
211-0152-00 1
211-0246-00 1
211-0152-00 2
211-0246-00 2
210-0406-00

-132

-133
-134
-135
-136
-137
-138
-139
-140

-143
-144
-145
-146
-147

361-0542-00

B010100
B010340
B010100
B011675
B010100
B010340
B010100
B011675

B010339
B011674
B010339
B011674

B010100 B010633
B010634
B010100 B010107
B010108 B010633X

72
77
72
4
4
5
10
5
1
1
4
2
1

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

DRUM,CAM SWITCH :W/LEVER
DRUM,CAM SWITCH :AC-DC GND,CHANNEL 1
DRUM,CAM SWITCH :W/LEVER
DRUM,CAM SWITCH :AC-DC GND,CHANNEL 2
SPRING,FLAT :GREEN COLORED
ROLLER,DETENT:
BEARING,CAM SW :FRONT
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH
NUT,PLAIN,HEX. :4-40 X 0 .188 INCH,BRS

BRS
STL
BRS
STL

CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :
80009
LINK,TERM CONNE :22 AWG,2 .25" LONG
80009
LINK,TERM CONNE :22 AWG,2 .25" LONG
80009
LINK,TERM.CONN :22 AWG,2.25 INCH LONG
55210
LINK,TERM .CONNE :0 .086 DIA X 2 .375 INCH L
55210
LINK,TERM.CONNE :0 .086 DIA X 2 .375 INCH L
55210
LINK,TERM .CONN:0 .086 DIA X 2 .375 INCH L
22526
CONTACT,ELEC :0 .46 INCH LONG
22526
CONTACT,ELEC :0 .46 INCH LONG
27264
CONTACT ASSY,EL :12 MALE CONTACT,FLAT WAFER
SWITCH,PUSH :CH1,CH2(SEE 54370 EPL)
71590
SPACER,SWITCH :PLASTIC
RES .,VAR:CH1,CH2 VAR GAIN(SEE R4152,R4252 EPL)
RES .,VAR,CH1 VAR GAIN(SEE R4152 EPL)

131-1817-00
131-1817-00
131-1817-00
ERD-18TO
ERD-18TO
ERD-18TO
47350
47350
09-70-2121
J-64281

1T921
2T922

8-6

REV . D JULY 1977

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Fig . &
Index
No .

Tektronix
Part No.

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Qty 1 2 3 4 5

-149

----- -----

2
1
1

-150
-151
-152

211-0007-00
210-0586-00
210-0458-00

2
2
3

-153
-154
-155
-156
-157
-158
-159

131-1798-00
346-0121-00
386-3292-00
129-0577-00
334-2536-00
334-2607-00
124-0315-00
131-0106-02

2
3
1
1
1
1
1
1

-160

210-0255-00

1

-161
-162
-163

366-1559-00
384-1371-00
366-1647-00
213-0153-00
366-1281-02
213-0153-00
384-1371-02
358-0550-00
358-0216-00
426-1072-00
333-2039-00
672-0517-00 1
672-0549-00 1
672-0517-00 2
672-0549-00 2

1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1-148

-164
-165
-166
-167
-168
-169

B010100 B010129
B010130
B010100 B010169
8010170

-170
-171
-172

-173
-174

211-0152-00 1
211-0240-00 1
211-0152-00 2
211-0240-00 2
210-0551-00
351-0448-01

B010100 8010339
B010340
B010100 B011674
B011675

1
1
1
1
1
2

N ame & Description

. RES .,VAR:CHI,CH2 POSITION(SEE R4306,R4316 EPL)
. RES .,VAR:CH1 POSITION(SEE R4306 EPL)
DELAY LINE :W/HDWR(SEE DL4339 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
'
83385
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0.188 INCH,PNH STL
78189
NUT,PLAIN,EXT W :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,STL
83385
NUT,PLAIN,EXT W :8-32 X 0 .344 INCH,STL
. DELAY LINE ASSY INCLUDES :
. CONTACT,ELEC :DELAY LINE
. STRAP,ELEC COMP :TIE DOWN,5 .0 LONG
SUBPANEL,FRONT :VERTICAL
SPACER,POST :0 .188 HEX X 1 .442"L,BRS
PLATE,IDENT :MARKED T922
PLATE,IDENT :MARKED T921
STRIP,TRIM :FRONT,PLASTIC
CONNECTOR,RCPT, :BNC
(ATTACHING PARTS)
TERMINAL,LUG :0 .391" ID INT TOOTH
PUSH BUTTON :GRAY
EXTENSION SHAFT :2 .0" LONG,W/KNOB,PLASTIC
KNOB :0 .127" ID X 0 .5" OD X 0 .531"
. SETSCREW :5-40 X 0 .125 INCH,HEX SOC STL
KNOB :GRAY,FCTN TIME/DIV
. SETSCREW :5-40 X 0 .125 INCH,HEX SOC STL
EXTENSION SHAFT :6 .8" LONG,W/KNOB
BUSHING,SHAFT :0 .15 ID X MINCH OD,PLSTC
BUSHING,PLASTIC :0 .257 ID X 0 .412 INCH OD
FRAME,PUSH BTN :PLASTIC
PANEL,FRONT :HORIZONTAL
CKT BOARD ASSY :TRIGGER,W/LEVER SWITCH
CKT BOARD ASSY :TRIGGER,W/LEVER SWITCH
CKT BOARD ASSY :TRIGGER,W/LEVER SWITCH
CKT BOARD ASSY :TRIGGER,W/LEVER SWITCH
. CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :
. LEVER,SWITCH :MODE(SEE 82150 EPL)
. LEVER,SWITCH :SOURCE(SEE 82100 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR BOTH)
. SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .625 INCH,PNH BRS
. SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .688"PNH,STL
. SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .625 INCH,PNH BRS
. SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .688"PNH,STL
. NUT,PLAIN,HEX . :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,STL
. GUIDE ,SWITCH:W/SPRING AND ROLLER
. CKT BOARD ASSY :TRIGGER(SEE All EPL)
EXTENSION SHAFT :0 .123" ID X 7 .65" L,PLSTC
CPLG,SHAFT,FLEX :FOR 0 .125 INCH DIA SHAFTS
. SETSCREW :4-40 X 0 .188 INCH,HEX SOC STL
CKT BOARD ASSY :A TIMING(SEE A13 EPL)
SUBPANEL,FRONT :HORIZONTAL
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 * X 0 .188 INCH,PNH STL

386-3293-00

1
1
1
4
1
1

-180
-181

211-0008-00
211-0007-00

1
2

-182

----- _----

1

-183

129-0573-00

2

CKT BOARD ASSY :HORIZONTAL(SEE A12 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SPACER,POST :0 .188" HEX 1 .627" L,AL

131-0566-00 1 B010100 B010633X
131-0566-00 2 B010100 B014318X

3
3

. CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :
. LINK,TERM CONN :0 .086 DIA X 2 .375 INCH L
. LINK,TERM CONN :0 .086 DIA X 2 .375 INCH L

-175
-176
-177
-178
-179

----- ----384-1399-00
376-0051-00
213-0022-00

1T921
2T922

REV . C JULY 1977

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

.

OBD
OBD
OBD

80009
59730
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

131-1798-00
T4-34M
386-3292-00
129-0577-00
334-2536-00
334-2607-00
124-0315-00
131-0106-02

80009

210-0255-00

80009
80009
80009
74445
80009
74445
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

366-1559-00
384-1371-00
366-1647-00
OBD
366-1281-02
OBD
384-1371-02
358-0550-00
358-0216-00
426-1072-00
333-2039-00
672-0517-00
672-0549-00
672-0517-00
672-0549-00

83385
78189
63385
78189
83385
80009

OBD
OBD
OBD
OBD
OBD
351-0448-01

80009
80009
74445

384-1399-00
376-0051-00
OBD

80009

386-3293-00

83385
83385

OBD
OBD

80009

129-0573-00

55210
55210

ERD-18TO
ERD-18TO

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Fig . &
Index
No .
1-184
-185
-186
-187

-188
-189
-190
-191
-192
-193
-194
-195
-196

Tektronix
Part N o .

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

131-1795-00
131-1801-00
131-1802-00 1
131-1817-001
131-1817-00 2
131-1817-00
131-1817-002
131-0608-00
----- ----361-0542-00
----- --------- ----441-1278-00
131-1538-00
,131-0707-00
352-0171-00

B010100 B010633
B010634
B010100 5014318
B014319

Dty

1 2 3 4 5

Name & Description

1
1
2
33
36
33
36
2
1
2
2
1
1
4
4
1

. CONNECTOR,RCPT, :12 FEMALE CONTACT,RT-ANGLE
. CONNECTOR,RCPT, :9 CONTACTS
. CONNECTOR,RCPT, :15 CONTACTS
. LINK,TERM CONNE :22 AWG,2 .25" LONG
. LINK,TERM CONN :22 AWG,2 .25 INCH LONG
. LINK,TERM CONN :22 AWG,2 .25 INCH LONG
. LINK,TERM CONN :22 AWG,2 .25 INCH LONG
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .365 INCH LONG
. SWITCH,PUSH :SLOPE(SEE 82140 EPL)
. SPACER,SWITCH :PLASTIC
. RES.,VAR :LEVEL,POSITION(SEE R2138,R2316 EPL)
. RES.,VAR :POS(SEE R2322 EPL)
CHASSIS,SCOPE :MAIN
CONTACT,ELEC :CRIMP-ON,22-26 AWG WIRE
CONTACT,ELEC :0 .48"L,22-26 AWG WIRE
CONN BODY,PL,EL :l WIRE BLACK

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

27264
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
22526

09-62-3121
131-1801-00
131-1802-00
13.1-1817-00
131-1817-00
131-1817-00
131-1817-00
47357

71590

J-64281

80009
22526
22526
80009

441-1278-00
75369-002
47439
352-0171-00

1T921
2T922

8-8

REV . B MAR. 1977

REV . A MAY 1976

T921/T922/T922R 15 MHz SCOPE

T921/T922/T922R 15 MHz OSCILLOSCOPE

REV . A MAY 1976

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Fig . &
Index
No .

Tektronix
Part No .

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Qty

2-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6

390-0530-00
386-1151-00
386-0227-04
214-0603-01
214-0604-00
426-1325-00

2
6
6
6
6
1

-7
-8

212-0004-00
211-0504-00

4
3

-9

426-1326-00

1

212-0004-00

4

-10

367-0228-00

2

-11

212-0574-00

2

-12
-13
-14
-15
-16
-17
-18
-19
-20
-21
-22

333-2188-00
384-1371-01
384-1371-03
136-0387-01
214-2309-00
358-0378-01
358-0550-00
426-1072-00
366-1660-00
213-0153-00
333-2190-00
----- -----

1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
2
1
2

-23
-24
-25

358-0342-00
210-0046-00
210-0471-00

1
2
1

-26

----- -----

1

-27

210-0586-00

1

-28
-29
-30
-31
-32

426-0514-00
331-0258-03
378-0625-00
337-1159-03
200-0939-01

1
1
1
1
1

-33

212-0010-00

4

-34
-35

386-3578-00
672-0588-00

1
1

-36

211-0182-00

2

-37

----- ----334-1379-00
334-1951-00
214-2371-00
214-2270-00

1
1
1
1
1

211-0008-00
210-0804-00
343-0042-00
361-0158-00
210-0586-00

1
1
1
1
1

-38
-39
-40

-41

REV. C JULY 1977

1 2 3 4 5

Nam e & Description

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

CABINET,SCOPE :TOP AND BOTTOM(T922R)
. PLATE,LATCH LKG :
. PLATE,LCH INDEX :MOLD SI GY PLSTC
. PIN,SECURING :0 .27 INCH LONG
. WASH .,SPG TNSN :0 .26 ID X 0 .47 INCH OD
FRAME SECT,CAB . :RIGHT
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :8-32 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH STL
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

390-0530-00
386-1151-00
386-0227-04
214-0603-01
214-0604-00
426-1325-00

83385
83385

OBD
OBD

FRAME SECT,CAB . :LEFT
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :8-32 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH STL

80009

426-1326-00

83385

OBD

HANDLE,BOW :4 .0 INCH LONG,ALUM
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH)
SCREW,MACHINE :10-32 X 0.438"100 DEG FLH STL

80009

367-0228-00

83385

OBD

PANEL,FRONT :
EXTENSION SHAFT :5 .2" LONG W/KNOB
EXTENSION SHAFT :10 .7" LONG W/KNOB
JACK,TIP :BLACK
CONDUCTOR,LIGHT :5 .265" LONG
BUSHING,SLEEVE :0 .250 OD X 0 .131 ID,PRESS MT
BUSHING,SHAFT :0 .15 ID X 0.3 INCH OD,PLSTC
FRAME,PUSH BTN:PLASTIC
KNOB :GRAY
. SETSCREW :5-40 X 0 .125 INCH,HEX SOC STL
PANEL,FRONT :CRT
RES .,VAR :ASTIG/TRACE ROTATE(SEE R472,R477 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH)
BSHG,MACH.THD :0 .25 X 32 X 0 .352 INCH LONG
WASHER,LOCK:INTL,0 .26 ID X 0.40" OD,STL
NUT,SLEEVE :HEX .,0.312 X 0.594 INCH LONG

80009
80009
80009
71279
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
74445
80009

333-2188-00
384-1371-01
384-1371-03
450-4352-01-0310
214-2309-00
358-0378-01
358-0550-00
426-1072-00
366-1660-00
OBD
333-2190-00

80009
78189
80009

358-0342-00
1214-05-00-0541C
210-0471-00

78189

OBD

FRAME,MASK :PLASTIC
MASK,CRT SCALE :
FILTER,LT,CRT :
SHLD,IMPLOSION :4 .75 X 3 .93 X0 .7 THK,PLSTC
BEZEL,CRT :
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :8-32 X 0 .625 INCH,PNH STL

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

426-0514-00
331-0258-03
378-0625-00
337-1159-03
200-0939-01

83385

OBD

SUPPORT,CRT :FRONT
CKT BOARD ASSY :SCALE ILLUMINATION(SEE A EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :2-56 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH,STL

80009
80009

386-3578-00
672-0588-00

12360

OBD

80009
80009
80009
80009

334-1379-00
334-1951-00
214-2371-00
214-2270-00

83385
12327
95987
80009
78189

OBD
OBD
5-16-6BH
361-0158-00
OBD

RES .,VAR :SCALE ILLUM(SEE R812 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
NUT,PLAIN,EXT W :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,STL

ELECTRON TUBE :CRT W/ANODE(SEE V470 EPL)
LABEL :CRT,ADHESIVE BACK
MARKER,IDENT :CRT WARNING
SPRING,GROUND :CRT SHIELD
SPRING,GROUND :CRT TO SHIELD
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL
WASHER,FLAT :0 .17 ID X 0 .375 INCH OD,STL
CLAMP,LOOP :0 .287 INCH DIA
SPACER,SLEEVE :0 .116 ID X 0.156 OD X 0 .093" L
NUT,PLAIN,EXT W :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,STL

8-9

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Fig . &
Index
No.

Tektronix
Part No .

Serial/Model No.
Eff
Dscont

Qty 1 2 3 4 5

-46

----- ----131-0707-00
352-0169-01
----- ----131-0707-00
352-0169-00
386-3288-00

1
2
1
1
2
1
1

-47
-48

211-0507-00
220-0419-00

4
4

-49
-50
-51
-52
-53
-54
-55
-56

386-3305-00
348-0004-00
337-2223-00
136-0652-00
136-0202-01
131-0707-00
352-0171-00
352-0162-00
407-1828-00

1
1
1
1
1
9
1
2
1

-57
-58

211-0504-00
211-0504-00

3
3

-59

131-0955-00

7

-60

210-0255-00

-61

2-42
-43
-44
-45

Name & Description

COIL,TUBE DEFL :(SEE L472 EPL)
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .48"L,22-26 AWG WIRE
. CONN BODY,PL,EL :2 WIRE BROWN
COIL,TUBE DEFL :(SEE L470 EPL)
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .48"L,22-26 AWG WIRE
. CONN BODY,PL,EL :2 WIRE BLACK
SPRT,CRT SHIELD :REAR
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH STL
NUT,PLAIN,SQ :6-32 X 0 .312 INCH,STL

Mfr
Code

Mfr Part Number

22526
80009
'
22526
80009
80009

75691-005
352-0169-01

83385
83385

OBD
OBD

SUPPORT,CRT :REAR
GROMMET,RUBBER :0 .281 ID X 0.563 INCH OD
SHIELD,ELEC :CRT
SOCKET ASSY :CRT
. SOCKET,PLUG-IN :14 PIN
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .48"L,22-26 AWG WIRE
. CONN BODY,PL,EL :1 WIRE BLACK
. CONN BODY,PL,EL :4 WIRE BLACK
BRKT,ELEC CONN :ALUMINUM
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL

80009
70485
80009
80009
80009
22526
80009
80009
80009

386-3305-00
763
337-2223-00
136-0652-00
136-0202-01
75691-005
352-0171-00
352-0162-00
407-1828-00

83385
83385

OBD
OBD

05091

31-279

1

CONNECTOR,RCPT, :BNC,FEMALE,W/HARDWARE
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH)
TERMINAL,LUG :0 .391" ID INT TOOTH

80009

210-0255-00

333-2189-00

1

PANEL,REAR :

80009

333-2189-00

-62

211-0504-00

6

83385

OBD

-63

161-0107-02

1

80009

161-0107-02

-64

358-0506-00

1

80009

358-0506-00

-65

----- ----210-0287-00

1

00779

34142

210-0586-00

1

78189

OBD

-66

386-3580-00

1

80009

386-3580-00

-67

211-0541-00
211-0504-00

SUBPANEL,FRONT :
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0.25 11 100 DEG,FLH STL
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL

83385
83385

OBD
OBD

-68

407-1848-00

80009

407-1848-00

-69

211-0541-00
211-0504-00

2
2

BRACKET CAB .COR :ALUMINUM
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .25 11 100 DEG,FLH STL
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL

83385
83385

OBD
OBD

-70

101-0036-00

1

TRIM,FRONT PNL :

80009

101-0036-00

8-10

B010100 B010145
B010146

4
4
2

B010100 B010145
B010146

(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL

CABLE ASSY,PWR, :3,18 AWG,115V,93 .0" L
(ATTACHING PARTS)
BUSHING,HANDLE :0 .500 INCH DIAMETER
. POWER CORD ASSEMBLY INCLUDES :
. TERAIINAL,LUG :
(ATTACHING PARTS)
. NUT,PLAIN,EXT W :4-40 X 0.25 INCH,STL

75691-005
352-0169-00
386-3288-00

REV . B JULY 197 7

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Fig . &
Index
No.

Tektronix Serial/Model No .
Mfr
Part
No.
Eff
Code
Dscont
Qty 1 2 3 4_5______
Name & Descriptio n

3-1
-2
-3
-4

366-1559-00
384-1370-00
384-1364-00
----- -----

2
1
1
3

-5
-6

211-0040-00
342-0202-00

1
1

-7

441-1341-00

1

211-0541-00
211-0504-00
-8
-9
-10
-11
-12

B010100 8010145
B010146

4
4

80009
80009
80009

366-1559-00
384-1370-00
384-1364-00

26365
01295

OBD
10-21-023-106

CHASSIS,SCOPE :INTERFACE
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .25"100 DEG,FLH STL
SCREW .MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL

80009

441-1341-00

GROMMET,RUBBER :0 .312 INCH DIAMETER
GROMMET,PLASTIC :U-SHAPED
PLASTIC CHANNEL :0 .667 FT LONG
CLAMP,LOOP :LARGE
CLAMP,LOOP :PRESS MT,PLASTIC
INSULATOR,SHLD :HIGH VOLTAGE
SHIELD,ELEC :HIGH VOLTAGE
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .188 INCH,PNH STL

70485
80009
11897
80009
80009
80009
80009

1411B6040
348-0171-00
122-37-2500
343-0089-00
343-0213-00
342-0293-00
337-2351-00

83385

OBD

80009
83385

129-0551-00
OBD

22526
27264
27264
80009
80009

47357
09-62-3121
09-70-2121
131-1817-00
344-0154-00

80009
80009
80009

361-0608-00
352-0425-00
352-0331-00

80009

386-3569-00

83385

OBD

80009

385-0168-00

83385

OBD

80009
01295

344-0236-01
10-21-023-106

99742
80009

221
214-2265-00

83385
83385
78189

OBD
OBD
OBD

80009
80009

352-0425-00
337-2302-00

-13

348-0003-00
348-0171-00
255-0334-00
343-0089-00
343-0213-00
342-0293-00
337-2351-00

1
2
FT
3
4
1
1

-14

211-0007-00

4

-15

----- -----

1

-16
-17

129-0551-00
211-0008-00

4
2

-20
-21
-22
-23
-24
-25
-26
-27
-28
-29

----- ----131-0608-00
131-1795-00
131-1792-00
131-1817-00
344-0154-00
----- ----361-0608-00
352-0425-00
352-0331-00
----- --------- --------- ----386-3569-00

33
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1

-30

211-0504-00

4

-31

385-0168-00

2

-32

211-0504-00

1

-33

----- -----

3

-34

344-0236-01
342-0202-00

1
1

-35
-36

253-0202-00
214-2265-00

FT
1

-37
-38
-39

211-0504-00
211-0008-00
210-0586-00

2
2
2

INSUL TAPE,ELEC :POLYMIDE
HEAT SINK,XSTR :6 .0" L X 0 .72" H,AL
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL
NUT,PLAIN,EXT W :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,STL

-40
-41

352-0425-00
337-2302-00

1
1

FUSEHOLDER :PLASTIC
SHIELD,ELEC :LV POWER CARD

-18
-19

Mfr Part Number

PUSH BUTTON :GRAY
EXTENSION SHAFT:4 .68" L,MOLDED PLSTC
EXTENSION SHAFT:10 .818" L,NYLON,BLK
TRANSISTOR :(SEE Q458,Q816,Q818 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .25",BDGH PLSTC
INSULATOR,PLATE :TRANSISTOR

CKT BOARD ASSY :INTERFACE(SEE Al EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
POST,ELEC-MECH :0 .25 HEX X 1.58 INCH LONG
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL
. CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .365 INCH LONG
. CONNECTOR,RCPT, :12 FEMALE CONTACT,RT-ANGLE
. CONTACT ASSY,EL :12 MALE CONTACT,FLAT WAFER
. LINK,TERM CONNE :22 AWG,2 .25" LONG
. CLIP,ELECTRICAL :FOR 0.25 INCH DIA FUSE
. SWITCH :BEAM FIND(SEE 5410 EPL)
. SPACER,PUSH SW :PLASTIC
. FUSEHOLDER :PLASTIC
. LAMPHOLDER :
. RES .,VAR :INTENSITY(SEE R412 EPL)
. RES .,VAR : FOCUS(SEE R468 EPL)
. SWITCH :POWER(SEE S700 EPL)
SPRT,CRT SHIELD :REAR
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL
SPACER,POST :1 .168 INCHES LONG
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH)
SCREW,MACHINE :6-32 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL ,
TRANSISTOR :(SEE Q736,Q756,Q776 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH)
CLIP,SPR TNSN :TRANSISTOR MOUNTING
INSULATOR,PLATE :TRANSISTOR

83385 OBD
83385 OBD

4

REV. A MAR . 1977

8-11

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Fig . &
Index
No .

Tektronix
Part No .

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

.
Qty

3-42

----- -----

1

-43
-44
-45
-46

212-0516-00
166-0227-00
361-0741-00
220-0572-00

4
4
4
2

----- ----131-1817-00
131-1750-00
----- ----344-0154-00
346-0032-00
----- ----343-0213-00
343-0089-00
366-1031-02
213-0153-00
366-1646-00
384-1371-02
358-0550-00
366-1559-00
384-1371-02
366-1031-02
213-0153-00
366-1646-00
426-1072-00
358-0550-00
333-2040-00
384-1393-00
376-0051-00
213-0022-00
351-0456-00
672-0518-00
672-0519-00

9
1
2
2
3
1
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
2
2
4
2
1
1

-67

211-0144-00

2

-68
-69

211-0018-00
210-0586-00
----- ----337-2214-00
337-2215-00

2
2
1
1

-71

211-0244-00

2

-72

131-0955-00

1

-73

210-1000-00
210-0978-00

-74
-75
-76
-77

105-0678-00
105-0678-01
105-0678-02
214-1126-01
214-1752-00
401-0338-00

-78
-79

211-0244-00
210-0406-00

-80
-81

376-0174-00
105-0679-00

-47
-48
-49
-50
-51
-52
-53
-54
-55
-56
-57
-58
-59
-60
-61
-62
-63
-64
-65
-66

-70

8- 1 2

B010100 B010229
B010230
B010230

1 2 3 4 5

Name & Description

CKT BOARD ASSY :L .V . POWER(SEE A2 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :10-32 X 2 INCH,HEX HD STL
INS SLV,ELEC :0 .187 ID X 1.50 INCH LONG
SPACER,SLEEVE :0 .245" ID X 0 .75" L,AL
NUT,PLAIN,HEX . :10-32 X 0 .25 INCH,PL BRS

Mfr

Code

Mfr Part Number

77250
80009
80009
73743

OBD
166-0227-00
361-0741-00
OBD

80009
27264

131-1817-00
09-64-1103

80009
98159

344-0154-00
2829-75-4

80009
80009
80009
74445
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
B0009
74445
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
74445
80009
80009
80009

343-0213-00
343-0089-00
366-1031-02
OBD
366-1646-00
384-1371-02
358-0550-00
366-1559-00
384-1371-02
366-1031-02
OBD
366-1646-00
426-1072-00
358-0550-00
333-2040-00
384-1393-00
376-0051-00
OBD
351-0456-00
672-0518-00
672-0519-00

83385

OBD

SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .875 PNH,STL
NUT,PLAIN,EXT W :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,STL
. EACH ATTENUATOR INCLUDES :
. SHIELD,ELEC :ATTENUATOR LEFT,CH1
. SHIELD,ELEC :ATTENUATOR,RIGHT,CH2
(ATTACHING PARTS)
. SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH STL

83385
78189

OBD
OBD

80009
80009

337-2214-00
337-2215-00

78189

OBD

05091

31-279

1
1

. CONNECTOR,RCPT, :BNC,FEMALE,W/HARDWARE
(ATTACHING PARTS)
. WASHER,FLAT :0 .384 ID X 0 .50" OD,AL
. WASHER,FLAT :0 .375 ID X 0 .50 INCH OD,STL

80009
78471

210-1000-00
OBD

1
1
1
4
4
1

.
.
.
.
.
.

80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

105-0678-00
105-0678-01
015-0678-02
214-1126-01
214-1752-00
401-0338-00

2
2

DRUM,CAM SWITCH :W/LEVER
DRUM,CAM SWITCH :AC-DC GND,CHANNEL 1
ACTUATOR,CAM SW :CHANNEL 2
SPRING,FLAT :GREEN COLORED
ROLLER,DETENT :
BEARING,CAM SW :FRONT
(ATTACHING PARTS)
. SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .312 INCH,PNH STL
. NUT,PLAIN,HEX . :4-40 X 0 .188 INCH,BRS

78189
73743

OBD
2X12161-402

1
1

. CPLG,SHAFT,RGD :0 .19 ID X 0.325 OD X 0 .2" H
. DRUM .CAM SWITCH :

80009
80009

376-0174-00
105-0679-00

. CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :
. LINK,TERM CONNE :22 AWG,2 .25" LONG
. TERM .,FEED THRU :10 PIN INSULATED
. SWITCH :(SEE S701,S705 EPL)
. CLIP,ELECTRICAL :FOR 0 .25 INCH DIA FUSE
. STRAP,RETAINING :
TRANSFORMER:(SEE T700 EPL)
CLAMP,LOOP :PRESS MT,PLASTIC
CLAMP,LOOP :LARGE
KNOB :RED-VAR
. SETSCREW :5-40 X 0 .125 INCH,HEX SOC STL
KNOB :GRAY,W/SHAFT
EXTENSION SHAFT:6 .8" LONG,W/KNOB
BUSHING,SHAFT :0 .15 ID X 0 .3INCH OD,PLSTC
PUSH BUTTON :GRAY
EXTENSION SHAFT:6 .8" LONG,W/KNOB
KNOB :RED-VAR
. SETSCREW :5-40 X 0 .125 INCH,HEX SOC STL
KNOB :GRAY,W/SHAFT
FRAME,PUSH BTN :PLASTIC
BUSHING,SHAFT:0 .15 ID X 0 .3INCH OD,PLSTC
PANEL,FRONT :VERTICAL
EXTENSION SHAFT:0 .123 DIA X 6 .3" L,PLSTC
CPLG,SHAFT,FLEX :FOR 0 .125 INCH DIA SHAFTS
. SETSCREW :4-40 X 0.188 INCH,HEX SOC STL
. GUIDE,RES ADJ:PLASTIC
CKT BOARD ASSY :ATTEN CH1 W/CAM SW
CKT BOARD ASSY :ATTEN CH2 W/CAM SW
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 1 .312 INCH,PNH STL

REV . B MAR. 1977

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Fig . &
Index
Tektronix
Serial/Model No .
No .
Cod
Part No .
Eff
Dscont
Qty 1 2 3 4 5
3-82

343-0564-00
343-0565-00

1
1

-83
-84
-85

211-0244-00
211-0246-00
210-0406-00

1
1
1

-86

131-1779-03
131-1779-04
131-1779-01
131-1779-02
----- ----136-0263-04
361-0735-00
384-1136-00
----- -----

1
1
1
1
1
5
2
3
1

211-0014-00
211-0008-00

3
1

----- ----131-0566-00
131-0589-00
131-1817-00
131-1792-00
----- ----361-0542-00
----- --------- --------- -----

3
10
51
1
1
4
2
2
1

211-0007-00
210-0586-00
210-0458-00

2
2
3

----- -----

131-1798-00
346-0121-00
386-3292-00
129-0577-00
131-0106-02

2
3
1
1
1

-110

210-0207-00

1

-111
-112
-113

-120
-121

366-1559-00
384-1371-00
366-1647-00
213-0153-00
366-1281-02
213-0153-00
384-1371-02
358-0550-00
358-0216-00
426-1072-00
333-2039-00
672-0549-00
----- --------- -----

1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1

-122
-123
-124

211-0240-00
210-0551-00
351-0448-01

1
1
2

-87
-88
-89
-90
-91
-92
-93

-94
-95
-96
-97
-98
-99
-100
-101
-102
-103
-104
-105
-106
-107
-108
-109

-114
-115
-116
-117
-118
-119

REV. B MAR. 1977

Na m e & Descrip tion

. RTNR BAR,CONT :ATTENUATOR,LEFT CH1
. RTNR BAR,CONT :ATTENUATOR,RIGHT CH2
(ATTACHING PARTS)
.
SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0.312 INCH,PNH STL
. SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0 .625 INCH,PNH,STL
. NUT,PLAIN,HEX. :4-40 X 0 .188 INCH,BRS
. CONT ASSY,ELEC :CAM SW,1 CONTACT,LEFT,CH1
. CONT ASSY,ELEC :CAM SW,1 CONTACT,RIGHT,CH2
. CONT ASSY,ELEC :CAM SW,13 CONTACT,LEFT,CH1
. CONT ASSY,ELEC :CAM SW,13 CONTACT,RIGHT,CH2
. CKT BOARD ASSY :(SEE A6,A7 EPL)
. . SOCKET,PIN TERM :FOR 0 .025 INCH SQUARE PIN
SPACER,CKT BD :0 .25"OD X 0 .093" H,PLSTC
EXTENSION SHAFT :0 .95 INCH LONG
CKT BOARD ASSY :(SEE A8 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .50 INCH,PNH STL
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 :25 INCH,PNH STL

Mfr

e

343-0564-00
343-0565-00

-78189
78189
73743

'OBD
OBD
2X12167-402

80009
80009
80009
80009

131-1779-03
131-1779-04
131-1779-01
131-1779-02

22526
80009
80009

75377-001
361-0735-00
384-1136-00

83385
83385

OBD
OBD

. CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :
OOOOL
. LINK,TERM .CONNE :0 .086 DIA X 2 .375 INCH L
22526
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .46 INCH LONG
80009
. LINK,TERM CONNE :22 AWG,2 .25" LONG
27264
. CONTACT ASSY,EL :12 MALE CONTACT,FLAT WAFER
. SWITCH :(SEE 84370 EPL)
71590
. SPACER,SWITCH :PLASTIC
. RES .,VAR :CHI,CH2 VAR.GAIN(SEE 84152,4252 EPL)
. RES .,VAR :CH1,CH2 POSITION(SEE 84306,4316 EPL)
DELAY LINE :(SEE DL4339 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
83385
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .188 INCH,PNH STL
78189
NUT,PLAIN,EXT W:4-40 X 0.25 INCH,STL
83385
NUT,PLAIN,EXT W :8-32 X 0.344 INCH,STL
. DELAY LINE ASSEMBLY INCLUDES :
. CONTACT,ELEC :DELAY LINE
. STRAP,ELEC COMP :TIE DOWN,5 .0 LONG
SUBPANEL,FRONT :VERTICAL
SPACER,POST :0 .188 HEX X 1 .442"L,BRS
COIMCTOR,RCPT, :BNC
(ATTACHING PARTS)
TERt4INAL,LUG :0 .375 INCH DIAMETER
PUSH SUTTON :GRAY
EXTENSION SHAFT :2 .0" LONG,W/KNOB,PLASTIC
KNOB :0 .127" ID X 0 .5" OD X 0 .531"
. SETSCREW :5-40 X 0.125 INCH,HEX SOC STL
KNOB :GRAY,FCTN TIME/DIV
. SETSCREW :5-40 X 0.125 INCH,HEX SOC STL
EXTENSION SHAFT :6 .8" LONG,W/KNOB
BUSHING,SHAFT :0 .15 ID X 0.31NCH OD .PLSTC
BUSHING,PLASTIC :0 .257 ID X 0 .412 INCH OD
FRA24E,PUSH STN :PLASTIC
PANEL,FRONT :HORIZONTAL
CKT BOARD ASSY :TRIGGER W/LEVER SWITCH
. LEVER,SWITCH :MODE(SEE 82150 EPL)
. LEVER,SWITCH :SOURCE(SEE 52100 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH)
. SCR,ASSEM WSHR :4-40 X 0.688"PNH,STL
. NUT,PLAIN,HEX . :4-40 X 0.25 INCH,STL
. GUIDE ,SWITCH :W/SPRING AND ROLLER

Mfr Part Number

80009
80009

ERD-18TO
47350
131-1817-00
09-70-2121
J-64281

OBD
OBD
OBD

60009
59730
80009
80009
80009

131-1798-00
T4-34M
386-3292-00
129-0577-00
131-0106-02

12697

011.36902

80009
80009
80009
74445
80009
74445
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009

366-1559-00
384-1371-00
366-1647-00
OBD
366-1281-02
OBD
384-1371-02
358-0550-00
358-0216-00
426-1072-00
333-2039-00
672-0549-00

78189
83385
80009

OBD
OBD
351-0448-01

8-13

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Fig . &
Index
No .

Tektronix
Serial/Model No .
N ame & D escript ion
Code
Part No .
Eff
Dscont
Qty 1 2 3 4 5
. CKT BOARD ASSY :TRIGGER(SEE All EPL)
EXTENSION SHAFT :0 .123" ID X 7 .65" L,PLSTC
CPLG,SHAFT,FLEX :FOR 0.125 INCH DIA SHAFTS
. SETSCREW :4-40 X 0.188 INCH,HEX SOC STL
CKT BOARD ASSY :TIMING(SEE A13 EPL)
SUBPANEL,FRONT :HORIZONTAL
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .188 INCH,PNH STL
THUMBSCREW :
CONTACT,ELEC :
SPACER,POST :

----- ----384-1399-00
376-0051-00
213-0022-00
----- ----386-3293-00

1
1
1
4
1
1

-130
-131

211-0008-00
211-0007-00
214-0614-00
214-0276-00
129-0457-00

1
2
1
1
1

-132

----- -----

1

-133

129-0573-00

2

-134
-135
-136
-137
-138
-139
-140
-141
-142
-143

----- ----131-1795-00
131-1801-00
131-1802-00
131-1817-00
131-0608-00
----- ----361-0542-00
----- --------- --------- -----

1
1
2
33
2
1
2
2
1
3

211-0008-00
210-0283-00

2
1

-150

----- ----131-0787-00
----- ----361-0542-00
337-2372-00
384-1099-00
366-1559-00
----- -----

4
1
2
1
3
1
1

-151

211-0008-00

4

. EACH CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .64 INCH LONG
. SWITCH :(SEE S4099,S4199,S1998 EPL)
. SPACER,SWITCH :PLASTIC
. SHLD,PB SWITCH :
EXTENSION SHAFT :PUSH BUTTON,1 .54 INCH LONG
PUSH BUTTON :GRAY
CKT BOARD ASSY :BUFFER(SEE A15 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0.25 INCH,PNH STL

----- ----131-0608-00
----- --------- ----361-0382-00
384-1099-00
366-1559-00
----- ----200-0935-00
352-0157-00
441-1347-00
179-2466-00
131-0707-00
352-0169-00
352-0163-00
352-0164-00
195-0166-00
131-0707-00
198-3150-00
175-0826-00

19
1
1
6
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
13
1
1
1
1
8
1
FT

. CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .365 INCH LONG
. SWITCH :(SEE 52408 EPL)
. SWITCH :(SEE S2400A,B EPL)
. SPACER,PB SW :BROWN,0 .275 INCH LONG
EXTENSION SHAFT:PUSH BUTTON,1 .54 INCH LONG
PUSH BUTTON :GRAY
BULB ASSY :(SEE CR2400 EPL)
. BASE,LAMPHOLDER :0 .29 OD X 0 .19 CASE
. LAMPHOLDER :WHITE PLASTIC
CHASSIS,SCOPE :MAIN .
WIRING HARNESS, :INTERFACE
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .48"L,22-26 AWG WIRE
. CONN BODY,PL,EL :2 WIRE BLACK
. CONN BODY,PL,EL :5 WIRE BLACK
. CONN BODY,PL,EL :6 WIRE BLACK
LEAD SET,ELEC :DEFLECTION
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .48"L,22-26 AWG WIRE
WIRE SET,ELEC :
. WIRE,ELECTRICAL :3 WIRE RIBBON

3-125
-126
-127
-128
-129

-144

-145
-146
-147
-148
-149

-152
-153
-154
-155
-156
-157
-158
-159

8- 1 4

CKT BOARD ASSY :HORIZONTAL(SEE A12 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS)
SPACER,POST :0 .188" HEX 1 .627" L,AL
. CKT BOARD ASSY INCLUDES :
. CONNECTOR,RCPT, :12 FEMALE CONTACT,RT-ANGLE
. CONNECTOR,RCPT, :9 CONTACTS
. CONNECTOR,RCPT, :15 CONTACTS
. LINK,TERM CONNE :22 AWG,2 .25" LONG
. CONTACT,ELEC :0 .365 INCH LONG
. SWITCH :SLOPE(SEE 52140 EPL)
. SPACER,SWITCH :PLASTIC
. RES.,VAR :LEVEL,POSITION(SEE R2138,R2316 EPL)
. RES .,VAR :POS(SEE R2322 EPL)
CKT BOARD ASSY :SWITCH(SEE A17,A18,A19 EPL)
(ATTACHING PARTS FOR EACH)
SCREW,MACHINE :4-40 X 0 .25 INCH,PNH STL
TERMINAL,LUG :#6,SPADE,SOLDERLESS,CU TIN

Mfr

Mfr Part Number

80009
80009
-74445

384-1399-00
376-0051-00
OBD

80009

386-3293-00

83385
83385
80009
80009
80009

OBD
OBD
214-0614-00
214-0276-00
129-0457-00

80009

129-0573-00

27264
80009
80009
80009
22526

09-62-3121
131-1801-00
131-1802-00
131-1817-00
47357

71590

J-64281

83385
OOOBI

OBD
A-234-06X

22526

47359

71590
80009
80009
80009

J-64281
337-2372-00
384-1099-00
366-1559-00

83385

OBD

22526

47357

80009
80009
80009

361-0382-00
384-1099-00
366-1559-00

80009
80009
80009
80009
22526
80009
80009
80009
80009
22526
80009
80009

200-0935-00
352-0157-00
441-1347-00
179-2466-00
75691-005
352-0169-00
352-0163-00
352-0164-00
195-0166-00
75691-005
198-3150-00
175-0826-00

REV. C JULY 1977

Replaceable Mechanical Parts-T921/T922/T922R

Fig . &
Index
No .
3-

Tektronix
Part No .
131-0707-00
352-0161-00
175-0859-00
131-1790-00
352-0462-00
175-0860-00
175-0859-00
131-1790-00
352-0461-00
175-0859-00
131-1790-00
352-0461-00
352-0197-00
352-0164-02
352-0169-00
352-0162-02
352-0161-00
198-3071-00
198-3213-00

REV . C JULY 1977

Serial/Model No .
Eff
Dscont

Name & Description

Mfr
C ode

Mfr Part Number

CONTACT,ELEC :0 .48"L,22-26 AWG WIRE
CONN BODY,PL,EL :3 WIRE BLACK
WIRE,ELECTRICAL :6 WIRE RIBBON
CONTACT,ELEC :18-24 AWG,FEMALE,BRASS
HLDR,TERM . CONN :10 FEMALE,NYLON
WIRE,ELECTRICAL :5 WIRE RIBBON
WIRE,ELECTRICAL :6 WIRE RIBBON
CONTACT,ELEC :18-24 AWG,FEMALE,BRASS
HLDR,TERM . CONN :12 FEMALE,NYLON
WIRE,ELECTRICAL :6 WIRE RIBBON
CONTACT,ELEC :18-24 AWG,FEMALE,BRASS
HLDR,TERM . CONN :12 FEMALE,NYLON
CONN BODY,PL,EL :1 WIRE BLACK
CONN BODY,PL,EL :6 WIRE RED
CONN BODY,PL,EL :2 WIRE BLACK
CONN BODY,PL,EL :4 WIRE RED
CONN BODY,PL,EL :3 WIRE BLACK
WIPE SET,ELLC :
WIRE SET,ELEC :

22526
80009
23499
27264
27264
23499
23499
27264
27264
23499
27264
27264
80009
80009
80009
80009
80009
E0009
80009

75691-005
352-0161-00
TEK-175-0859-00
08-56-0105
09-50-7101
TEK-175-0860-00
TEK-175-0859-00
08-56-0105
09-50-7121
TEK-175-0859-00
08-56-0105
09-50-7121
352-0197-00
352-0164-02
352-0169-00
352-0162-02
352-0161-00
198--3071-00
198-3213-00

Oty

1 2 3 4 5

6
2
FT
12
2
FT
FT
22
2
FT
24
2
2
1
2
1
4
1
1

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

8-1 5

REV . A MAY 1976

134

T921/T922/T922R 15 MHz SCOPE

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION
At Tektronix, we continually strive to keep up with latest electronic developments
by adding circuit and component improvements to our instruments as soon as they
are developed and tested .
Sometimes, due to printing and shipping requirements, we can't get these
changes immediately into printed manuals . Hence, your manual may contain new
change information on following pages.
A single change may affect several sections . Sincethe change information sheets
are carried in the manual until all changes are permanently entered, some
duplication may occur. If no such change pages appear following this page, your
manual is correct as printed .

SERVICE NOTE
Because of the universal parts procurement problem, some electrical parts in your
instrument may be different from those described in the Replaceable Electrical Parts
List . The parts used will in no way alter or compromise the performance or reliability
of this instrument . They are installed when necessary to ensure prompt delivery to
the customer . Order replacement parts from the Replaceable Electrical Parts List .

CALIBRATION TEST EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENT
Calibration Test Equipment Chart
This chart compares TM 500 product performance to that of older Tektronix equipment . Only those
characteristics where significant specification differences occur, are listed . In some cases the new instrument
may not be a total functional replacement . Additional support instrumentation may be needed or a change in
calibration procedure may be necessary .

DM 501 replaces 7D13
PG 501 replaces 107
108
111
114
115

PG 502 replaces 107
108
111
114
115
2101

Comparison of Main Characteristics
PG 501 - Risetime less than 3 .5 ns into
500 .
PG 501 - 5 V output pulse ; 3 .5 ns Risetime .
PG 501 - Risetime less than 3 .5 ns ; 8 ns
Pretrigger pulse delay .
PG 501 - ±5 V output .
PG 501 - Does not have Paired, Burst, Gated,
or Delayed pulse mode ; ±5 V do
Offset . Has ±5 V output .

107- Risetime less than 3 .0 ns into
50 O .
108- 10 V output pulse ; 1 ns Risetime .
111 - Risetime 0 .5 ns ; 30 to 250 ns
Pretrigger Pulse delay .
114- ±10 V output . Short proof output .
115- Paired, Burst, Gated, and Delayed
pulse mode ; ±10 V output .
Short-proof output.

PG 502 - 5 V output
PG 502 - Risetime less than 1 ns ; 10 ns
Pretrigger pulse delay .
PG 502 - ±5 V output
PG 502 - Does not have Paired, Burst, Gated,
Delayed & Undelayed pulse mode ;
Has ±5 V output .
PG 502 - Does not have Paired or Delayed
pulse . Has ±5 V output .

108 - 10 V output .
111 - Risetime 0 .5 ns ; 30 to 250 ns
Pretrigger pulse delay .
114 - ±10 V output . Short proof output .
115 - Paired, Burst, Gated, Delayed & Undelayed pulse mode ; ±10 V output .
Short-proof output .
2101 - Paired and Delayed pulse ; 10 V
output .

PG 506 - Positive-going trigger output signal
at least 1 V ; High Amplitude output, 60 V .
PG 506 - Does not have chopped feature .

106 - Positive and Negative-going trigger
output signal, 50 ns and 1 V ; High
Amplitude output, 100 V .
0502-01 - Comparator output can be alternately chopped to a reference
voltage .

SG 503 replaces 190,
190A, 190B
191
067-0532-01

SG 503 - Amplitude range 5 mV to 5 .5 V p-p .
SG 503 - Frequency range 250 kHz to 250 MHz .
SG 503 - Frequency range 250 kHz to 250 MHz .

190B - Amplitude range 40 mV to 10 V p-p .
191 - Frequency range 350 kHz to 100 MHz.
0532-01 - Frequency range 65 MHz to 500 MHz .

TG 501 replaces 180,
180A

TG 501

181

TG 501

184

TG 501

2901

TG 501

PG 506 replaces 106
067-0502-01

Marker outputs, 5 sec to 1 ns .
Sinewave available at 5, 2, and 1 ns .
Trigger output - slaved to marker
output from 5 sec through 100 ns .
One time-mark can be generated at a
time .
Marker outputs, 5 sec to 1 ns . Sinewave available at 5, 2, and 1 ns .
Marker outputs, 5 sec to 1 ns . Sinewave available at 5, 2, and 1 ns .
Trigger output - slaved to marker
output from 5 sec through 100 ns .
One time-mark can be generated at
a time .

Marker outputs, 5 sec to 1 ns . Sinewave available at 5, 2, and 1 ns .
Trigger output - slaved to marker
output from 5 sec through 100 ns .
One time-mark can be generated at
a time .

180A

Marker outputs, 5 sec to 1 /is .
Sinewave available at 20, 10,
and 2 ns . Trigger pulses 1, 10,
100 Hz ; 1, 10, and 100 kHz.
Multiple time-marks can be
generated simultaneously .
181 - Marker outputs, 1, 10, 100, 1000,
and 10,000 Ns, plus 10 ns sinewave .
18 - Marker outputs, 5 sec to 2 ns . Sinewave available at 50, 20, 10, 5,
and 2 ns . Separate trigger pulses
of 1 and .1 sec ; 10, 1, and .1 ms ;
10 and 1 Ns . Marker amplifier provides positive or negative time
marks of 25 V min . Marker
intervals of 1 and .1 sec ; 10, 1,
and .1 ms ; 10 and 1 /is .
2901 - Marker outputs, 5 sec to 0 .1 ps .
Sinewave available to 50, 10,
and 5 ns . Separate trigger pulses,
from 5 sec to 0 .1 ps .
Multiple time-marks can be generated simultaneously .

NOTE : All TM 500 generator outputs are short-proof. All TM 500 plug-in instruments require TM 500-Series Power Module .
REV . A, OCT 1975

TEKTRONIXe

committed to
technical excellence

CHANGE :

MANUAL CHANGEINFORMATION'

PRODUCT T921/T922/T922R

/

070-1982-01

CHANGE REFERENCE
DATE

9-21-77

DESCRIPTION

EFF SN B011555 (T921)
EFF SN B018319 (T922)
EFF SN B010670 (T922R)
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES
CHANGE TO :
C465

283-0404-00

CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,20I,4000V

C466

283-0404-00

CAP .,FXD,CER DI :0 .01UF,20%,4000V

R458

308-0218-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :150 OHM,5I,3W

The above parts are located on the INTERFACE circuit board and shown
on diagram 1

CRT & VERT AMPL .

M30436

commlftod ft
Mchnlcol oxcoffowo

EFF SN : T921

B011589

T922

B018388

(Does not apply to T922R)
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES
CHANGE TO :

_,,

A62

670-3972-05

CKT BOARD ASSY :CH 1 ATTENUATOR

A63

670-3972-05

CKT BOARD ASSY :CH 1 ATTENUATOR

A73

670-3973-05

CKT BOARD ASSY :CH 2 ATTENUATOR

R4103

317-0150-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :15 OHM,5%,0 .125W

R4203

317-0150-00

RES .,FXD,CMPSN :15 OHM,5%,0 .125W

ADD :

i

R4103 is added to the A6 CH 1 ATTENUATOR board in series between J4110 CH 1
INPUT connector and the junction of C4101-C4102-54100 .

In the T922, R4203

is added to the A7 CH 2 ATTENUATOR board in series between J4210 CH 2 INPUT
connector and the junction of C4201-C4202-S4200 .

Affected parts are shown

on VERT INPUT diagram 3 .

PAGE

1

OF

1

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION

TEKTRONIX©

CHANGE REFERENCE X 32551

committed to
technical excellence

1-24-7 8

DATE

-_

EFF SN B011626 (T921)
EFF SN B019271 (T922)
EFF SN B010873 (T922R)
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES
CHANGE TO :
A12

670-3729-02

CKT BOARD ASSY :HORIZONTAL

R2184

321-0932-00

RES .,FXD,FILM :2 .5K OHM,1%,0 .125W

152-0141-02

SEMICOND DEVICE :SILICON,30V,150MA,1N4152

ADD :
CR2184

CR2184 and R2184 are located on the A12 HORIZONTAL board and apply to
diagram 5 TRIGGER (LATE) . See partial diagram 5 below for details .

9t SOME ROARDS MARKED WITH
TNIS CKT No . > OILUNMAi-KEO .
SEC: PART ;; LIST FOR UARLIrn
VALU --_ :~ AN'O SERIAL NU%.,''" FR
RAI:COF PARTS OUTLINED

Oil VCPICTLD IN GREY .

P?.100- a

15210 0 - 5

152.100-2

~---

n
11
II

152100- I
Pat00-1311

CR2184

821542 .5 K

0

CRa21Mo

X(EXT) SIGNAL

O

111- NORM MODE
TO 82223
DIAG
(o R21t36)

O

TO QZ314
DIA&

t CR2182

1 Ix F

UNBLANKING
TO P2-8 ¬ R2231
DIAG

FROM 152412-5

T922R ONLY

O

TEKTRONIX®

committed to
technical excellence

CHANGE :

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION

I

T912 and

PRODUCT

T921/T922/T922R

I

CHANGE REFERENCE X2755
DATE

1-23-78

--

DESCRIPTION

EFF SN B012999 (T912) 070-1981-01
EFF SN B011634 (T921) 070-1982-01
EFF SN B019319 (T922) 070-1982-01
EFF SN B010749 (T922R) 070-1982-01
ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CHANGES
ADD :
C762

290-0301-00

CAP .,FXD,ELCTLT :l0UF,10%,20V

DIAGRAM \/> POWER SUPPLY
Add C762 from the junction of R762 and VR762 to ground .
capacitor goes to ground .

The (+) end of

C762 is located on the LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY

board and shown on diagram 2 .

PAGE

1

OF

1

TEKTRONIX®

committed to
technical excellence

CHANGE :

MANUAL CHANGE INFORMATION
PRODUCT

ALL T900 SERIES

CHANGE REFERENCE M3288

EFF ALL SN

DATE

12-21-77

DESCRIPTION

I

Affects Manuals : 070-1981-01
070-1982-01
070-1983-01
070-2492-00
Oscilloscope Light Filter and Graticule Illumination Photography Effects
Some oscilloscopes contain a factory installed colored (usually blue or green)
plastic light filter in front of the crt faceplate to improve general purpose
viewing contrast in ambient lighting conditions (in some applications this
device also functions as an implosion safety shield) .
In order for the oscilloscope graticule to be photographed along with a crt
display, oscilloscopes that do not provide internal graticule (scale) illumination must be used with a camera such as the C5A or C5A Option 3, which provide
An exception to this is some
external flash illumination of the graticule .

storage oscilloscopes operated in the store mode, where the target illumination

may also illuminate the graticule lines .
Effectiveness of the graticule illumination flash is severly degraded when used
with most colored crt light filters .

If a clear light filter was provided as an

accessory with your oscilloscope, the colored filter should be removed and the
clear filter installed in its place when taking oscilloscope display photographs .

The clear filter may also provide improved photograph definition and contrast
with reduced oscilloscope display intensity settings (some colored filters reduce
effective display intensity as much as 75%) . Under no circumstances should the
oscilloscope be operated without either a clear or colored light filter when no

other implosion shield is provided (optional accessory mesh filters are not
intended for implosion protection and must be removed when using an oscilloscope
If your oscilloscope was not provided with a clear light filter accessory,
contact your local Tektronix Field Office for ordering information .

For all T900-series, bench-version oscilloscopes, the instrument cabinet must
Only qualified service
be removed in order to replace the crt light filter .
Cabinet removal instructions

personnel should remove the instrument cabinet .

are provided in the Service portion of T900-series manuals . The part number for
the clear light filter to fit T900-series, bench-version oscilloscopes is
337-2185-03 .

PAGE

1

OF

1



Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
Linearized                      : No
Page Count                      : 217
PDF Version                     : 1.5
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-13, framework 1.6
About                           : uuid:0ed93a2c-7abb-4416-a261-35771da9cba0
Producer                        : OmniPage 11 http://www.scansoft.com
Create Date                     : 2004:03:09 09:49:10Z
Modify Date                     : 2014:07:28 12:18:45+05:30
Metadata Date                   : 2014:07:28 12:18:45+05:30
Creator Tool                    : OmniPage 11 http://www.scansoft.com
Document ID                     : uuid:eab71a3d-bf0a-49fb-97c8-ec663098d642
Format                          : application/pdf
Creator                         : http://www.aa4df.com
Author                          : http://www.aa4df.com
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu